2020 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · 2019-08-30 · manual. 1....

2020 OWNER’S MANUALAND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Owner’s Manual Supplement

The information contained within this supplement revises or adds to the following information withinthe 2020 INFINITI QX50 Owner’s Manual:

∙ “WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS” in the “Illustrated table of contents” section

∙ “WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section

∙ “WARNINGLIGHTS” in the “WARNINGLIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLEREMINDERS”section in the “Instruments and controls” section

∙ “INDICATOR LIGHTS” in the “WARNINGLIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS”section in the “Instruments and controls” section

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: August 2019

Publication No. SU20E0 1J55U0

SchulzH

Rectangle

or

Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (yellow) (if soequipped)

2or Electronic parking brake

warning light (yellow) (if

so equipped)

WARNING LIGHTS

or Electronic parking

brake warning light

(yellow) (if so

equipped)

The electronic parking brake system warninglight functions for the electronic parkingbrake system. If the warning light illuminates,it may indicate the electronic parking brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

For additional information, refer to “Elec-tronic parking brake” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTSor Electronic parking

brake indicator light

(red) (if so equipped)

This light illuminates when the electronicparking brake system is operating.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the electronic parking brake warn-ing light illuminates. When the engine isstarted and the parking brake is released, thewarning light turns off.

If the parking brake is not released, the elec-tronic parking brake warning light remainsilluminated. Ensure the electronic parkingbrake warning light has turned off beforedriving.

If the electronic parking brake warning lightilluminates or flashes while the electronic

parking brake system warning light

or (yellow) illuminates, it may indicatethat the electronic parking brake system isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.For additional information, refer to “Elec-tronic parking brake” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

SchulzH

Rectangle

Owner’s Manual Supplement

The information contained within this supplement revises or adds to the “TirePressure” section of the “WHEELS AND TIRES” section in the “Do-it-yourself” section in the 2019 INFINITI QX50 and 2020 INFINITI QX50Owner’s Manual.

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: August 2019

Publication No. SU20E0 0J55U0

SchulzH

Rectangle

If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” inthe “In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS).It monitors tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare. When the low tirepressure warning light is lit and the“Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated. If equipped,the system also displays pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the dis-

play screen by sending a signal from asensor that is installed in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this systemmay not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” in the“Instruments and controls” section,“Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving”section and “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including thespare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label or the Tire and Loading In-formation label under the “Cold TirePressure” heading. The Tire and Load-ing Information label is affixed to the

driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

∙ Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

∙ Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhile parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, ordriven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at mod-erate speeds.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLD tirepressure. For additional information,refer to “TPMS with tire inflation indi-cator” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WHEELS AND TIRES

SchulzH

Rectangle

WARNING

∙ Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

∙ The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weight ca-pacity is indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do notload your vehicle beyond this ca-pacity. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life, un-safe operating conditions due topremature tire failure, or unfavor-able handling characteristics andcould also lead to a serious acci-dent. Loading beyond the speci-fied capacity may also result infailure of other vehiclecomponents.

∙ Before taking a long trip, or when-ever you heavily load your vehicle,use a tire pressure gauge to ensurethat the tire pressures are at thespecified level.

∙ For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

SchulzH

Rectangle

Tire and Loading Information label

�1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

�2 Original tire size: The size of thetires originally installed on the ve-hicle at the factory.

�3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tiresto this pressure when the tires arecold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parkedfor 3 or more hours, or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds. The recommended coldtire inflation is set by the manu-facturer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up tothe vehicle’s GVWR.

�4 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�5 Spare tire size.

�6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Ve-hicle loading information” in the“Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

LDI3172

SchulzH

Rectangle

Checking tire pressure

WARNING

∙ Driving at high speeds, 100 mph(160 km/h) or higher sustainedwhere it is legal to do so, can causetires to have excessive heat buildup, which may result in a tire fail-ure causing loss of control, crash,injuries or even death.

∙ Some high-speed rated tires re-quire inflation pressure adjust-ment for high-speed operation.When speed limits and road condi-tions allow vehicle driving at highspeeds, make sure tires are ratedto support high speed operation,tires are in optimal conditions andpressure is adjusted to correct coldinflation pressure for high speedoperation.

∙ If your vehicle is equipped withP235/55RF19 or P255/45RF20tire sizes, tires require adjustmentto the inflation pressure whendriving the vehicle at speeds of100 mph (160 km/h) or higherwhere it is legal to do so. Set thecold inflation pressure to 36 psi(250 kPa).

∙ After vehicle high speed operationhas ended, readjust the tire pres-sure to the recommended cold in-flation pressure, For additional in-formation refer to the "Checkingtire pressure" section of thismanual.

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem briefly withthe tip of the gauge stem to re-lease pressure. Recheck the pres-sure and add or release air asneeded.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

LDI0393

SchulzH

Rectangle

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

8. Check the pressure when drivingthe vehicle at speeds of 100 mph(160 km/h) or higher where it islegal to do so.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:P235/55RF19

33 psi, 230 kPa


33 psi, 230 kPa

Spare Tire: none

Recommended tire inflation pressuresat speeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) orhigher where it is legal to do so.



36 psi, 250 kPa


36 psi, 250 kPa

Spare Tire: none

SchulzH

Rectangle

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

WARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle oroff-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicalsincluding engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, andlead, which are known to the State of California to causecancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Tominimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle theengine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your handsfrequently when servicing your vehicle. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles(kilometers) of driving pleasure. Please readthrough this manual before operating yourvehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet isincluded in your Owner’s literature portfo-lio. The “Maintenance and schedules” sec-tion of this manual explains details aboutmaintaining and servicing your vehicle. Al-ways carry it with you when you take yourvehicle to an INFINITI retailer. The War-ranty Information Booklet contents providecomplete information about all warrantiescovering this vehicle, the requirements tokeep the warranties in effect as well as theINFINITI Roadside Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will explainhow to resolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

In addition to factory-installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed prior to delivery. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for details concerning the particular ac-cessories with which your vehicle is equipped.

It is important that you familiarize yourselfwith all disclosures, warnings, cautions andinstructions concerning proper use of suchaccessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for details con-cerning the particular accessories with whichyour vehicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance re-quirements, assisting you in the safe opera-tion of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for youand your passengers!

∙ NEVER drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs.

∙ ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

∙ ALWAYS give your full attention to driv-ing and avoid using vehicle features or tak-ing other actions that could distract you.

∙ ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.

∙ ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

∙ ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

For descriptions specified for all-wheel drivemodels, an AWD mark is placed at the begin-ning of the applicable sections/items.

As with other vehicles with features for off-road use, failure to operate all-wheel drivemodels correctly may result in loss of controlor an accident. For additional information,refer to “Driving safety precautions” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuver dif-ferently from an ordinary passenger carbecause it has a higher center of gravityfor off-road use. As with other vehicleswith features of this type, failure to op-erate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control or an accident.

For additional information, refer to “On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-over” and “Driving safety precautions” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety, emissions or durability and mayeven violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance prob-lems resulting from modifications may notbe covered under INFINITI warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diag-nostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses theport during normal driving, for example re-mote insurance company monitoring, re-mote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or en-gine reprogramming, may causeinterference or damage to vehicle systems.We do not recommend or endorse the use ofany aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, un-less specifically approved by INFINITI. Thevehicle warranty may not cover damagecaused by any aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for all fea-tures and equipment available on this model.Features and equipment in your vehicle mayvary depending on model, trim level, optionsselected, order, date of production, region oravailability. Therefore, you may find informa-tion about features or equipment that are notincluded or installed on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrationsin this manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. INFINITI reserves the right to changespecifications, performance, design or compo-nent suppliers without notice and without obli-gation. From time to time, INFINITI may updateor revise this manual to provide Owners withthe most accurate information currently avail-able. Please carefully read and retain with thismanual all revision updates sent to you byINFINITI to ensure you have access to accurateand up-to-date information regarding your ve-hicle. Current versions of vehicle Owner’sManuals and any updates can also be found inthe Owner section of the INFINITI website athttps://owners.infinitiusa.com/iowners/navigation/manualsAndGuides. If you havequestions concerning any information in yourOwner’s Manual, contact INFINITI ConsumerAffairs. See the INFINITI CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM page in this Owner’s Manual forcontact information.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moderatepersonal injury or damage to your vehicle.To avoid or reduce the risk, the proceduresmust be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries,may contain perchlorate material. The fol-lowing advisory is provided: “PerchlorateMaterial – special handling may apply. Foradditional information, refer towww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

© 2019 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form,or by any means, electronic, mechanical, pho-tocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan MotorCo., Ltd.

APD1005

INFINITI CARES . . .

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please contactour (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

– Your name, address, and telephone num-ber

– Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your INFINITI retailer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI Division

Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:information.centre@nissancanada. com

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customers)

or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6

Engine compartment check locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Rear seat manual fold flat lever(P. 1-2)

2. Folding 2nd row bench (P. 1-2)3. Rear outboard seat belt with preten-

sioner(s) (P. 1-11)4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)5. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s)

and shoulder height adjuster(P. 1-11, 1-43)

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag(P. 1-43)

7. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-43)8. Driver and passenger supplemental

knee air bags (P. 1-43)9. Front seats (P. 1-2)10. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P. 1-43)11. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers

for CHildren) (P. 1-22)13. 2nd row seat top tether strap anchor

(located on bottom of seatback)(P. 1-22)

Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LIC3786

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine hood (P. 3-23)2. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-36)

Wiper blades (P. 8-16)3. Windshield (P. 8-16)4. Front camera (P. 5-32, 5-35, 5-40,

5-101, 5-150)5. Power windows (P. 2-68)6. Door locks (P. 3-4)

INFINITI Intelligent Key (P. 3-7)Keys (P. 3-2)

7. Mirrors (P. 3-35)Side camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-11)

8. Tire pressure (P. 8-25)Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-25)

9. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)Headlight switch (P. 2-40)Turn signal switch (P. 2-40)LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system (P. 2-40)

10. Fog light switch (if so equipped)(P. 2-40)

11. Sonar sensors (if so equipped)(P. 5-187)

12. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-11)

See the page number indicated in parenthe-ses for operating details.LII2611

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear wiper and washer switch(P. 2-36)

2. Liftgate release (P. 3-23)Rearview camera (P. 4-3)

3. Sonar sensors (P. 5-187)4. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)5. Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-30)

Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)Fuel-filler door (P. 3-30)

6. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4)Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LIC3788

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-71)2. Sun visors (P. 3-34)3. Map lights (P. 2-74)4. Sunglasses storage (P. 2-56)5. Rearview mirror (P. 3-35)6. Glove box (P. 2-56)7. Console box (P. 2-56)8. Cup holders (P. 2-56)Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LIC3789

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vent (P. 4-34)2. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone

System*Steering wheel switch for audiocontrol*Center display multi-functioncontrol buttons*

3. High beam/turn signal switch(P. 2-45)Paddle shifters (P. 5-19)

4. Driver supplemental air bag(P. 1-43)Horn (P. 2-46)

5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights(P. 2-9)Vehicle information display (P. 2-19)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-36)Rear wiper and washer switch(P. 2-36)

7. Automatic heater and air condition-ing controls (P. 4-35)Driver side climate controlled seatswitches (if so equipped) (P. 2-47)Driver side heated seat switches(if so equipped) (P. 2-48)

8. Upper and lower displays*Navigation system* (if so equipped)

LIC3793

INSTRUMENT PANEL


9. Automatic heater and air condition-ing controls (P. 4-35)Passenger side climate controlledseat switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-47)Passenger side heated seatswitches (if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Rear window defroster, outsidemirror defroster (if so equipped), andwiper deicer (if so equipped) switch(P. 2-39)

10. Front passenger supplemental airbag (P. 1-43)

11. Glove box (P. 2-56)12. Audio system controls*

Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-43)

13. INFINITI controller*14. Power outlet (P. 2-54)

USB port*Cup holders (P. 2-56)Storage (P. 2-56)

15. Shift lever (P. 5-19)

16. Push-button ignition switch(P. 5-13)Electronic parking brake switch(P. 5-24)Automatic brake hold switch(P. 5-26)

17. Hazard warning flasher switch(P. 6-2)

18. ProPILOT Assist Switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-101)Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-75)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-77)Distance control switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-77)Control panel and vehicle informa-tion display switches (P. 2-20)

19. Tilt and telescopic steering wheelcontrol (P. 3-33)

20. Hood release (P. 3-23)

21. Trip reset switch (P. 2-4)Instrument brightness control(P. 2-40)Front and rear sonar system switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-187)Steering assist switch (for vehicleswith ProPILOT Assist)(if so equipped) (P. 2-50)Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) (if so equipped) (P. 2-49)Liftgate release switch (P. 3-23)Headlight switch (P. 2-40)Fog light switch (if so equipped)(P. 2-46)Head Up Display (HUD) OFF switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-51)

*: Refer to the separate INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.



KR20DDET engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)2. Drive belt location (P. 8-13)3. Air filter (P. 8-15)4. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)5. Battery (P. 8-11)6. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-18)7. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11)8. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)9. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LDI3173

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

2-10

or

Brake warninglight (red)

2-10

Charge warninglight

2-11

Electric shift con-trol system warn-ing light

2-11

or

Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (yellow)

2-11

Warninglight

Name Page

Engine oil pressurewarning light

2-11

Forward Emer-gency Braking(FEB) with Pedes-trian Detectionsystem warninglight

2-12

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-12

Master warninglight

2-14

Power steeringwarning light

2-14

Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB)warning light

2-15

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-15

Warninglight

Name Page

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-15

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Automatic brakehold indicator light

2-16

Eco drive indicatorlight (if soequipped)

2-16

or

Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight (red)

2-16

Front fog light in-dicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-16

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Indicatorlight

Name Page

Front passengerair bag status light

2-16

High Beam Assistindicator light(green)

2-17

High beam indica-tor light (blue)

2-17

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

2-17

Security indicatorlight

2-18

Side light andheadlight indicatorlight (green)

2-18

Slip indicator light 2-18

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights

2-18

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC)OFF indicator light

2-18


1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Armrests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Non-adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Seat belt warning light and chime . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . .1-15Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21

Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22

Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . 1-63Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . 1-63

WARNING

∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, you could bethrown into it and receive neck or otherserious injuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive serious internalinjuries.

∙ For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat should beupright. Always sit well back and uprightin the seat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat properly. For additionalinformation, refer to “Precautions onseat belt usage” in this section.

∙ After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

∙ Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly acti-vate switches or controls or make the ve-hicle move. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough to causea significant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

∙ Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driv-ing so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation. The seat may move sud-denly and could cause loss of control ofthe vehicle.

∙ The seatback should not be reclined anymore than needed for comfort. Seat beltsare most effective when the passengersits well back and straight up in the seat.If the seatback is reclined, the risk of slid-ing under the lap belt and being injured isincreased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be surenot to contact any moving parts to avoidpossible injuries and/or damage.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT

Operating tips

∙ The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 secondsthen reactivate the switch.

∙ Do not operate the power seat switch fora long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic drive positioner” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch as shown will slide theseat forward or backward to the desired po-sition.

Reclining

Move the recline switch as shown until thedesired angle is obtained.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizesfor added comfort and to help obtain properseat belt fit. For additional information, referto “Precautions on seat belt usage” in thissection. Also, the seatback can be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the shift lever is in P (Park).

LRS2985

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter

Move the switch as shown to adjust theangle and height of the seat cushion.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seatand if so equipped for passenger’sseat)

The lumbar support feature provides adjust-able lower back support to the driver andpassenger (if so equipped). Move the switchas shown to adjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR BENCH SEATADJUSTMENT

Forward and backward

Pull the center of the bar �1 up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or backwardto the desired position. Release the bar tolock the seat in position.

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull up on the lever

�2 and lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever �2 up and lean your bodyforward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.

LRS3181

Driver’s seat

LRS3046 LRS2988


The recline feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. For additional information, refer to“Precautions on seat belt usage” in this sec-tion. Also, the seatback can be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the shift lever is in P (Park).

WARNING

∙ After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.


∙ For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat should beupright. Always sit well back and uprightin the seat and adjust the seat belt prop-erly. For additional information, refer to“Precautions on seat belt usage” in thissection.

ARMRESTS

The rear bench seat comes equipped with anarmrest. Pull the armrest down as shown.

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seats when they are inthe fold-down position. In a collision,people riding in these areas withoutproper restraints are more likely to be se-riously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any area ofyour vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts. Be sure everyone inyour vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.

∙ Do not allow more than one person to usethe same seat belt.

∙ Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area or anyluggage is on the rear seats.

– Make sure that the seat path is clearbefore moving the seat.

– Be careful not to allow hands or feet toget caught or pinched in the seat.

∙ Head restraints/headrests should be ad-justed properly as they may provide sig-nificant protection against injury in anaccident. Always replace and adjust themproperly if they have been removed forany reason.

∙ If the head restraints/headrests are re-moved for any reason, they should be se-curely stored to prevent them from caus-ing injury to passengers or damage to thevehicle in case of sudden braking or anaccident.

LRS2924


∙ When returning the seatbacks to the up-right position, be certain they are com-pletely secured in the latched position. Ifthey are not completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an accident or sud-den stop.

∙ Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-den stop or collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

Folding the rear bench seat

To fold the rear bench seat flat for maximumcargo hauling:

1. Make sure that the headrestraints/headrests are lowered. To re-move the head restraints/headrests,push and hold the lock knob while mov-ing the head restraints/headrests in anupward direction. Store the headrestraints/headrests properly so theyare not loose in the vehicle.

2. Stow the rear seat belts in the seat belthooks found on the sides of the vehicle.

3. Lift up on the recline lever on the side ofthe outboard seats or pull the lever oneither side of the cargo area to fold theseatbacks flat.

4. To return the rear bench seats to a seat-ing position, push up on the seatbackuntil it latches in place.

Rear seat shown

LRS3047

Cargo area shown

LRS3008


WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against in-jury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-able head restraints/headrests must be ad-justed properly, as specified in this section.Check the adjustment after someone elseuses the seat. Do not attach anything to thehead restraint/headrest stalk, except forgenuine INFINITI accessories specificallytested for use with the vehicle’s headrestraint/headrest stalk. Do not removethe head restraint/headrest. Do not usethe seat if the head restraint/headrest hasbeen removed. If the headrestraint/headrest was removed, reinstalland properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to followthese instructions can reduce the effective-ness of the head restraints/headrests. Thismay increase the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision.

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest (ifapplicable).

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

∙ Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk(s)to lock them in a desired adjustment po-sition.

∙ The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

∙ Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align the headrestraint/headrest so the center ofyour ear is approximately level withthe center of the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

∙ If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in that des-ignated seating position.

LRS2403

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVE

Use the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302


5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

INSTALL

1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalkswith the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with thenotch (notches) �1 must be installed inthe hole with the lock knob �2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

ADJUST

For adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than the rec-ommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

LRS2303 WRS0134


For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is po-sitioned so the lock knob is engaged in thenotch before riding in that designated seatingposition.

Raise

To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


Lower

To lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


LRS2351 LRS2305 LRS2306


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor,your chances of being injured or killed in acollision and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encour-ages you and all of your passengers to buckleup every time you drive, even if your seatingposition includes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING

∙ Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at all times.Children should be in the rear seats and inan appropriate restraint.

WARNING

∙ The seat belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so may reducethe effectiveness of the entire restraintsystem and increase the chance or sever-ity of injury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt is notworn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING

∙ Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverput the belt behind your back, under yourarm or across your neck. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

∙ Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

∙ Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

∙ Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

∙ Do not allow more than one person to usethe same seat belt.

∙ Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

∙ If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turned onwith all doors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunction inthe system. Have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material, or install de-vices that may change the seat belt rout-ing or tension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system. Modi-fying or tampering with the seat belt sys-tem may result in serious personal injury.

∙ Once a seat belt pretensioner(s) have ac-tivated, they cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ All seat belt assemblies, including retrac-tors and attaching hardware, should beinspected after any collision. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. INFINITI recom-mends that all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unless thecollision was minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be inspectedand replaced if either damage or im-proper operation is noted.

∙ All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any colli-sion. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s inspection instructions andreplacement recommendations. The childrestraints should be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTAND CHIME

The driver and front passenger seat isequipped with an enhanced seat belt re-minder function. If your vehicle is equippedwith an enhanced seat belt reminder func-tion, a visual and audible alert will operate if adriver or front passenger seat belt is unbuck-led at speeds of approximately 9 mph(15 km/h) or more under the following con-ditions:

∙ If the driver seat belt is not fastened.

∙ The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and the seat is occupied by a pas-senger for 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

∙ The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and objects or external force on thepassenger seat change the seat belt re-minder classification to Occupied.

The seat belt warning light will flash underthe conditions shown above until the neces-sary seat belt is securely fastened.

A warning chime will sound for approxi-mately 90 seconds or until one of the follow-ing conditions is met:

∙ The unbuckled front occupant’s seat beltis securely fastened.

∙ The seat belt reminder function in thefront passenger seat no longer detectsthat the front passenger seat is occupied.

∙ The ignition is turned off.

The below situations could result in the seatbelt reminder light being illuminated and thechime sounding, even with no occupant pres-ent in the passenger seat:

∙ Heavy objects placed on the seat.

∙ Someone pushing or pulling on the frontpassenger seat.

∙ An object placed under the front passen-ger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console or between theseat cushion and the door.

∙ An object hanging on the seat or placed inthe seatback pocket.

∙ A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist.Place the shoulder belt over your shoulderand across your chest. Never run thelap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area.Contact your doctor for specific recommen-dations.

LRS0786


INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

∙ Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at all times.Children should be in the rear seats and inan appropriate restraint.


∙ For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat should beupright. Always sit well back and uprightin the seat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly.

∙ Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. If the seat belt cannot be un-buckled or is already unbuckled, releasethe child by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife or scissors)to release the seat belt.


Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Seats” in this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle �A until you hear and feel thelatch engage.

∙ The retractor is designed to lock dur-ing a sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion permits the seat belt tomove and allows you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

∙ If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

LRS2985 LRS2674


3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips �B as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack �C . Besure the shoulder belt is routed over yourshoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have twomodes of operation:

∙ Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

∙ Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extendand retract to allow the driver and passen-

gers some freedom of movement in the seat.The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicleslows down rapidly or during certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle andfully retracted. The seat belt returns to theELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts.For additional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

The ALR mode should be used only for childrestraint installation. During normal seatbelt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.It can also change the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the seat belt, press the button onthe buckle �1 . The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

∙ When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor.

∙ When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

LRS2675 WRS0139


To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows.

∙ Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service, or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

�A Shoulder belt height adjust button

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, refer to “Precautionson seat belt usage” in this section.

To adjust, push the button and then move theshoulder belt anchor to the desired positionso that the belt passes over the center of theshoulder. The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off of yourshoulder. Release the adjustment button tolock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNING

∙ After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to make sureit is securely fixed in position.

∙ The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effective-ness of the entire restraint system andincrease the chance or severity of injuryin an accident.

∙ The shoulder belt should rest on themiddle of the shoulder. It must not restagainst the neck.

∙ Be sure that the seat belt is not twisted inany way.

∙ Be sure that the shoulder belt anchor issecured by trying to move the shoulderbelt anchor up and down afteradjustment.

SSS0896


Seat belt hook

When the seat belt is not in use and whenfolding down the rear seats, hook the rearseat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulderbelt and fasten it, an extender that is compat-ible with the installed seat belts is availablefor purchase. The extender adds approxi-mately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may beused for all seating positions.

Seat belt extenders are available for the:

∙ Driver and front passenger seating posi-tions

∙ Rear seating positions

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for assistance with purchasing an ex-tender if an extender is required.

WARNING

∙ Only INFINITI seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should beused with INFINITI seat belts.

∙ Adults and children who can use the stan-dard seat belt should not use an extender.Such unnecessary use could result in seri-ous personal injury in the event of anaccident.

∙ Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured or killed in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

∙ To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or car-pet. Then wipe with a cloth and allow theseat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

∙ If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the seat beltsmay retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

∙ Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. If looseparts, deterioration, cuts or other dam-age on the webbing is found, the entireseat belt assembly should be replaced.

LRS3035


WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions are equippedwith Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt cannot beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, releasethe child by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is availablefrom many other sources, including doctors,teachers, government traffic safety offices,and community organizations. Every child isdifferent, so be sure to learn the best way totransport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

∙ Rear-facing child restraint

∙ Forward-facing child restraint

∙ Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 year andless than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed inrear-facing child restraints. Forward-facingchild restraints are available for children whooutgrow rear-facing child restraints and areat least 1 year old. Booster seats are used tohelp position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on achild who can no longer use a forward-facingchild restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt may cometoo close to the face or neck. The lap beltmay not fit over their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seat beltcould cause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicleby using either the LATCH (Lower Anchorand Tethers for CHildren) system or with thevehicle seat belt. For additional information,refer to “Child restraints” in this section.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat. Stud-ies show that children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

This is especially important because your ve-hicle has a supplemental restraint system(air bag system) for the front passenger. Foradditional information, refer to “Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS)” in this sec-tion.

INFANTS

Infants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants be placedin child restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. You shouldchoose a child restraint that fits your vehicleand always follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for installation and use.

CHILD SAFETY


SMALL CHILDREN

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up tothe height or weight limit of the child re-straint. Children who outgrow the height orweight limit of the rear-facing child restraintand are at least 1 year old should be securedin a forward-facing child restraint with a har-ness. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructionsfor minimum and maximum weight andheight recommendations. INFINITI recom-mends that small children be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choosea child restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN

Children should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until they reachthe maximum height or weight limit allowedby the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facingchild restraint, INFINITI recommends thatthe child be placed in a commercially availablebooster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. Fora seat belt to fit properly, the booster seatshould raise the child so that the shoulder beltis properly positioned across the chest andthe top, middle portion of the shoulder. Theshoulder belt should not cross the neck orface and should not fall off the shoulder. Thelap belt should lie snugly across the lower hipsor upper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positions thathave a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the childcan pass the seat belt fit test below:

∙ Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

∙ Is the child able to sit without slouching?

∙ Do the child’s knees bend easily over thefront edge of the seat with feet flat onthe floor?

∙ Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hips andshoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

∙ Is the child able to use the properly ad-justed head restraint/headrest?

∙ Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?


If you answered no to any of these questions,the child should remain in a booster seat us-ing a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may follow dif-ferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is using thecorrect restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured or killedin a sudden stop or collision.

LRS2690 ARS1098

CHILD RESTRAINTS


PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installationof child restraints could result in seriousinjury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:

– The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow all ofthe child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for installation and use.

– Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even the stron-gest adult cannot resist the forces of acollision.

– Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

– INFINITI recommends that all child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.Studies show that children are saferwhen properly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat. If you mustinstall a forward-facing child restraintin the front seat, refer to “Forward-facing child restraint installation us-ing the seat belts” in this section.

– Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating air bag could seriously in-jure or kill a child. A rear-facing childrestraint must only be used in the rearseat.

– Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle. Somechild restraints may not fit properly inyour vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

– Never use the anchor points for adultseat belts, or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as possibleafter fitting the child restraint.

– Infants and children should always beplaced in an appropriate child re-straint while in the vehicle.

∙ When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, loose objects can injure occupantsor damage the vehicle.

WRS0256


CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can be-come very hot. Check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing a child in thechild restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to these anchors. Foradditional information, refer to “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system” in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraintsfor infants and children of various sizes.When selecting any child restraint, keep thefollowing points in mind:

∙ Choose only a restraint with a label cer-tifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

∙ Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

∙ If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

∙ If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),you may use either the LATCH anchorsor the seat belt to install the child re-straint (not both at the same time).

∙ If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs.(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (notthe lower anchors) to install the child re-straint.

∙ Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle is be-ing operated. Canadian law requires the toptether strap on forward-facing child re-straints be secured to the designated anchorpoint on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with LATCH systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraint exceeds65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight ofthe child and child restraint is greater than65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt

LATCH system lower anchor locations -bench seat

LRS2990


(not the lower anchors) to install the childrestraint. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are providedto install child restraints in the following po-sitions only:

∙ Rear bench seat – outboard seating po-sitions

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation of childrestraints could result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

– Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

– Do not secure a child restraint in therear center position using the LATCHsystem anchors. The child restraintwill not be secured properly.

– Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are noobstructions over the anchors such asseat belt webbing or seat cushion ma-terial. The child restraint will not besecured properly if the lower anchorsare obstructed.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchor-ages, and a child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision.

LATCH lower anchor location

The LATCH lower anchors are located asshown. A label is attached to the seatback tohelp you locate the LATCH lower anchors.

LATCH lower anchor location

LRS3036


Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachments

LATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchors lo-cated at certain seating positions in your ve-hicle. With this system, you do not have touse a vehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Check your child restraint for a labelstating that it is compatible with LATCH. Thisinformation may also be in the instructionsprovided by the child restraint manufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the child re-straint.

LATCH label locations rear bench

LRS3045

LATCH webbing-mounted attachmentLRS0661

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLRS0662


Top tether anchor

WARNING

∙ Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during a col-lision. A child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the top tether strapis damaged.

∙ Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorages,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

Top tether anchor point locations

Anchor points are located in the followinglocations:

∙ Rear bench on the bottom of the seat-back in the seating positions shown.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

REAR-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints. Under no cir-cumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorages, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manual be-fore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combinedweight of the child and the child restraintexceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and the child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehi-cle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to in-stall the child restraint. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

Rear bench seat

LRS3040


Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint in the rear seats using theLATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2997

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

LRS2996


3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from the an-chor attachments. Press downward andrearward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your hand to compress thevehicle seat cushion and seatback whiletightening the webbing of the anchorattachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint in an-other seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint ortry installing by using the vehicle seat

belt (if applicable). Not all child restraintsfit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 2through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision.


Do not use the lower anchors if the combinedweight of the child and the child restraintexceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and the child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehi-

Rear-facing – step 3LRS0673

Rear-facing – step 4LRS0674


cle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to in-stall the child restraint. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must be usedin the rear-facing direction and there-fore must not be used in the front seat.Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

Rear-facing – step 1WRS0256



3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the ELR mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintto compress the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

Rear-facing – step 3

LRS2395


LRS2396



6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types of ve-hicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH



Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint in the rear seats usingthe LATCH system:



LRS2397


2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Installing top tetherstrap” in this section.

Do not install child restraints that requirethe use of a top tether strap in seating

positions that do not have a top tetheranchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint/headrest when the childrestraint is removed. For additional in-formation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position ora different child restraint.

Forward-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2995

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

LRS2994


4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from the an-chor attachments. Press downward andrearward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compress thevehicle seat cushion and seatback whiletightening the webbing of the anchorattachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint in an-other seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types of ve-hicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3through 6.

Forward-facing – step 4LRS0671

Forward-facing – step 6WRS0697



�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strap

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear bench outboardseating positions only).

Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest andstore it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 asshown.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-chor point �2 as shown.



WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints. Under no cir-cumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the operationof the front passenger air bag. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” in this section.

Rear bench seat

LRS3040




Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front passengerseat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint/headrest when the childrestraint is removed. For additional in-formation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position ora different child restraint.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1

WRS0699


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installationonly). For additional information, refer to“Installing top tether strap” in this sec-tion.

Do not install child restraints that requirethe use of a top tether strap in seatingpositions that do not have a top tetheranchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to ELR mode when theseat belt is fully retracted.




5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintwith your knee to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback while pullingup on the seat belt.


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types of ve-hicles.





9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The front pas-

senger air bag status light shouldilluminate. If this light is not illuminatedrefer to “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section. Move thechild restraint to another seating posi-tion. Have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.


�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strap

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withseat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.


Rear bench seat

LRS3040


Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS





CENTER SEATING POSITION






WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints. Under no cir-cumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

BOOSTER SEATS

For additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injured orkilled in a sudden stop or collision greatlyincreases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion of thebelt is away from the child’s face andneck and the lap portion of the beltdoes not cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is not be-hind the child or under the child’s arm.

– A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has alap/shoulder belt.


A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points inmind:

∙ Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213.

∙ Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

∙ Make sure the child’s head will be prop-erly supported by the booster seat or ve-hicle seat. The seatback must be at orabove the center of the child’s ears. Forexample, if a low back booster seat ischosen, the vehicle seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears. Ifthe seatback is lower than the center ofthe child’s ears, a high back booster seatshould be used.

LRS2479 LRS0453 LRS0464


∙ If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place the child in the boosterseat and check the various adjustmentsto be sure the booster seat is compatiblewith the child. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle is be-ing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seats orthe front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety,” “Childrestraints” and “Booster seats” sections ofthis manual before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat inthe rear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint/headrest when thebooster seat is removed. For additionalinformation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

WRS0699

Front passenger positionLRS0454


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper boosterseat fit, try another seating position or adifferent booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sureto follow the booster seat manufactur-er’s instructions for adjusting the seatbelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take up ex-tra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle portionof the child’s shoulder. Be sure to followthe booster seat manufacturer’s instruc-tions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seat beltwith retractor” in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switchin the ON position. The front passenger

air bag status light may or may notilluminate, depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat beingused. For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:

∙ Driver and front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

∙ Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

∙ Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

∙ Driver and passenger supplemental kneeair bag

∙ Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front andrear outboard seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger incertain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side-impact collisions.The side air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.

LRS0865

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)


Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certainside-impact or rollover collisions. In a sideimpact, the curtain air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate and remain inflated for ashort time.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and frontpassenger seat belts and is not a substitutefor them. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated a suit-able distance away from the steering wheel,instrument panel and door finishers. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Seat belts” inthis section.

Driver and passenger supplemental knee airbags

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the driver’s and front passenger’sknees in certain collisions.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and frontpassenger seat belts and is not a substitutefor them. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated a suit-able distance away from the steering wheel,instrument panel and door finishers. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Seat belts” inthis section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 sec-onds if the system is operational.


WARNING

∙ The front air bags ordinarily will not in-flate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity frontalcollision. Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

∙ The front passenger air bag will not in-flate if the passenger air bag status lightis lit. For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

∙ The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The front airbags inflate with great force. Even withthe INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, ifyou are unrestrained, leaning forward,sitting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the front airbag if you are up against it when it in-flates. Always sit back against the seat-back and as far away as practical fromthe steering wheel or instrument panel.Always properly use the seat belts.

∙ The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheINFINITI Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors the severity of a collision andseat belt usage then inflates the air bagsas needed. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

∙ The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-senger air bag OFF under some condi-tions. This sensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated and wear-ing the seat belt can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” in thissection.

∙ Keep hands on the outside of the steeringwheel. Placing them inside the steeringwheel rim could increase the risk thatthey are injured when the front air baginflates.

WRS0031


WARNING

∙ Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of the win-dow. Do not attempt to hold them in yourlap or arms. Some examples of dangerousriding positions are shown in theillustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041


ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044


WARNING

∙ Children may be severely injured or killedwhen the front air bags, side air bags orcurtain air bags inflate if they are notproperly restrained. Pre-teens and chil-dren should be properly restrained in therear seat, if possible.

∙ Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facingchild restraint in the front seat. An inflat-ing front air bag could seriously injure orkill your child. For additional information,refer to “Child restraints” in this section.

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rollover supplemental airbags:

∙ The side air bags and curtain air bags or-dinarily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact, or lower se-verity side collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk or sever-ity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431


WARNING

∙ The seat belts, the side air bags and cur-tain air bags are most effective when youare sitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. The sideair bag and curtain air bag inflate withgreat force. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the side airbag on the side of the seatback of thefront seat or near the side roof rails. Donot allow anyone sitting in the frontseats or rear outboard seats to extendtheir hand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown in theprevious illustrations.

LRS3042 SSS0162


WARNING

∙ When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside air bag inflates, you may be seriouslyinjured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properly re-strained. Some examples of dangerousriding positions are shown in theillustrations.

∙ Do not use seat covers on the front seat-backs. They may interfere with side airbag inflation.

WRS0032 SSS0159


INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod-ules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

3. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor)

4. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag inflators

7. Satellite sensor (driver’s side shown;passenger side similar)

8. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front andrear outboard seats)

9. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s sideshown; front passenger side similar)

10. Driver and passenger supplemental kneeair bag

11. Crash zone sensor

LRS3219


WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System,please observe the following items.

∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rear seatto push or pull on the seatback pocket.

∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that there is nothing pressingagainst the rear of the seatback, such as achild restraint installed in the rear seat oran object stored on the floor.

∙ Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

∙ Make sure that there is no object placedbetween the seat cushion and the centerconsole or between the seat cushion andthe door.

∙ If a forward-facing child restraint is in-stalled in the front passenger seat, do notposition the front passenger seat so thechild restraint contacts the instrumentpanel. If the child restraint does contactthe instrument panel, the system may de-termine the seat is occupied and the pas-senger air bag may deploy in a collision.Also the front passenger air bag statuslight may not illuminate. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints” inthis section.

∙ Confirm the operating condition with thefront passenger air bag status light.

∙ If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating as de-scribed in this section, get the occupantclassification system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

∙ Until you have confirmed with a retailerthat your passenger seat occupant clas-sification system is working properly, po-sition the occupants in the rear seatingpositions.

∙ Do not position the front passenger seatso it contacts the rear seat. If the frontseat does contact the rear seat, the airbag system may determine a sensor mal-function has occurred and the front pas-senger air bag status light may illuminateand the supplemental air bag warninglight may flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirements un-der U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual still apply and mustbe followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bagis located in the center of the steering wheel.The front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the dashboardabove the glove box. The front air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severity frontalcollisions, although they may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similarto those of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontal colli-sions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper front air bagsystem operation.


The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensor and occupant classifica-tion sensor (weight sensor). Inflator opera-tion is based on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classification sensoris also monitored. Based on information fromthe sensor, only one front air bag may inflatein a crash, depending on the crash severityand whether the front occupants are beltedor unbelted. Additionally, the front passengerair bag may be automatically turned off un-der some conditions, depending on theweight detected on the passenger seat andhow the seat belt is used. If the front passen-ger air bag is OFF, the front passenger airbag status light will be illuminated. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section. Onefront air bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer to obtain information aboutthe system. If you are considering modifica-tion of your vehicle due to a disability, youmay also contact INFINITI. Contact informa-tion is contained in the front of this Owner’sManual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken tonot inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on theface and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating front air bag may causefacial abrasions or other injuries. Front airbags, other than the driver and passengerknee air bags, do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Even with INFINITI Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as prac-tical away from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. The front air bags inflate quicklyin order to help protect the front occupants.Because of this, the force of the front air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, thefront air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a col-lision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.



Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is necessaryfor most effective protection. Failure tofollow all instructions in this manual con-cerning the use of seats, seat belts and childrestraints can increase the risk or severityof injury in an accident.

Status light

The front passenger seat is equipped with anoccupant classification sensor (weight sen-sor) that turns the front passenger air bag onor off depending on the weight applied to thefront passenger seat. The status of the frontpassenger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by

the front passenger air bag status lightwhich is located on the instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the front passenger air bag statuslight on the instrument panel illuminates forabout 7 seconds and then turns off or re-mains illuminated depending on the frontpassenger seat occupied status. The light op-erates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAG

STATUS LIGHT ( )FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/SomebodyBag or Child or Child Restraint or

Small Adult in front passenger seatON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat may alsocause the light to operate as described abovedepending on their weight.

For additional information, refer to “Normaloperation” and “Troubleshooting” in this sec-tion.

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle is

operated under some conditions as describedbelow in accordance with U.S. regulations. Ifthe front passenger air bag is OFF, it will notinflate in a crash. The driver air bag and otherair bags in your vehicle are not part of thissystem.

LRS0865


The purpose of the regulation is to help re-duce the risk of injury or death from an inflat-ing air bag to certain front passenger seatoccupants, such as children, by requiring theair bag to be automatically turned OFF. Cer-tain sensors are used to meet the require-ments.

The occupant classification sensor in this ve-hicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on the seatby weight. For example, if a child is in thefront passenger seat, the INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System is designed to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF in accordance withthe regulations. Also, if a child restraint of thetype specified in the regulations is on theseat, its weight and the child’s weight can bedetected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thefront passenger air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. For small adults it may be turnedOFF, however, if the occupant takes his/herweight off the seat cushion (for example, bynot sitting upright, by sitting on an edge ofthe seat, or by otherwise being out of posi-tion), this could cause the sensor to turn theair bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and

wearing the seat belt properly for the mosteffective protection by the seat belt andsupplemental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rear seat.INFINITI also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properlyinstalled in a rear seat. If this is not possible,the occupant classification sensor is designedto operate as described above to turn thefront passenger air bag OFF for specifiedchild restraints as required by the regulations.Failing to properly secure child restraints andto use the ALR mode may allow the restraintto tip or move in a collision or sudden stop.This can also result in the passenger air baginflating in a crash instead of being OFF. Foradditional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object’s weight de-tected by the occupant classification sensor.Other conditions could also result in air baginflation, such as if a child is standing on theseat, or if two children are on the seat, con-trary to the instructions in this manual. Al-

ways be sure that you and all vehicle occu-pants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front passenger airbag is automatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the air bag is OFF), itcould be that the person is a small adult, or isnot sitting on the seat properly or not usingthe seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, depending onthe size of the child and the type of childrestraint being used. If the air bag status lightis not illuminated (indicating that the air bagmight inflate in a crash), it could be that thechild restraint or seat belt is not being usedproperly. Make sure that the child restraint isinstalled properly, the seat belt is used prop-erly and the occupant is positioned properly.If the air bag status light is still not illumi-nated, reposition the occupant or child re-straint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believe thatthe child restraint, the seat belts and the oc-cupant are properly positioned, it is recom-


mended that you take your vehicle to anINFINITI retailer. An INFINITI retailer cancheck system status by using a special tool.However, until you have confirmed with aretailer that your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraint in arear seat.The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light will take afew seconds to register a change in the frontpassenger seat status. This is normal systemoperation and does not indicate a malfunc-tion.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passengerair bag system, the supplemental air bag

warning light , located in the meter andgauges area of the instrument panel, will beilluminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operationIn order for the occupant classification sen-sor system to classify the front passengerbased on weight, please follow the precau-tions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

∙ Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

∙ Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

∙ Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of the frontpassenger seat.

∙ Make sure that the front passenger seator seatback is not forced back against anobject on the seat or floor behind it.

∙ Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, lean-ing against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” section of this manual. Frontpassenger seat belt buckle status ismonitored by the occupant classificationsystem, and is used as an input to deter-mine occupancy status. So, it is highlyrecommended that the front passengerfasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checkingthe front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sensorsystem generally keeps the classificationlocked during driving, so it is important thatyou confirm that the front passenger isproperly classified prior to driving. However,the occupant classification sensor may re-calculate the weight of the occupant undersome conditions (both while driving andwhen stopped), so front passenger seat oc-cupants should continue to remain seated asoutlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bag statuslight is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:

∙ Occupant is a small adult — the air baglight is functioning as intended. The frontpassenger air bag is suppressed.


However, if the occupant is not a small adult,then this may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with the weightsensors:

∙ Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.


∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.


∙ An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console or between theseat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stopwhen it is safe to do so. Check and correctany of the above conditions. Restart the ve-hicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 seconds ini-tially.

If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, childor child restraint occupying the frontpassenger seat.

This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to the floor.

∙ The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined in the “Child re-straints” section of this manual.

∙ An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in the seat-back pocket.


∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.


∙ An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stopwhen it is safe to do so. Check and correctany of the above conditions. Restart the ve-hicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 seconds ini-tially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should be repo-sitioned in the rear seat and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.


3. If the light is OFF with no front passen-ger and no objects on the front passen-ger seat the vehicle should be checked. Itis recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

∙ Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.

∙ Immediately after inflation, several frontair bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should be madeto any components or wiring of thesupplemental air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of thefront air bag system.

∙ Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to the steer-ing wheel and the instrument panel as-sembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad and above the instru-ment panel or by installing additionaltrim material around the air bag system.

∙ Removing or modifying the front passen-ger seat may affect the function of the airbag system and result in serious personalinjury.

∙ Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do not changethe front seats by placing material on theseat cushion or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers, on theseat that are not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation. Addi-tionally, do not stow any objects underthe front passenger seat or the seat cush-ion and seatback. Such objects may inter-fere with the proper operation of the oc-cupant classification sensor (weightsensor).

∙ No unauthorized changes should be madeto any components or wiring of the seatbelt system. This may affect the front airbag system. Tampering with the seat beltsystem may result in serious personalinjury.


∙ It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for in-stallation of electrical equipment. TheSupplemental Restraint System (SRS)wiring harnesses* should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bag system.

∙ A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bagsystem.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yel-low and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bagsystems

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtainair bags are located in the side roof rails inboth rows. All of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual apply and mustbe followed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higher severityside collisions, although they may inflate ifthe forces in another type of collision are

similar to those of a higher severity impact.They are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. They may notinflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate incertain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtainair bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, fol-lowed by release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire. Careshould be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestof the front occupants. Curtain air bags helpto cushion the impact force to the head ofoccupants in the front and rear outboardseating positions in all rows. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. How-ever, an inflating side air bag or curtain air

LRS2501


bag may cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and front passenger seated uprightas far as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated as faraway as practical from the door finishers andside roof rails. The side air bags and curtainair bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe occupants. Because of this, the force ofthe side air bags and curtain air bags inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if the occupantis too close to, or is against, these air bagmodules during inflation. The side air bag willdeflate quickly after the collision is over.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.

The side air bags and curtain air bags oper-ate only when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.


WARNING

∙ Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do not placeany objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) be-tween the front door finisher and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifa side air bag inflates.

∙ Right after inflation, several side air bagand curtain air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should be madeto any components or wiring of the sideair bag and curtain air bag systems. Thisis to prevent damage to or accidental in-flation of the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This could af-fect proper operation of the curtain airbag systems.

∙ Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the front seatsby placing material near the seatbacks orby installing additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the side airbag.

∙ It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe side air bag and curtain air bag. It isalso recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for installation of elec-trical equipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the side air bag or curtainair bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectors areyellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagsand curtain air bag system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.


Driver and passenger supplementalknee air bag

The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster,on the driver’s and passenger’s side. All of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual apply and must be followed. Theknee air bag is designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although it may in-flate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity fron-tal impact. It may not inflate in certain colli-sions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper knee air bag operation.

When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the impactforce on the knees of the driver and passen-ger. It can help reduce serious injuries. How-ever, an inflating knee air bag may cause

abrasions or other injuries. The knee air bagprovides restraint to the lower body.

The knee air bag inflates quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because of this,the force of the knee air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, this air bag moduleduring inflation. The knee air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over OR the kneeair bag will remain inflated for a short time.

The knee air bag operates only when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position.


WARNING

∙ Do not place any objects between theknee bolster and the driver’s or passen-ger’s seat. Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and cause injury if aknee air bag inflates.

∙ Right after inflation, the knee air bagsystem components will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.

Driver’s side

LRS3037

Passenger’s side

LRS3218


∙ No unauthorized changes should be madeto any components or wiring of the kneeair bag system. This is to prevent damageto or accidental inflation of the knee airbag system.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system or sus-pension system. This could affect properoperation of the knee air bag system.

∙ Tampering with the knee air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the driver kneebolster or install additional trim materialaround the knee air bag.

∙ It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe knee air bag. It is also recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for in-stallation of electrical equipment. TheSRS wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the knee airbag system.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectors areyellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the knee air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontand rear outboard seats)

WARNING

∙ The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused af-ter activation. They must be replaced to-gether with the retractor and buckle as aunit.

∙ If the vehicle becomes involved in a colli-sion but pretensioner(s) are not acti-vated, be sure to have the pretensionersystem checked and, if necessary, re-placed. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ No unauthorized changes should be madeto any components or wiring of the pre-tensioner system. This is to prevent dam-age to or accidental activation of the pre-tensioner(s). Tampering with thepretensioner system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe pretensioner system. It is also recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for installation of electrical equip-ment. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

∙ If you need to dispose of the pretension-er(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seat beltretractor, the pretensioner(s) help tighten theseat belt when the vehicle becomes involvedin certain types of collisions, helping to re-strain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within theseat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchoraffixed to the floor of the vehicle. These seatbelts are used the same way as conventionalseat belts.

When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it


may cause irritation and choking. Those witha history of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load lim-iters allow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in the preten-sioner system. For additional information, re-fer to "Supplemental air bag warning light" inthis section. If the operation of the supple-mental air bag warning light indicates there isa malfunction, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the pretensionersystem and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

1. SRS air bag warning labels (located onthe sun visors)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on aseat protected by an air bag in front of it. Ifthe air bag deploys, it may cause seriousinjury or death.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,

displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag systems,pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns OFF. This means the system is opera-tional.

WRS0885 LRS0100


If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,knee air bag and pretensioner systems needservicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag or pre-tensioner systems may not operate properly.They must be checked and repaired. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and/orpretensioner systems will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Repair and replacement procedure

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) aredesigned to inflate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light remainsilluminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/or re-placed as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, cur-tain air bags, knee air bags, pretensioner(s)and related parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ig-nition switch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

∙ Once a front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag or knee air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function again andmust be replaced. Additionally, the acti-vated pretensioner(s) must also be re-placed. The air bag module and preten-sioner(s) should be replaced. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. However, the airbag module and pretensioner(s) cannotbe repaired.

∙ The front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag, knee air bag systems and the pre-tensioner system should be inspected ifthere is any damage to the front end orside portion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

∙ If you need to dispose of a supplementalair bag or pretensioner systems or scrapthe vehicle, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause personalinjury.


∙ If there is an impact to your vehicle fromany direction, your Occupant Classifica-tion Sensor (OCS) should be checked toverify it is still functioning correctly. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. The OCS shouldbe checked even if no air bags deploy as aresult of the impact. Failure to verifyproper OCS function may result in an im-proper air bag deployment resulting in in-jury or death.


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuel gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Distance To Empty (DTE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Variable Compression Turbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19How to use the vehicle informationdisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Resetting the trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Oil control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Vehicle information display warnings andindicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Rain-sensing auto wiper system(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

Rear window defroster, outside mirrordefroster (if so equipped), and wiper deicer(if so equipped) switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Horn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Climate controlled seat switches(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Dynamic driver assistance switch (for vehicleswithout ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 2-49Steering Assist switch (for vehicles withProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Front and rear sonar system switch(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 2-51

How to use the HUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52

Driver Assistance/Navigation linking . . . . . . . . . 2-52

E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

12v outlets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Front-door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61Luggage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Roof rack (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68

Power windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68Rear door sunshade (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . .2-71

Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Power moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71

Interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75Cargo light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78Programming trouble-diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . 2-79Reprogramming a single HomeLink®button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79

1. Vent (P. 4-34)2. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone

System*Steering wheel switch for audiocontrol*Center display multi-functioncontrol buttons*

3. High beam/turn signal switch(P. 2-45)Paddle shifters (P. 5-19)

4. Driver supplemental air bag(P. 1-43)Horn (P. 2-46)

5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-9)Vehicle information display (P. 2-19)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-36)Rear wiper and washer switch(P. 2-36)

7. Automatic heater and air condition-ing controls (P. 4-35)Driver side climate controlled seatswitches (if so equipped) (P. 2-47)Driver side heated seat switches(if so equipped) (P. 2-48)

8. Upper and lower displays*Navigation system* (if so equipped)

LIC3793

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

9. Automatic heater and air condition-ing controls (P. 4-35)Passenger side climate controlledseat switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-47)Passenger side heated seatswitches (if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Rear window defroster, outsidemirror defroster (if so equipped), andwiper deicer (if so equipped) switch(P. 2-39)

10. Front passenger supplemental airbag (P. 1-43)

11. Glove box (P. 2-56)12. Audio system controls*

Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-43)

13. INFINITI controller*14. Power outlet (P. 2-54)

USB port*Cup holders (P. 2-56)Storage (P. 2-56)

15. Shift lever (P. 5-19)

16. Push-button ignition switch(P. 5-13)Electronic parking brake switch(P. 5-24)Automatic brake hold switch(P. 5-26)

17. Hazard warning flasher switch(P. 6-2)

18. ProPILOT Assist Switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-101)Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-75)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-77)Distance control switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-77)Control panel and vehicle informa-tion display switches (P. 2-20)

19. Tilt and telescopic steering wheelcontrol (P. 3-33)

20. Hood release (P. 3-23)

21. Trip reset switch (P. 2-4)Instrument brightness control(P. 2-40)Front and rear sonar system switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-187)Steering assist switch (for vehicleswith ProPILOT Assist)(if so equipped) (P. 2-50)Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) (if so equipped) (P. 2-49)Liftgate release switch (P. 3-23)Headlight switch (P. 2-40)Fog light switch (if so equipped)(P. 2-46)Head Up Display (HUD) OFF switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-51)

*: Refer to the separate INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.


Instruments and controls 2-3

1. Tachometer2. Warning and indicator lights3. Vehicle information display

OdometerTwin trip odometerTransmission position indicator

4. Speedometer5. Fuel gauge6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

SPEEDOMETER ANDODOMETER

This vehicle is equipped with a speedometerand odometer. The speedometer is locatedon the right side of the meter cluster. Theodometer is located within the vehicle infor-mation display.

LIC4174

METERS AND GAUGES


Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer and the twin trip odometer �1

are displayed in the vehicle information dis-play when the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distanceof individual trips.

Changing the display

Push the TRIP RESET switch �2 on the leftside of the steering column to change thedisplay as follows:

Trip → Trip → Odometer Mile-

age → Trip

Resetting the trip odometerPushing the TRIP RESET switch �2 for morethan 1 second resets the currently displayedtrip odometer to zero.

LIC3847 LIC3848


TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev theengine into the red zone �1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature. The engine coolant temperature iswithin the normal range �1 when the gaugeneedle points within the zone shown in theillustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and driving con-ditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates coolant temperaturenear the hot (H) end of the normal range,reduce vehicle speed to decrease tempera-ture. If the gauge is over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. Ifthe engine is overheated, continued opera-tion of the vehicle may seriously damagethe engine. For additional information, re-fer to “If your vehicle overheats” in the “Incase of emergency” section of this manualfor immediate action required.

LIC3849 LIC3850


FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) afterthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF posi-tion.

The low fuel warning comes on when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank once the Low Fuel warn-ing indicator in the vehicle information dis-play illuminates as indicated by LowFuel.

The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

∙ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible. Aftera few driving trips. the light shouldturn off. If the light remains on after afew driving trips, have the vehicle in-spected. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthis section.

DISTANCE TO EMPTY (DTE)Displays the estimated distance the vehiclecan be driven before refueling. The value iscalculated based on recent fuel economy, theamount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank, andthe actual fuel consumption.

Changes in driving patterns or conditions cancause the DTE value to vary. As a result, thevalue displayed may differ from the actualdistance that can be driven.

DTE display will change to “---” when the fuellevel in the tank is getting low, prior to the fuelgauge reaching 0 (Empty).

NOTE:

∙ The DTE value after refill is estimatedbased on recent fuel economy andamount of fuel added.

∙ If a small amount of fuel is added, or theignition is on during refueling, the dis-play may not be updated.

∙ Conditions that affect the fuel economywill also affect the estimated DTE value(city/highway driving, idle time, remotestart time, terrain, seasonal weather,added vehicle weight, added deflectors,roof racks, etc.).

LIC3851


VARIABLE COMPRESSIONTURBO

Your engine is equipped with a variable com-pression ratio system called “Variable Com-pression Turbo”. This system can vary theengine compression ratio continuously.

According to driving conditions, the systemapplies optimum compression ratio auto-matically to achieve both high output andhigh fuel economy efficiency.

This is not a physical gauge. It is a displayoption in the vehicle information display thatcan be selected. For additional information,refer to “Vehicle information display” in thissection.

�1 Compression ratio status displayDisplays the status of compression ratiocontrolled by Variable CompressionTurbo. The lowest compression ratio(8:1) and the highest (14:1) are displayedas “Power” and ”Eco” respectively.

�2 Turbo charger boost pressure gaugeDisplays the turbo charger boost pres-sure.

NOTE:

Under some conditions, the compression ra-tio may not change. This is not a malfunctionof the system.

CAUTION

If the Variable Compression Turbo becomesfaulty, the Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) may come on. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL)” in this section.

LIC3924


or Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) warning light

Power steering warning light High Beam Assist indicator light (green)

or Brake warning light (red) Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

Charge warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Electric shift control system warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

or Electronic parking brake

warning light (yellow)

Automatic brake hold indicator light Side light and headlight indicator light

(green)

Engine oil pressure warning light Eco drive indicator light (if so equipped) Slip indicator light

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with

Pedestrian Detection system warning lightor Electronic parking brake

indicator light (red)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Low tire pressure warning light Front fog light indicator light (green)

(if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

indicator light

Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


CHECKING LIGHTS

With all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (if soequipped) will come on:

, , , , or ,

The following lights (if so equipped) come onbriefly and then go off:

or , , , , ,

or , ,If any light fails to come on or operate in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system malfunc-tion. Have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played in the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in this section.

WARNING LIGHTS

For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section.

or Anti-lock Braking

System (ABS)

warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.

If the ABS light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakingsystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock as-sistance. For additional information, refer to“Brake system” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

or Brake warning

light (red)

This light functions for the foot brake system.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

WARNING

∙ Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Drivingcould be dangerous. If you judge it to besafe, drive carefully to the nearest ser-vice station for repairs. Otherwise, haveyour vehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.


∙ Pressing the brake pedal with the enginestopped and/or a low brake fluid levelmay increase your stopping distance andbraking will require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

∙ If the brake fluid level is below the MINI-MUM or MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until the brakesystem has been checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate the charging system isnot functioning properly. Turn the engine offand check the generator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, or missing or if the light re-mains on, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Electric shift control system

warning light

This light illuminates when a malfunction oc-curs in the electric shift control system. Whenthe master warning light illuminates, thechime sounds and the following message isdisplayed in the vehicle information display:“When parked apply parking brake”.

When the ignition is placed in the OFF posi-tion, the chime sounds continuously. Ensurethe parking brake is applied

Have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.


brake warning light

(yellow)

The electronic parking brake system warninglight functions for the electronic parkingbrake system. If the warning light illuminates,it may indicate the electronic parking brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.


Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIretailer or other authorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. For additionalinformation, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause seri-ous damage to the engine almost immedi-ately. Such damage is not covered by war-ranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it issafe to do so.


Forward Emergency

Braking (FEB) with

Pedestrian Detection

system warning light

This light comes on when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. It turns off afterthe engine is started.

This light illuminates when the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection system is set to OFF in thelower display.

If the light illuminates when the FEB withPedestrian Detection system is on, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. Foradditional information, refer to “ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with PedestrianDetection” and “Predictive Forward CollisionWarning (PFCW)” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors thetire pressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns oflow tire pressure or indicates that the TPMSis not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1 sec-ond and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. A“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

When the low tire pressure warning light il-luminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure of all four tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label located inthe driver’s door opening. The low tire pres-sure warning light does not automaticallyturn off when the tire pressure is adjusted.After the tire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activatethe TPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gauge tocheck the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated.

For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section and “Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section and in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service. The "TirePressure Low — Add Air" warning does notappear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section and “Tire pres-sure” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.


WARNING

∙ Radio waves could adversely affect elec-tric medical equipment. Those who use apacemaker should contact the electricmedical equipment manufacturer for thepossible influences before use.

∙ If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch placed in the ON position,have the vehicle checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Drivingwith under-inflated tires may perma-nently damage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in serious per-sonal injury or death. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pres-sure to the recommended COLD tirepressure show on the Tire and LoadingInformation label located in the driver’sdoor opening to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light still illumi-nates while driving after adjusting thetire pressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a replace-ment tire as soon as possible. If no tire isflat and all tires are properly inflated,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for these services.

∙ Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

∙ The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

∙ If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 mph (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

∙ Be sure to install the specified size of tiresto the four wheels correctly.


Master warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the master warning light illuminates ifany of the following (if so equipped) are dis-played on the vehicle information display:

∙ No key warning

∙ I-Key system warning

∙ Low fuel warning

∙ Low washer fluid warning

∙ Parking brake warning

∙ Door/ liftgate open warning

∙ Loose fuel cap warning

∙ Low tire pressure warning

∙ Flat tire warning

∙ Transmission system warning

∙ Headlight warning

∙ Driver Attention Support system warning

∙ Shift position warning

∙ Low battery warning

∙ Shipping mode warning

∙ Low oil pressure warning

∙ All Wheel Drive (AWD) system warning

∙ Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)warning

∙ Handle Release warning

∙ Driving Aids malfunction warning

∙ Chassis Control system warning


Power steering warninglight

WARNING

∙ If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control of thevehicle, but the steering will be harder tooperate. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Models with Direct Adaptive Steering®:When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the powersteering warning light stays on for a fewseconds and turns off. This indicates thatDirect Adaptive Steering is operational. Drivethe vehicle after the power steering warninglight turns off.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while driving, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle. If the powersteering warning light turns off, you can driveagain. If the power steering warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the DirectAdaptive Steering checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service. For additional information, referto “Power Steering” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

Models with electric power steering:

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the powersteering warning light turns off. This indicatesthe electric power steering is operational.


If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indi-cate the electric power steering is not func-tioning properly and may need servicing. It isrecommended that you have the electricpower steering checked by an INFINITI re-tailer.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, the powerassist to the steering will cease operation butyou will still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering efforts are required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds. For additionalinformation, refer to “Power Steering” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) warning light

This light comes on when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. It turns off afterthe engine is started.

This light illuminates when the RAB system isturned off in the vehicle information display.

If the light illuminates when the RAB systemis on, it may indicate that the system is un-available. For additional information, refer to“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever theignition switch is placed in the ON or STARTposition and remains illuminated until thedriver’s seat belt is fastened. At the sametime, the chime sounds for about 6 secondsunless the driver’s seat belt is securely fas-tened.

The seat belt warning light may also illumi-nate if the front passenger’s seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, the sys-tem does not activate the warning light forthe front passenger.

The 2nd row seats may be also equipped witha seat belt warning light.

For additional information, refer to “Seatbelts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual.

Supplemental air bag

warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates for about 7 secondsand then turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, andpretensioner seat belt systems need servicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-tal restraint system (air bag system) and/orthe pretensioners may not function properly.For additional information, refer to “Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS)” in the“Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual.


WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensionersystems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

INDICATOR LIGHTS


Automatic brake hold

indicator light

This light illuminates to show the status ofthe automatic brake hold system.

When the automatic brake hold system is onstandby, the indicator will illuminate white.When the automatic brake hold system isoperating, the indicator will illuminate green.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic brake hold” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

ECO drive indicator light (if

so equipped)

When the ECO mode has been selected, theECO drive indicator light will illuminate, blink,or remain off depending on the acceleratorpedal operation. This is to help the driver driveeconomically. For additional information, re-fer to “ECO mode” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.


brake indicator light

(red)

This light illuminates when the electronicparking brake system is operating.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the electronic parking brake warn-ing light illuminates. When the engine isstarted and the parking brake is released, thewarning light turns off.

If the parking brake is not released, the elec-tronic parking brake warning light remainsilluminated. Ensure the electronic parkingbrake warning light has turned off beforedriving.

If the electronic parking brake warning lightilluminates or flashes while the electronic

parking brake system warning light(yellow) illuminates, it may indicate that theelectronic parking brake system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.


Front fog light indicator

light (green) (if so equipped)

The front fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the front fog lights are on. For addi-tional information, refer to “Fog light switch”in this section.

Front passenger air bag

status light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For additional information, refer to “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” in the“Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual.


High Beam Assist indicatorlight (green)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeams selected. This indicates that the highbeam assist is operational.

For additional information, refer to “Head-light switch” in this section.

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlighthigh beams are on and goes out when thelow beams are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it may indi-cate a potential emission control malfunc-tion.

The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal-lons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenance test.For additional information, refer to “Readi-ness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test”in the “Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

∙ MIL on steady — An emission control sys-tem malfunction has been detected.Check the fuel-filler cap if the Loose FuelCap warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display. If the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, tighten or install the capand continue to drive the vehicle.

The light should turn off after a

few driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips, havethe vehicle inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the retailer.

∙ MIL blinking — An engine misfire has beendetected which may damage the emis-sion control system. To reduce or avoidemission control system damage:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 mph(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.


The MIL may stop blinking and come onsteady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without hav-ing the emission control system checkedand repaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy,and possible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position.

The blinking security indicator light indicatesthat the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

For additional information, refer to “Securitysystems” in this section.

Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator lightilluminates when the side light or headlightsare on (not including daytime running or sig-

nature lights). If the headlight switch is in theAUTO position, the side light and headlightindicator light will illuminate when the head-lights turn on. For additional information, re-fer to “Headlight switch” in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the VDCsystem is operating, thus alerting the driver tothe fact that the road surface is slippery andthe vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working; thisis normal.

The light will blink for a few seconds after theVDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes on whenyou place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. The light will turn off after a period oftime if the system is operational. If the lightdoes not come on have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Turn signal/hazard indicator

lights

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the VDC isturned off in the lower display. This indicatesthe VDC has been turned off.

Turn the VDC on again by reactivating it inthe lower display, or restarting the engine.The system will be reactivated. For additionalinformation, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) system” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

The VDC light also comes on when the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will turn off after a period of time if thesystem is operational. If the light stays on or

comes on along with the indicator lightwhile you are driving, have the VDC systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

VDC should remain on unless freeing a ve-hicle from mud or snow.


While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle or ac-celerating, but this is normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a disc brake pad requires replace-ment, it makes a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion, whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Key reminder chime

A chime sounds if the driver’s door is openedwhile the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition or placed in the OFF or LOCK posi-tion with the key left in the vehicle. Make surethe ignition switch is placed in the LOCKposition, and take the key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime

With the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver’sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off beforeleaving the vehicle.

Intelligent Key door buzzer

The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if anyone of the following improper operations isfound.

∙ The Intelligent Key is left inside the ve-hicle when locking the doors.

∙ The Intelligent Key is taken outside thevehicle when operating the vehicle.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Sys-tem. For additional information, refer to“INFINITI Intelligent Key” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

The vehicle information display is located tothe left of the speedometer. It displays suchitems as:

∙ Trip computer information

∙ Drive system warnings and settings (if soequipped)

∙ Cruise control system information (if soequipped)

∙ Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if soequipped) system information

∙ Intelligent Key operation information

∙ Indicators and warnings

LIC3224

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


∙ Tire Pressure information

∙ Compass

∙ Audio

∙ Fuel Economy

∙ Driving Aids

∙ Engine Oil

∙ Chassis Control

∙ Navigation (if so equipped)

∙ ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)

∙ Traffic Sign Recognition (if so equipped)

∙ Other information HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAY

The vehicle information display can be navi-

gated using the and buttons lo-cated on the steering wheel.

1. and — select/enter the ve-hicle information display menu items

Vehicle settings and features can be adjustedin the lower display. For additional informa-tion, refer to the separate INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

STARTUP DISPLAY

When the vehicle in placed in the ON positionthe screens that display in the vehicle infor-mation include:

∙ Active system status

∙ Trip computer

∙ Tire pressure information

∙ Fuel economy

∙ Warnings

∙ Audio

∙ Navigation (if so equipped)

∙ Engine Oil

∙ Speed

∙ Intelligent Cruise Control

∙ Variable Compression Turbo

∙ Chassis Control

∙ Driving Aids

Warnings will only display if there are anypresent. For additional information refer to,“Vehicle information display warnings and in-dicators” in this section.

LIC3944


To control what items display in the vehicleinformation display, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual

RESETTING THE TRIPCOMPUTER

1. Press the button until you reachthe trip computer mode.

2. Press the button again for morethan 1.5 seconds to reset average fuelconsumption, average speed, distanceto empty, and journey time.

OIL CONTROL SYSTEMEngine oil information informs the distanceto oil change. Never exceed one year or7500 miles (12000 km) between oil changeintervals.

Display when

ignition is ON

Display timing Action Re-

quired

Engine Oil Ser-

vice due in xxx

miles

Remaining oil

life is less than

940 miles

(1500 km).

Plan to have

your vehicle

serviced.

Engine Oil Ser-

vice due

Remaining oil

life is 0 miles

(0 km).

Have your ve-

hicle serviced

within two

weeks or less

than 500 miles

(800 km).

The oil change interval cannot be adjustedmanually.

The distance to oil change interval is calcu-lated depending on the driving conditions andset automatically by the oil control system.

CAUTION

If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,change the engine oil within two weeks orless than 500 miles (800 km).

Operating the vehicle with deteriorated oilcan damage the engine.

To reset oil control system:

1. Push ignition button to “ON” position.

2. Push the trip computer switches

and located on the right side of thesteering wheel to change the display.

3. Select the Engine Oil Service due in xxxmiles display.

4. Push and hold the or switchfor longer than 1 second. Hold until theremaining distance changes to – – –miles (km).


LIC3800


LIC4219


VEHICLE INFORMATIONDISPLAY WARNINGS ANDINDICATORS

1. No Key Detected

2. Key ID Incorrect

3. Key Battery Low

4. Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

5. Key Registration Complete

6. Push brake and start switch to drive

7. Push Ignition to OFF

8. Shift to Park

9. Engine start operation for Intelligent Keysystem (if I-Key battery level is low)

10. Release Parking Brake

11. Low Fuel

12. Loose Fuel Cap

13. Transmission Shift Position indicator

14. Low Washer Fluid

15. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

16. Steering Assist Not Available: CannotDetect Lane (if so equipped)

17. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

18. AWD High Temp. Stop Vehicle (if soequipped)

19. AWD Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

20. Door/liftgate Open

21. Steering Assist Alert (if so equipped)

22. Steering Assist status (if so equipped)

23. Chassis Control System Error: See Own-er’s Manual

24. Power will turn off to save the battery

25. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights

26. When parked apply parking brake

27. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

28. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) indicator (ifso equipped)

29. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

30. Malfunction

31. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indica-tors (if so equipped)

32. Stop vehicle and Apply parking brake (ifso equipped)

33. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector indicators

34. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

35. AFS System Error: See Owner’s Manual(if so equipped)

36. Flat Tire — Visit dealer

37. Not Available: High Camera Temp (if soequipped)

38. Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction (ifso equipped)

39. Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked (if soequipped)

40. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

41. CVT (AT) Malfunction Service now

42. Service CVT (AT) Power reduced

43. Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual

44. Distance Control Assist (DCA) ON indi-cator (if so equipped)

45. Not Available: Seat Belt Not Fastened (ifso equipped)

46. Not Available: Poor Road Conditions (ifso equipped)


47. Not Available: Visibility is impaired (if soequipped)

48. Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped)

49. Power turned off to save the battery

50. Shift system malfunction. Visit dealer

51. Check position of shift lever

52. Shift to P range

53. Currently not available

54. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) indicator

55. Speed Limit Sign indicator (if soequipped)

56. System fault See Owner’s Manual

57. Engine Stalled Stop safely

58. Engine Malfunction Power reduced Ser-vice now

59. Engine Malfunction Service now

60. Engine hot Power reduced

61. CVT hot Power reduced

No Key DetectedThis warning appears when the IntelligentKey is left outside the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in the ON position. Make sure theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to “INFINITIIntelligent Key System” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Key ID Incorrect

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position and theIntelligent Key is not recognized by the sys-tem. You cannot start the engine with anunregistered key.

For additional information, refer to “INFINITIIntelligent Key System” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Key Battery Low

This indicator illuminates when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator illuminates, replace the bat-tery with a new one. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Battery replacement” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for a period oftime and then turns off.

The Key System Error message warns of amalfunction with the Intelligent Key system.If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine.

If the light comes on while the engine is run-ning, you can drive the vehicle. However inthese cases, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

Key Registration Complete

This appears when a new Intelligent Key isregistered to the vehicle.

Push brake and start switch to drive

This indicator appears when the shift lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator also appears when the vehiclehas been started using the Remote EngineStart (if so equipped) function.

This indicator means that the engine will startby pushing the ignition switch with the brakepedal depressed. You can start the enginefrom any position of the ignition switch.


Push Ignition to OFF

After the Push Ignition to OFF warning illu-minates, the warning will illuminate if the ig-nition switch is placed in the AUTO ACCposition when the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

To turn off the Push warning, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position and then in theLOCK position.

Shift to Park

This warning appears when the door isopened while the shift lever is in positionsother than the P (Park) position.

If this warning illuminates, move the shiftlever to the P position.

Engine start operation for Intelligent Keysystem (if I-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery ofthe Intelligent Key is low and when the Intel-ligent Key system and the vehicle are notcommunicating normally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switch withthe Intelligent Key while depressing the brakepedal. For additional information, refer to“INFINITI Intelligent Key battery discharge” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Release Parking Brake

This warning illuminates in the message areaof the vehicle information display when theparking brake is set and the vehicle is driven.

Low Fuel

This warning illuminates when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon asit is convenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will be asmall reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-filler capis not tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. For additional information, re-fer to “Fuel-filler cap” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Transmission Shift Position indicator

This indicator shows the transmission shiftposition.

Low Washer Fluid

This warning illuminates when thewindshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Addwindshield-washer fluid as necessary. Foradditional information, refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself” sectionof this manual.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tire pres-sure warning light in the meter illuminatesand low tire pressure is detected. The warn-ing appears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated. If this warning appears, stop the ve-hicle and adjust the tire pressures of all fourtires to the recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” in this sec-tion and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Steering Assist Not Available: Cannot De-tect Lane (if so equipped)

This message may appear when the SteeringAssist system is engaged.


Under the following conditions, the SteeringAssist system is automatically canceled:

∙ When lane markers in the traveling lanecannot be correctly detected for a periodof time due to such items as a snow rut,reflection of light on a rainy day or severalunclear lane markers are present

If you want to use the Steering Assist systemagain, cancel the ProPILOT Assist systemand set it again when lane markers are clearlyvisible.

AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

This warning appears when the all-wheeldrive system is not functioning properly whilethe engine is running.

AWD High Temp. Stop Vehicle (if soequipped)

This warning may appear while trying to freea stuck vehicle due to increased oil tempera-ture. The driving mode may change to2-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is dis-played, stop the vehicle with the engine idling,as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if thewarning turns off, you can continue driving.

AWD Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning may appear if there is a largedifference between the diameters of thefront and rear wheels. Pull off the road in asafe area, with the engine idling. Check thatall the tire sizes are the same, that the tirepressure is correct and that the tires are notexcessively worn.

Door/liftgate Open

This warning illuminates when a door or theliftgate has been opened.

Steering Assist Alert (if so equipped)

This message may appear when the SteeringAssist system is engaged.

It will be displayed under the following con-dition:

∙ When not holding the steering wheel orwhen there is no steering wheel opera-tion

Please hold on the steering wheel immedi-ately. When the steering operation is de-tected, the warning turns off and the steeringassist function is automatically restored.

Steering Assist status (if so equipped)

This indicator appears when the Steering As-sist system is engaged.

For additional information, refer to “ProPI-LOT Assist” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Chassis Control System Error: See Owner’sManual

This warning appears if the IntegratedDynamics-control Module detects an error inthe Active Trace Control, Active EngineBrake, or the Active Ride Control systems.Have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. For additional information, refer to“Chassis Control” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Power will turn off to save the battery

This warning appears in the message area ofthe vehicle information display after a periodof time if the shift lever has not moved fromthe P (Park) position.


Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights

This warning appears when the headlightsare left in the ON position when exiting thevehicle. Place the headlight switch in the OFFor AUTO position. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Headlight switch” in this sec-tion.

When parked apply parking brake

This message appears when a malfunctionoccurs in the electric shift control system be-low 6 mph (10 km/h).


Vehicle ahead detection indicator

This indicator shows when the following sys-tems (if so equipped) are engaged and havedetected a vehicle:

∙ Distance Control Assist (DCA)

∙ Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection

∙ Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)

For additional information, refer to “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)” , “Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection” or

“Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane De-parture Prevention (LDP) indicator (if soequipped)

This indicator shows when the LDW/LDPsystems are engaged.

For additional information, refer to ”Dynamicdriver assistance switch” in this section and“Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system”and “Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) sys-tem” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

This indicator shows when the BSW systemis engaged.

For additional information, refer to “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)” and “Blind Spot Inter-vention® (BSI)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Malfunction

This warning appears when one or more ofthe following systems (if so equipped) is notfunctioning properly:

∙ Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)

∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW)


∙ Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection

∙ Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

∙ Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

∙ Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

∙ Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)

∙ Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)

∙ Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

∙ Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)

If one or more of these warning appears,have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicators(if so equipped)

These indicators show the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system status. For additionalinformation, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.


Stop vehicle and Apply parking brake (if soequipped)

This message may appear when the batterycharge is low.

Please park vehicle as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer.

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector indicators

These indicators show the current drivemode of the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to “INFINITIDrive Mode Selector” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

This indicator shows the cruise control sys-tem status.

When cruise control is activated, a greencircle will illuminate to indicate it is set. Thevehicle information display will also displaythe speed the cruise control was set at. If youaccelerate past the set speed, the speed willblink until you either cancel cruise control orgo back to the set speed. If cruise control is onand canceled, the speed will be displayed toshow the speed the vehicle will return to if theresume button is activated.

AFS System Error: See Owner’s Manual (ifso equipped)

This message may appear when the AdaptiveFront lighting System (AFS) encounters anerror.

For additional information, see AdaptiveFront lighting System (AFS) in this section.

Flat Tire — Visit dealer

This warning appears when the low tire pres-sure warning light in the meter illuminatesand one or more flat tires are detected whiledriving. For additional information, refer to“Flat tire” in the “In case of emergency” sec-tion and “Types of tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Not Available: High Camera Temp (if soequipped)

This message appears when the camera de-tects an interior temperature of more than104°F (40°C). For additional information, re-fer to “Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” , “Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA)” , “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW)” , “Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP)” or “Traffic Sign Recogni-tion (TSR)” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction (if soequipped)

This message appears when one of the fol-lowing systems (if so equipped) becomes un-available because a radar blockage is de-tected.


∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

∙ Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

For additional information, refer to the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked (if soequipped)

This message appears when the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC), Distance Control Assist(DCA), Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)with Pedestrian Detection, or Predictive For-ward Collision Warning (PFCW) systems be-come unavailable because the front radar isobstructed. For additional information, referto “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”, “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)”, “Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection”, or“Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.


Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thiswarning appears, push in the extended stor-age switch to turn off the warning. For addi-tional information, refer to “Extended stor-age switch” in this section.

CVT (AT) Malfunction Service now

This warning illuminates when there is aproblem with the CVT system. If this warningcomes on, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Service CVT (AT) Power reduced

This transmission has a high fluid tempera-ture protection mode. If the fluid temperaturebecomes too high (for example, climbingsteep grades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to re-duce the chance of transmission damage.Vehicle speed can be controlled with the ac-celerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be reduced.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode operation occurs, vehicle speedmay be gradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmission to re-turn to normal operation; or have it re-paired if necessary.

Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual

This warning illuminates when there is anerror with the system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Headlight switch” in thissection.

Distance Control Assist (DCA) ON indicator(if so equipped)

This indicator shows when the DCA system isengaged.

For additional information, refer to "Dynamicdriver assistance switch” in this section and“Distance Control Assist (DCA)” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (if soequipped)

This message may appear when the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system is engaged.

Under the following condition, the ICC (withProPILOT Assist) system is automaticallycanceled:

∙ When the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened

The above system cannot be used when thedriver’s seat belt is not fastened.

Not Available Poor Road Conditions (if soequipped)

This message may appear when the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system, the Blind Spot Intervention®(BSI) system, the Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) system, the Distance Control Assist(DCA) system, or the ICC (without ProPILOTAssist) system is engaged.

Under the following conditions, the ICC (withProPILOT Assist) system, the Blind Spot In-tervention® (BSI) system, the Lane Depar-ture Prevention (LDP) system, the Distance


Control Assist (DCA) system, or the ICC(without ProPILOT Assist) system is auto-matically canceled:

∙ When the VDC operates

∙ When a wheel slips

The above system cannot be used in somesituations (VDC operates and wheel slips.)

Not Available Visibility is impaired (if soequipped)

This message may appear when the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system is engaged.

Under the following conditions, the ICC (withProPILOT Assist) system is automaticallycanceled:

∙ The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, water,drops, ice, snow, etc.

∙ Strong light, such as sunlight or highbeams from oncoming vehicles, enter thefront camera

∙ When the wiper (HI) operates

The system will be available when the aboveconditions no longer exist.

If the warning message continues to appear,stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and clean the windshield.

Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped)

This message may appear in the followingsituations:

∙ The driver tries to release the electronicparking brake manually without depress-ing the brake pedal.

∙ The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill; andthere is a possibility of moving back-wards, even if the electronic parkingbrake is applied.

∙ The vehicle moves while the automaticbrake hold is activated.


Power turned off to save the battery

This message appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned off. For addi-tional information, refer to “Push-button ig-nition switch positions” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Shift system malfunction. Visit Dealer

This message appears when a malfunctionoccurs in the electric shift control system at6 mph (10 km/h) or higher.


Check position of shift lever

This message appears when a malfunctionoccurs in the electric shift device.


Shift to P range

This warning appears when the driver’s dooris opened with the shift position in any posi-tion other than the P (Park) position.

If this warning illuminates, move the shiftlever to the P position.

Currently not available

This message appears when the VDC systemis turned off. The BSI system, the DCA sys-tem and the LDP system will be turned offautomatically. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)” ,“Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” , “Distance


Control Assist (DCA)” and “Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) indicator

This indicator illuminates to indicate the sta-tus of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) sys-tem. For additional information, refer to“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

Speed Limit Sign indicator (if so equipped)

This message may appear when the TrafficSign Recognition system is engaged.

For additional information, refer to “TrafficSign Recognition (TSR)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

System fault See Owner’s Manual

This warning appears if there is a malfunctionin the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system.For additional information, refer to “Rear Au-tomatic Braking (RAB)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Engine Stalled: Stop safely

This message appears 30 seconds before thevehicle is shut down due to an above normaloperating exhaust temperature. The Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) and malfunc-

tion warning (red) will illuminate. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer immediately for thisservice.

Engine Malfunction: Power Reduced Ser-vice now

This warning appears when the engine is notoperating under normal conditions. If thiswarning comes on, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Engine Malfunction Service now

This warning illuminates when there is aproblem with the engine. If this warningcomes on, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Engine hot Power reduced

This engine has a high fluid temperature pro-tection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, climbing steepgrades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to re-duce the chance of engine damage. Vehicle

speed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed maybe reduced.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode operation occurs, vehicle speedmay be gradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the engine to return tonormal operation; or have it repaired ifnecessary.

CVT (AT) hot Power reduced

This transmission has a high fluid tempera-ture protection mode. If the fluid temperaturebecomes too high (for example, climbingsteep grades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to re-duce the chance of transmission damage.Vehicle speed can be controlled with the ac-celerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be reduced.


WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode operation occurs, vehicle speedmay be gradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmission to re-turn to normal operation; or have it re-paired if necessary.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems:

∙ Vehicle security system

∙ INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audible alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, liftgate or hood when the system isarmed. It is not, however, a motion detectiontype system that activates when a vehicle ismoved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but can-not prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of

interior or exterior vehicle components in allsituations. Always secure your vehicle even ifparking for a brief period. Never leave yourIntelligent Key in the vehicle, and always lockthe vehicle when unattended. Be aware ofyour surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identificationmarkers, and tracking systems, are availableat auto supply stores and specialty shops. AnINFINITI retailer may also offer such equip-ment. Check with your insurance company tosee if you may be eligible for discounts forvarious theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows and the moonroof (ifso equipped). (The system can be armedeven if the windows and moonroof areopen.)

2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the ve-hicle.

3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, or power door lock switch.

LIC0661

SECURITY SYSTEMS


4. Confirm that the security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. The vehicle security system willautomatically shift into the armed phase.

The security light begins to flashonce every three seconds. If during thepre-armed phase one of the followingoccurs, the system will not arm:

∙ Any door is unlocked with the IntelligentKey or door request switch.

∙ Ignition switch is placed in AUTO ACC orON position.

∙ Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will acti-vate with all the doors, hood and liftgatelocked with the ignition switch placed inthe LOCK position. When placing the ig-nition switch in the AUTO ACC or ONposition, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the fol-lowing alarm:

∙ The turn signals blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

∙ The alarm automatically turns off after aperiod of time. However, the alarm reac-tivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain. The alarm can be shut off by press-

ing the button on the IntelligentKey.

The alarm is activated by:

∙ Opening the door or liftgate without us-ing the Intelligent Key (even if the door isunlocked by releasing the door inside lockswitch).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver’s

door or the liftgate by pressing the but-ton on the Intelligent Key or pushing the re-quest switch on the driver’s or passenger’sdoor with the Intelligent Key in range of thedoor handle.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the useof a registered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key (forexample, when interference is caused by an-other INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-matic payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System key on a separatekey ring to avoid interference from other de-vices.


FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this de-vice must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to oper-ate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light blinks wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.

This function indicates the INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System is operational.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, the light will remain on whilethe ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion.

If the light still remains on and/or the enginewill not start, seek service for the INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System service as soonas possible. Please bring all registered keysthat you have. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

LIC0474


SWITCH OPERATION

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield and ob-scure your vision which may lead to an acci-dent. Warm the windshield with thedefroster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

∙ Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based windshield-washerfluid concentrates may permanentlystain the grille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouring thefluid into the windshield-washer fluidreservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix thewindshield-washer fluid concentrate andwater.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately1 minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Type A (if so equipped)

LIC4019

Type B (if so equipped)

LIC3097

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation canbe adjusted by turning the knob toward

�A (slower) or �B (faster). Also, the inter-mittent operation speed varies in accor-dance with the vehicle speed. (For ex-ample, when the vehicle speed is high,the intermittent operation speed will befaster.) Further, if so equipped, the rain-sensing feature will adjust the speed ofthe intermittent operation. For additionalinformation, refer to “Rain-sensing autowiper system” in this section.

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

�3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up �4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

NOTE:

The Wiper with Speed feature may be dis-abled. For additional information, refer tothe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPERSYSTEM (if so equipped)

CAUTION

∙ Do not touch the rain sensor and aroundit when the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operate un-expectedly and cause an injury or maydamage a wiper.

∙ The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switch isleft in the AUTO position, the wipers mayoperate unexpectedly when dirt, finger-prints, oil film or insects are stuck on oraround the sensor. The wipers may alsooperate when exhaust gas or moistureaffect the rain sensor.

∙ When the windshield glass is coated withwater repellent, the speed of the rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher eventhough the amount of the rainfall is small.

∙ Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

∙ The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rain sensoreven if it is raining.

∙ Using Genuine NISSAN wiper blades isrecommended for proper operation ofthe rain-sensing auto wiper system. Foradditional information, refer to “Wind-shield wiper blades” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The rain-sensing auto wiper system can au-tomatically turn on the wipers and adjust thewiper speed depending on the rainfall and thevehicle speed by using the rain sensor locatedon the upper part of the windshield.

LIC3817


To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,place the lever in the AUTO position �1 . Thewiper will sweep once while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can be ad-justed by turning the knob toward the front

�2 (High) or toward the rear �3 (Low).

– High — High sensitive operation

– Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, rotate the lever to the OFF position, orrotate the lever to the low or high position.

The rain-sensing feature may be disabled.For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

REAR SWITCH OPERATION

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the rear window andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the rear window with thedefroster before you wash the rearwindow.

CAUTION

∙ Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based windshield-washerfluid concentrates may permanentlystain the grille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouring thefluid into the windshield-washer fluidreservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix thewindshield-washer fluid concentrate andwater.

LIC4244


NOTE:

If the rear window wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow, etc., the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove thesnow, etc. on and around the wiper arms.After about 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF po-sition to operate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward �3 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

If the windshield wipers are on and the ve-hicle is placed in R (Reverse) the rear wiperwill automatically turn on while the vehicleremains in R (Reverse).

NOTE:

The Reverse Link feature may be disabled. Foradditional information, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

To defrost the rear window glass, place theignition switch in the ON position and pushthe rear window defroster switch on. Therear window defroster indicator light comeson. Push the switch again to turn the de-froster off.

The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 15 minutes.

To defrost the outside mirrors, place the ig-nition switch in the ON position and push theoutside mirror defroster switch on. The out-side mirror defroster indicator light comes on.Push the switch again to turn the defrosteroff.

To turn on the wiper deicer (if so equipped),place the ignition switch in the ON positionand push the wiper deicer switch on. Thewiper deicer indicator light comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the deicer off.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.

NOTE:

The top and bottom few rows of wires on therear window are not part of the rear windowdefroster system. These wires make up theantenna for the audio system.

LIC3816

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER, OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER (if so equipped), ANDWIPER DEICER (if so equipped) SWITCH


HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the front parking, tail, license plate,and instrument panel lights will come on.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlights toturn on and off automatically. The autolightsystem can:

∙ Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,license plate and instrument panel lightsautomatically when it is dark.

∙ Turn off all the lights (except daytimerunning lights) when it is light.

∙ Keep all the lights on for a period of timeafter you place the ignition switch in theOFF position and all doors are closed.

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and the timedelay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted.For additional information, refer to theseparate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition �1 .

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and a door is opened and leftopen, the headlights remain on for a period oftime. If another door is opened while theheadlights are on, then the timer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the

switch to the OFF, , or position.

LIC3818 LIC3819

HEADLIGHT SWITCH


Be sure you do not put anything on top of theautolight sensor located in the top side �1 ofthe instrument panel. The autolight sensorcontrols the autolight; if it is covered, theautolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out andthe headlights will illuminate. If this occurswhile parked with the engine off and the ig-nition switch placed in the ON position, yourvehicle’s battery could become discharged.

Headlight beam select

�1 To select the high beam function, pushthe lever forward. The high beam lights

come on and the light illuminates.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the lowbeam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

High Beam AssistThe High Beam Assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap-proximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and above. Ifan oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-pears in front of your vehicle when the head-light high beam is on, the headlight will beswitched to the low beam automatically.

WARNING

∙ The High Beam Assist system is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute for safedriving operation. The driver should re-main alert at all times, ensure safe drivingpractices and switch the high beams andlow beam manually when necessary.

∙ The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the followingconditions. Switch the high beam and lowbeam manually.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,wind, etc.).

– When a light source similar to a head-light or tail light is in the vicinity of thevehicle.

LIC2237 LIC3820


– When the headlights of the oncomingvehicle or the leading vehicle areturned off, when the color of the lightis affected due to foreign materials onthe lights, or when the light beam isout of position.

– When there is a sudden, continuouschange in brightness.

– When driving on a road that passesover rolling hills, or a road that haslevel differences.

– When driving on a road with manycurves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surface isreflecting intense light towards thefront of the vehicle.

– When the container, etc. being towedby a leading vehicle is reflecting in-tense light.

– When a headlight on your vehicle isdamaged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at an angledue to a punctured tire, being towed,etc.

∙ The timing of switching the low beam andhigh beam may change under the follow-ing situations.

– The brightness of the headlights ofthe oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

– The movement and direction of theoncoming vehicle and the leadingvehicle.

– When only one light on the oncomingvehicle or the leading vehicle isilluminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve, theroad surface, etc.).

– The number of passengers and theamount of luggage.

High Beam Assist operation

To activate the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-tion �1 and push the lever forward �2 (highbeam position). The High Beam Assist indica-tor light in the meter will illuminate while theheadlights are turned on.

If the High Beam Assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

LIC3821


When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 16 mph (25 km/h), the head-light uses the low beam.To turn off the High Beam Assist system, turn

the headlight switch to the position orselect the low beam position by placing thelever in the neutral position.

Ambient image sensor maintenanceThe ambient image sensor �1 for the HighBeam Assist system is located in front of theinside mirror. To maintain the proper opera-tion of the High Beam Assist system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:

∙ Always keep the windshield clean.

∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the ambient image sensor.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe ambient image sensor. Do not touchthe sensor lens that is located on theambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damaged dueto an accident, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer.

Battery saver system

The battery saver system automatically turnsoff the ignition after a period of time whenthe ignition switch is left in the AUTO ACC orON position.

The battery saver system automatically turnsoff the following lights after a period of timewhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and the doors are closed:

∙ Headlights, when the headlight switch is

in the or position

∙ Interior lights, when left in the ON position

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver feature au-tomatically turns off the headlights after aperiod of time, you should turn the head-light switch to the OFF position when theengine is not running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

LIC4259


Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)

The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) willautomatically adjust the headlights (lowbeam) toward the turning direction to im-prove the driver’s view. When the headlightswitch is ON and the driver operates thesteering wheel in a turn, the AFS system willbe activated.

The AFS will operate:

∙ when the headlight switch is ON.

∙ when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

∙ when the vehicle is driven at above16 mph (25 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left side willnot swivel when the vehicle is at a stopand the steering wheel is turned. The ve-hicle must attain a speed above 16 mph(25 km/h) before AFS activates the left-side headlight.

AFS will also adjust the headlight to a properaxis automatically, depending on the numberof occupants in the vehicle, the load the ve-hicle is carrying and the road conditions.

If the AFS OFF indicator blinks or the vehicleinformation display shows an AFS systemerror message after the ignition switch hasbeen pushed to the ON position, this mayindicate that the AFS is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. When the engine is started, the head-lights will vibrate to check the system condi-tion. This is not a malfunction.

Automatic headlight aiming control(if so equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with an automaticheadlight levelling system. The headlight axisis controlled automatically.

INFINITI recommends that you consult thelocal regulations on the use of lights.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) SYSTEM

The LED portion of the headlights automati-cally illuminate at 100% intensity when theengine is started and the parking brake re-leased. The LED Daytime Running Lights(DRL) system operates with the headlightswitch in the OFF position. When you turn

the headlight switch to the position for

full illumination, the LED lights switch fromLED DRL system to the park function.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL system doesnot illuminate. The LED DRL system illumi-nates when the parking brake is released. TheLED DRL system will remain on until theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch on for interior controls and switchesto illuminate, as those remain off while theswitch is in the OFF position.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It is neces-sary at dusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause an accident in-juring yourself and others.


INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

Press the “+” button �A to increase the bright-ness of instrument panel lights.

Press the “-” button �B to decrease thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

�1 Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signal cancels automati-cally.

Lane change signal

�2 Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Holdthe lever until the lane change is com-pleted.

Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turnsignal will automatically flash threetimes.

Choose the appropriate method to signal alane change based on road and traffic condi-tions.

LIC4267 LIC3823


FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight

switch to the position, then push thefog light switch on.To turn the fog lights on with the headlightswitch in the AUTO position, the headlightsmust be on, then push the fog light switch on.

To turn the fog lights off, push the fog lightswitch again.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the highbeam headlights are selected.

To sound the horn, push near the horn icon onthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bagsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

LIC3824 LIC3174

HORN


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theclimate controlled seats if you or the occu-pants cannot monitor seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in those bodyparts in contact with the seat. Use of theclimate controlled seats by such peoplecould result in serious injury.

CAUTION

∙ The battery could run down if the climatecontrol seat is operated while the engineis not running.

∙ Do not use the climate control seat forextended periods or when no one is usingthe seat.

∙ Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion,seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat maybecome overheated.

∙ Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobjects. This may result in damage to theclimate controlled seat.

∙ Any liquid spilled on the seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth.

∙ When cleaning the seat, never use gaso-line, benzine, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

∙ If any malfunctions are found or the cli-mate controlled seat does not operate,turn the switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

The climate controlled seat cools down thefront seat by blowing cool air from under thesurface of the seat. The climate controlswitch is located on the center console.

The climate controlled seat can be operatedas follows:


2. Push the climate controlled seatswitches to cool the seat. The indicatorlight on the corresponding switch willilluminate.

3. Adjust the desired amount of air bypushing the switch again. The climatecontrolled seat blower remains on lowspeed for approximately 60 seconds af-ter pushing the switch on.

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orcooled, or before you leave the vehicle,be sure to turn off the climate controlledseats. To turn off the climate controlledseats, push the switch until the indicatorlight does not illuminate.

LIC3905

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATSWITCHES (if so equipped)


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in body partsthat contact the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in seriousinjury.

CAUTION

∙ The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine is notrunning.

∙ Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using the seat.

∙ Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion,seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat maybecome overheated.

∙ Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

∙ Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

∙ When cleaning the seat, never use gaso-line, benzine, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

∙ If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LIC3906 LHA5300

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Switch operation:

The front seats are warmed by built-in heat-ers. The switches are located on the centerconsole and can be operated independentlyof each other.


2. Push the heated seat switch and selectthe desired heat range.

∙ For high heat, push the switch once.

∙ For medium heat, push the switchtwice.

∙ For low heat, push the switch threetimes.

∙ The indicator light will illuminate whenthe heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, push the heatedseat switch again. Make sure that theindicator light turns off.

The heater is controlled by a controlmodule, automatically turning the heateron and off.

The indicator light will remain on as longas the switch is on.

When the seat is warmed, or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn theswitch off.

Touch screen operation:

∙ Touch the key on the lower display.Select an item from High, Mid, Low, orOFF.

NOTE:

For additional information, refer to “Heaterand air conditioner (automatic)” in the“Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition” section of this manual.

WARNING

When this switch is activated the followingsystems (if so equipped) are turned off andwill not work.



∙ Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

The dynamic driver assistance switch is usedto turn on and off the following systems (Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA) , Blind Spot Inter-vention® (BSI), and Lane Departure Preven-tion (LDP)) that are activated (if so equipped)using the settings menu in the lower display.

LIC3828

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCESWITCH (for vehicles withoutProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)


When the dynamic driver assistance switch isturned off, the indicator on the switch is off.The indicator will also be off if the system isdeactivated using the settings menu.

The DCA system brakes and moves the ac-celerator pedal upward according to the dis-tance from and the relative speed of the ve-hicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. For addi-tional information, refer to “Distance ControlAssist (DCA)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

The BSI system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes, and helps assist the driver to return thevehicles to the center of the traveling lane.For additional information, refer to “BlindSpot Intervention® (BSI)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

The LDP system warns the driver with awarning indicator in the vehicle informationdisplay and a steering wheel vibration, andhelps assist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane by applyingthe brakes to the left or right wheels individu-ally (for a short period of time). For additionalinformation, refer to “Lane Departure Pre-vention (LDP)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual

The Steering Assist switch is used to turn onand off the Steering Assist system that isactivated using the settings menu of the ve-hicle information display.

The Steering Assist system controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclenear the center of the lane when driving. Foradditional information, refer to “ProPILOTAssist” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

WARNING

∙ The front sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properdriving.

∙ The rear sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for proper back-ing. Always turn and check that it is safeto do so before backing up. Always backup slowly.

LIC3853 LIC4270

STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (forvehicles with ProPILOT Assist) (if soequipped)

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEMSWITCH (if so equipped)


The front sonar system:

∙ is active when the ignition switch is in theON position and the shift lever is in aforward gear position.

∙ a beeping tone is emitted when the sen-sors detect obstacles within 3 ft (1.0 m)of the front bumper.

The rear sonar system:

∙ is active when the ignition is in the ONposition and the shift lever is in R (Re-verse).

∙ a beeping tone is emitted when the sen-sors detect obstacles within 4.9 ft (1.5 m)of the rear bumper.

The front and rear sonar system may be en-abled by pushing the front and rear sonarswitch. Push the switch again to disable thesystem.

The system will automatically reset the nexttime the ignition switch is turned on.

For additional information, refer to “Frontand rear sonar system” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

WARNING

∙ Failure to properly adjust the brightnessand position of the displayed image mayinterfere with the drivers ability to seethrough the windshield which couldcause an accident leading to severe injuryor death.

∙ Do not use the head up display for ex-tended periods of time as that can causeyou to not see other vehicles, pedestriansor objects, which could cause an accidentleading to severe injury or death.

The Head Up Display (HUD) can display oneor more of the following features (if soequipped):

�1 Vehicle speed display

�2 Driving Aids

�3 Navigation/Warning

�4 Traffic Sign Recognition

NOTE:

∙ Do not place any type of liquid on or nearthe projector. Doing so may cause mal-function of the equipment.

∙ Do not touch any internal parts of theprojector. Doing so may cause malfunc-tion of the equipment.

∙ To prevent scratches to the projectorglass, do not place any sharp objects onor near the projector opening.

∙ Do not place any objects on the instru-ment panel which may obstruct the dis-play of the HUD.

∙ When wearing polarized sunglasses itmay be difficult to recognize the display.

∙ Depending on weather conditions (rain,snow, sun light, temperature), it may bedifficult to recognize the display.

LIC4268

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (if soequipped)


HOW TO USE THE HUD

To turn the HUD system on, push the HUDswitch. To turn the HUD off, push the switchagain.

If the HUD system is turned off, it will remainoff even if the vehicle is restarted.

The following settings can be changed in thelower display:

∙ Brightness and position of the display

∙ Tilting of the display

∙ Turning the display contents on or off.The following items (if so equipped) maybe turned on or off:

– Driving Aids

– Navigation

– Traffic Sign Recognition

NOTE:

Emergency information may display even ifthe HUD system is turned off.

DRIVER ASSISTANCE/NAVIGATION LINKING

The HUD will display driver assistance andnavigation information �3 .

The driver assistance display will displaywarning situations for the following systems:

∙ FEB with Pedestrian Detection

∙ LDW

∙ PFCW

∙ Hands-free warning (for vehicles withProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

The Navigation System linking display willdisplay the following items:

∙ Intersection names

∙ Arrows indicating turning direction

∙ Distance to the next intersection

LIC3829


Display brightness

The brightness of the display may be con-trolled by the Navigation System. The bright-ness will also be adjusted automatically ac-cording to the exterior ambient lightingbrightness.

NOTE:

∙ A sensor �1 is built into the Head UpDisplay to control the brightness of theimage. Make sure the sensor is clear ofobstructions or the display may becomedark and difficult to recognize.

∙ Do not apply strong light to the sensor ofHead Up Display. Doing so may cause amalfunction.

The E-call (SOS) button is used in combina-tion with an INFINITI InTouch™ Servicessubscription to call for assistance in case ofan emergency.

Pressing the button will (with a paid subscrip-tion) reach a response specialist that will pro-vide assistance based on the situation de-scribed by the vehicle’s occupant. Foradditional information, or to enroll your ve-hicle, refer to www.InfinitiUSA.com/intouch,or call 855–444–7244.

LIC4264 LIC3830

E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if soequipped)


12V OUTLETS

The power outlets are for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones. Theyare rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.

The instrument panel, rear console, and lug-gage area power outlets are powered onlywhen the ignition switch is in the AUTO ACCor ON position.

CAUTION

∙ The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

∙ Only certain power outlets are designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit. Donot use any other power outlet for anaccessory lighter. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for addi-tional information.

∙ Do not use with accessories that exceed a12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

Instrument Panel

LIC4260

Rear console

LIC3832

Cargo Area

LIC3833

POWER OUTLETS


∙ Do not use double adapters or more thanone electrical accessory.

∙ Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

∙ Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

∙ Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure the electrical accessory beingused is turned off.

∙ Push the plug in as far as it will go. If goodcontact is not made, the plug may over-heat or the internal temperature fusemay open.

∙ When not in use, be sure to close the cap.Do not allow water or any other liquid tocontact the outlet.

LIC3359

OFF position

LIC3266

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH


The extended storage switch is used whenshipping the vehicle. It is located in the fusepanel on the driver’s side of the instrumentpanel. If any electrical equipment does notoperate, ensure the extended storage switchis pushed fully in place, as shown.

To inspect the extended storage switch, en-sure the ignition switch and headlight switchare off, remove the fuse box cover �A using asuitable tool in combination with a cloth toavoid damaging the trim.

FRONT-DOOR POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETS

The seatback pockets may be located on theback of the driver’s and/or passenger’s seats.The pockets can be used to store maps.

ON position

LIC3268 LIC3834 LIC1328

STORAGE


WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the frontpassenger’s INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem (if so equipped), please observe thefollowing items:

∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rear seatto push or pull on the seatback pocket orhead restraint/head rest.

∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/head rest or in the seatbackpocket.

STORAGE TRAYS

WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the trays tohelp prevent injury in an accident or suddenstop.

The front console storage tray is equippedwith a rubber mat, which may be removed.

Front console

LIC4261

Rear armrest

LIC2214


GLOVE BOX

Open the glove box by pulling the handle. Usethe master key when locking �1 or unlocking

�2 the glove box.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or a sud-den stop.

CONSOLE BOX

To open the console box, press down on thelatch. The latch will release.

To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

OVERHEAD SUNGLASSESSTORAGE

To open the sunglasses holder, push �1 andrelease.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in theholder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

LIC3902 LIC3836 LIC3837


CAUTION

∙ Do not use for anything other thansunglasses.

∙ Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the sunglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

The front console cup holders are equippedwith a rubber mat, which may be removed.

WARNING

∙ Do not recline the 2nd row seatbackwhen you use the cup holders on the reararmrest. Doing so may cause the bever-ages to spill over, and if they are hot, theymay scald the passengers.

∙ Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it canscald you or your passenger.

Front console

LIC4262

2nd row

LIC2212


CAUTION

Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hardobjects can injure you in an accident.

CAUTION

∙ Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about in thevehicle and possibly injure people duringsudden braking or an accident.

∙ Do not use bottle holder for open liquidcontainers.

Bottle holder — front

LIC3839

Bottle holder — rear

LIC3840


CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN

To access the floor storage area, pull up onthe handle �1 to lift the luggage board.

LUGGAGE HOOKS

When securing items using luggage hookslocated on the side finisher do not apply aload over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a singlehook.

The luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

WARNING

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

∙ Use suitable ropes and hooks to securecargo.

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the luggagearea. It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In a colli-sion, people riding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any area ofyour vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts.

∙ The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items in thecargo area. Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the top tetherstrap is damaged.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

LIC2244 LTI2331


COAT HOOKS

The coat hooks, located on the side pillars ofthe 2nd row or on the rear assist grips, maybe used to store coats and other articles ofclothing.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than7.3 lbs (3.3 kg) to the side pillar coat hook or33 lbs (15 kg) to the rear assist grip coathook.

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

WARNING

∙ Always install the crossbars onto theroof side rails before loading cargo of anykind. Loading cargo directly onto theroof side rails or the vehicle’s roof maycause vehicle damage.

∙ Roof rack cross bars should be evenlydistributed.

∙ Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross-bars load capacity and always distributethe load uniformly.

LIC3943 LIC4173 LIC4202


∙ Heavy loading of the crossbars has thepotential to affect the vehicle stabilityand handling during sudden or unusualhandling maneuvers.

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. In a sudden stop or collision, un-secured cargo could cause personalinjury.

∙ Drive extra carefully when the vehicle isloaded at or near the cargo carrying ca-pacity, especially if the significant por-tion of that load is carried on thecrossbars.

CAUTION

∙ Use care when placing or removing itemsfrom the roof rack. If you cannot com-fortably lift the items onto the roof rackfrom the ground, use a ladder or a stool.

Do not apply any load directly to the roof siderails �A . Crossbars �B must be installed be-fore applying load/cargo/luggage to theroof of the vehicle.

INFINITI accessory crossbars may be avail-able through an INFINITI retailer. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer foradditional information.

The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 165 lbs. (74 kg.), however do not ex-ceed the crossbars load capacity.

Be careful that your vehicle does not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) orits Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR frontand rear).

For additional information regarding GVWRand GAWR, refer to:

∙ F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel (located on the driver’s door pillar).

Installing crossbars (if so equipped)

WARNING

∙ It is recommended that you have the roofrack crossbars installed by an INFINITIretailer.

∙ Make sure the moonroof (if so equipped)is in the closed position during the instal-lation process.

∙ Protect the painted area on the vehicle’sroof under the crossbars by placing apiece of cloth under the cross bars to pre-vent scratch damage.

∙ Do not load the crossbars more than therated load capacity and always distributethe load uniformly.

The roof rack crossbars may be installed orremoved. Use the provided wrench in the toolkit to install and remove the crossbars. Thewrench will be in the glove box.


1. Manually remove the protective coversfrom the roof rails.

2. Using a quarter, rotate the key-slot coun-terclockwise to remove the plastic cover.

3. Use the provided wrench to loosen theclamp screw.

LIC3890 LIC3891 LIC3892


4. Open the clamp approximately two inchesto minimize potential scratching of the roofrails.

5. Determine crossbar orientation by locatingthe arrow that points to the front of thevehicle.

6. Align the pins of the passenger side clampwith the holes in the roof rail.

LIC3893 LIC3894 LIC3895


7. While holding the inner clamp, use the pro-vided wrench to tighten the clamping screw.

NOTE:

Using the provided wrench, tighten to10 N•m (7.4 ft.-lbs.).

8. Tighten both the driver and passenger sideshoulder screw.

NOTE:

Using the provided wrench, tighten to10 N•m (7.4 ft.-lbs.).

9. Assemble the plastic cover. Slide the coverover the crossbar.

LIC3896 LIC3897 LIC3898


10. Ensure the cover is in the final position. 11. Using a quarter, turn the key-slot clock-wise to lock the plastic cover.

NOTE:

After assembling both the front and rearcrossbars, wiggle the crossbars by hand tocheck for loose parts. If either crossbar isloose, remove the crossbars and repeatsteps 1–11 carefully.

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

WARNING

∙ Do not place objects on the cargo coverwhile the vehicle is parked or in motion,no matter how small. The object on thecargo cover could cause an injury in anaccident or sudden stop, and/or thecargo cover can become damaged.

∙ Do not leave the cargo cover in the ve-hicle with it disengaged from the holder.


LIC3899 LIC3900


∙ Properly secure cargo and do not allow itto contact the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor. Cargothat is not properly secured or cargo thatcontacts the top tether strap may dam-age the top tether strap during a colli-sion. If the cargo cover contacts the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor, remove the cargocover from the vehicle or secure it on thecargo floor below its attachment loca-tion. If the cargo cover is not removed, itmay damage the top tether strap duringa collision. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if the childrestraint top tether strap is damaged.

The cargo cover keeps the luggage compart-ment contents hidden from the outside.

To close the cargo cover, remove the coverfrom the grooves �1 and retract.

To open the cargo cover, extend the coverinto the grooves �1 to lock into place.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

∙ Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc., inside the vehicle while it is inmotion and before closing the windows.Use the window lock switch to preventunexpected use of the power windows.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, including en-trapment in windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave children,people who require the assistance of oth-ers or pets unattended in your vehicle.Additionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to people andpets.

The power windows operate when the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON position or fora period of time after the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position. If the driver’s orpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof time, the power to the windows is can-celed.

LIC3971

WINDOWS


1. Driver side automatic switch2. Front passenger side automatic

switch3. Left rear passenger automatic

switch4. Right rear passenger automatic

switch5. Window lock button

Driver’s side power window switch

The driver’s side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close the front andrear passenger windows.

The window can be partially opened by push-ing the switch �A down lightly until the de-sired window position is reached. To closethe window partially, pull the switch �B upuntil the desired window position is reached.

Locking passengers’ windows

When the window lock button �C is de-pressed, only the driver’s side window can beopened or closed. Press it again to cancel thewindow lock function. Front passenger’s power window

switch

The passenger’s window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger’s window.To open the window partially, push theswitch down lightly until the desired windowposition is reached. To close the window par-tially, pull the switch up until the desired win-dow position is reached.

SIC4352 SIC4353


Rear power window switch

The rear power window switches open orclose only the corresponding windows. Topartially open the window, push the switchdown lightly until the desired window posi-tion is reached. To partially close the window,pull the switch up lightly until the desiredwindow position is reached.

Automatic operation

To fully open a window equipped with auto-matic operation, push the window switchdown to the second detent and release it; itneed not be held. The window automaticallyopens all the way. To stop the window, liftthe switch up while the window is opening.

To fully close a window equipped with auto-matic operation, pull the switch up to thesecond detent and release it; it need not beheld. To stop the window, push the switchdown while the window is closing.

Auto-reverse function

The auto-reverse function can be activatedwhen a window is closed by automatic op-eration.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside thevehicle before closing the window.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, re-placed, or jump started, the power windowauto-reverse function may not operate prop-erly. If this occurs, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer to re-initialize thepower window auto-reverse system.

If the control unit detects something caughtin a window equipped with automatic opera-tion as it is closing, the window will be imme-diately lowered.

LIC0410 LIC0410


REAR DOOR SUNSHADE (if soequipped)

The rear door sunshade is located within therear doors at the base of the window.

∙ To raise the sunshade, pull up the centertab �1 .

∙ Hook the sunshade slots onto the tabsextending from the top of the windowframe �2 .

CAUTION

∙ Do not release the rear door sunshadeduring operation. This could damage thesunshade or cause injury.

∙ Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Do-ing so may elongate the sunshade. Thiscould cause improper operation or coulddamage the sunshade.

∙ Do not place objects on or near the rearsunshade. This could cause improper op-eration or could damage the sunshade.

NOTE:

To avoid damage to the sunshade, pleasenote the following:

∙ Do not pull or push the sunshade, otherthan upwards.

∙ Do not pull or push the sunshade with thesunshade hung on the hooks.

∙ Do not allow liquids or objects on thestoring area of the sunshade.

POWER MOONROOF

The front moonroof is a power moonroof,the rear moonroof is fixed glass. The powermoonroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Themoonroof is operational for a period of time,even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. If the driver’s door or the front pas-senger’s door is opened during this period oftime, the power to the moonroof is canceled.

LIC4169 LIC3912

MOONROOF (if so equipped)


Sliding the moonroof

To slide the moonroof:

∙ To fully open the moonroof, push theswitch �1 toward the open position untilit reaches the second detent. If the switch

�1 is pushed to the first detent, only thesunshade will open.

∙ To fully close the moonroof, push theswitch �2 toward the close position untilit reaches the second detent. If the switch

�2 is pushed to the first detent, themoonroof will close but the sunshade willremain open.

∙ To stop the moonroof during operation,push the �1 , �2 or �3 switch to the de-sired position.

Tilting the moonroof

To tilt up, push the moonroof switch �3 . Totilt down the moonroof, push the switch �3 ,or the switch �2 to the first detent. When theswitch �2 is pushed to the second detent, themoonroof will tilt down and the sunshade willclose.

Resetting the moonroof switch

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initializethe moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof and sunshade are open,close them fully by repeatedly pushingthe moonroof switch to the close �2 po-sition.

2. Push and hold the moonroof switch tothe close position �2 at the first detent.

3. After holding the switch for 10 seconds,the moonroof and sunshade moveslightly to the closed position and thenmove back a little.

4. The moonroof and sunshade will fullyopen and then fully close automatically.

5. Release the switch. Check if the moon-roof switch operates normally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above, haveyour vehicle checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Auto-reverse function (whenclosing or tilting down themoonroof)

The auto-reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof and sunshade are closedor tilted down by automatic operation whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion or for a period of time after the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroof oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside thevehicle before closing the moonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof and sunshade as it moves tothe front, the moonroof and sunshade willimmediately open backward.


When tilting down

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof as it tilts down, the moon-roof will immediately tilt up.

WARNING

∙ In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

∙ Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex-tend any portion of their body out of themoonroof opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the moonroof is closing.

CAUTION

∙ Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

∙ Do not place heavy objects on the moon-roof or surrounding area.

Panoramic sunshade

The panoramic sunshade operates when theignition switch is in the ON position. Whenopening or closing the sunshade the switchneed not be held.

To open the sunshade:

∙ To fully open the sunshade, slide theswitch �1 toward the OPEN position tothe first detent.

∙ To fully open the sunshade and themoonroof together, slide the switch �1

toward the OPEN position to the seconddetent.

To close the sunshade:

∙ To fully close the sunshade, slide theswitch �2 toward the CLOSE position tothe second detent. If the moonroof isopen, both the moonroof and the sun-shade will close automatically.

∙ If the switch is slid �2 toward the CLOSEposition to the first detent while themoonroof is open, only the moonroof willclose. The sunshade will remain open.

To stop the sunshade during operation, pushthe switch �1 , �2 , or �3 at the desired posi-tion.

WARNING

∙ To avoid personal injury, keep yourhands, fingers and head away from thesunshade arm, the arm rail and sunshadeinlet port.

∙ Do not allow children near the sunshadesystem. They could be injured.

∙ Do not place objects on or near the sun-shade. This could cause improper opera-tion or damage it.

∙ Do not pull or push the sunshade. Thiscould cause improper operation or dam-age it.

CAUTION

∙ Do not place objects (such as newspa-pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun-shade inlet port. Doing so may entanglethese objects in the sunshade when it isextending or retracting, causing im-proper operation or damage to thesunshade.

∙ Do not push the sunshade arm with yourhands, etc., as this may deform it. Im-proper operation or damage to the sun-shade may result.


∙ Do not put any object into the sunshadeinlet port as this may result in improperoperation or damage the sunshade.

∙ Do not hang any object on the arm rail asthis may result in improper operation ordamage the sunshade.

∙ Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Do-ing so may elongate the sunshade. Im-proper operation or damage to the sun-shade may result.

The interior lights will automatically turn onand stay on for a period of time when:

∙ The doors are unlocked by the IntelligentKey, a key or the request switch while alldoors are closed and the ignition switch isin the OFF position.

∙ The doors and/or liftgate is opened.

∙ The switch is individually pushed.

When the ON switch �1 is pushed, the inte-rior lights illuminate.

When the DOOR/OFF switch �2 is pushed,the interior lights do not illuminate unlessindividually pushed.

NOTE:

The footwell lights and step lights illuminatewhen the driver and passenger doors areopen regardless of the interior light switchposition. These lights will turn off automati-cally after a period of time while doors areopen to prevent the battery from becomingdischarged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could result ina discharged battery.

LIC3841

INTERIOR LIGHTS


MAP LIGHTS

To turn the map lights on, push the switches.To turn them off, push the switches again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could result ina discharged battery.

PERSONAL LIGHTS

To turn the rear personal lights on, push theswitch. To turn them off, push the switchagain.

CARGO LIGHT

The light illuminates when the liftgate isopened. When the liftgate is closed, the lightgoes off.

The light will go off after a period of time ifthe liftgate is left open, unless the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

For additional information, refer to “Exteriorand interior lights” in the “Do-it-yourself” sec-tion of this manual.

LIC3842

Rear personal lights

LIC3907


The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

∙ Will operate most radio frequency de-vices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

∙ Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the ve-hicle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-gramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures (Ex-ample: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLink®Universal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For additionalinformation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink®” in this section.

WARNING

∙ Your vehicle’s engine should be turned offwhile programming the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Push-button ignitionswitch” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual. Do not breathe ex-haust gases; they contain colorless andodorless carbon monoxide. Carbon mon-oxide is dangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

∙ Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage door openerthat lacks safety stop and reverse fea-tures as required by federal safety stan-dards. (These standards became effec-tive for opener models manufacturedafter April 1, 1982.) A garage dooropener which cannot detect an object inthe path of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse doesnot meet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door opener with-out these features increases the risk ofserious injury or death.

∙ During the programming procedure yourgarage door or security gate will openand close (if the transmitter is withinrange). Make sure that people or objectsare clear of the garage door, gate, etc.,that you are programming.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®

If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLink® but-tons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ON position(without starting the engine) when pro-gramming HomeLink®. It is also recom-mended that a new battery be placed in thehand-held transmitter of the device beingprogrammed to HomeLink® for quicker pro-gramming and accurate transmission of theradio frequency.

HOMELINK® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away fromthe HomeLink® surface, keeping theHomeLink® indicator light �1 in view.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand hand-held transmitter button. DONOT release until the HomeLink® indi-cator light �1 flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.(The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure noted in“Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers” in this section.

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.

∙ If the indicator light �1 issolid/continuous, programming iscomplete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

∙ If the indicator light �1 blinks rapidlyfor 2 seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continue withSteps 4-6 for a rolling code device. Asecond person may make the follow-ing steps easier. Use a ladder or otherdevice. Do not stand on your vehicle toperform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (the nameand color of the button may vary bymanufacturer but it is usually locatednear where the hanging antenna wire isattached to the unit). If there is difficultylocating the button, reference the ga-rage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

LIC2365 LIC2366


NOTE:

Once the button is pressed, you have ap-proximately 30 seconds to initiate the nextstep.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the trained HomeLink® buttonfor 2 seconds and release. Repeat the“press/hold/release” sequence up tothree times to complete the training pro-cess. HomeLink® should now activateyour rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® website at: www.homelink.com or call1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERSAND GATE OPENERS

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) af-ter several seconds of transmission – whichmay not be long enough for HomeLink® topick up the signal during training. Similar tothis Canadian law, some U.S. gate operatorsare designed to “timeout” in the same man-ner.

If you live in Canada or you are having diffi-culties training a gate operator or garagedoor opener by using the “Training” proce-dures, replace “Programming HomeLink®”step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

1. For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in thissection.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand the hand-held transmitter button.During training, your hand-held trans-mitter may automatically stop transmit-ting. Continue to press and hold the de-sired HomeLink® button while you pressand re-press (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the fre-quency signal has been learned. TheHomeLink® indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after several sec-onds upon successful training. DO NOTrelease until the HomeLink® indicatorlight flashes slowly and then rapidly.When the indicator light flashes rapidly,

both buttons may be released. The rapidflashing indicates successful training.Proceed with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during theprogramming procedure, remember toplug it back in when programming iscompleted.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK®UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammed device. To operate, simply pressand release the appropriate programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver button.The amber indicator light will illuminate whilethe signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

∙ replace the hand-held transmitter batter-ies with new batteries.


∙ position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

∙ press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

∙ position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in(2 - 8 cm) away from the HomeLink®surface. Hold the transmitter in that po-sition for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink®is not programmed within that time, tryholding the transmitter in another posi-tion – keeping the indicator light in viewat all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

The following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons. In-dividual buttons cannot be cleared. However,individual buttons can be reprogrammed. Foradditional information, refer to “Reprogram-ming a single HomeLink® button” in this sec-tion.

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programming modeand can be programmed at any time begin-ning with “Programming HomeLink®” -Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINK® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash af-ter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pressing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLink®.Consult the Owner’s Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or dealer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration.


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.


MEMO


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

INFINITI Intelligent Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Locking with inside lock knob Type A(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Locking with inside lock knob Type B(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Locking with power door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . .3-6Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

INFINITI Intelligent Key System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9INFINITI Intelligent Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Type A (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Type B (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17Troubleshooting guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17Log-in function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . . 3-20Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Conditions the Remote Engine Start willnot work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Operating the power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Motion-Activated Liftgate(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Power liftgate main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Liftgate position setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Opening the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Manual operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Automatic operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Sun visors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Manual anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . 3-38

Memory storage function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Setting memory function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

1. Intelligent Keys (two sets)2. Mechanical key3. Key number plate (one plate)

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEY

Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intel-ligent Keys which are registered to your vehi-cle’s Intelligent Key System components andINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be reg-istered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered prior to use with theIntelligent Key System and INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System of your vehicle. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer

for this service. Since the registration processrequires erasing all memory in the IntelligentKey components when registering new keys,be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that youhave to an INFINITI retailer.

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle.If you lose your keys, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for duplicates byusing the key number. INFINITI does not re-cord key numbers so it is very important tokeep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it can beduplicated without knowing the key number.

CAUTION

∙ Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when driving. The Intelligent Key is aprecision device with a built-in transmit-ter. To avoid damaging it, please note thefollowing:

– The Intelligent Key is water resistant;however, wetting may damage the In-telligent Key. If the Intelligent Keygets wet, immediately wipe until it iscompletely dry.


LPD2848


LPD2889

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

– Do not bend, drop or strike it againstanother object.

– If the outside temperature is below14°F (-10°C), the battery of the Intel-ligent Key may not function properly.

– Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

– Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

– Do not use a magnet key holder.

– Do not place the Intelligent Key nearan electric appliance such as a televi-sion set or a personal computer.

– Do not allow the Intelligent Key tocome into contact with water or saltwater, and do not wash it in a washingmachine. This could affect the systemfunction.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of that In-telligent Key from the vehicle. This may pre-vent the unauthorized use of the IntelligentKey to operate the vehicle. For informationregarding the erasing procedure, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer.

Mechanical key

The Intelligent Key contains the mechanicalkey.

To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedriver’s door and glove box if they areequipped with a key cylinder.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installedin the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, refer to “Doors” inthis section and “Storage” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

Valet hand-off

When you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself and keepthe mechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box from being openedduring valet hand-off, follow the procedurebelow.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanicalkey.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.

For additional information, refer to “Storage”in the “Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.

LPD2849

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using theIntelligent Keys which are registered to theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents in your vehicle.

The mechanical key can be used for all thelocks.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys. Your existingkey can be duplicated without knowing thekey number. As many as four INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys can be usedwith one vehicle. You should bring allINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keysthat you have to the INFINITI retailer forregistration. This is because the registrationprocess will erase the memory of all keycodes previously registered into the INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System. After the regis-tration process, these components will onlyrecognize keys coded into the INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System during registration.

Any key that is not given to the retailer at thetime of registration will no longer be able tostart your vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with water or salt wa-ter. This could affect system function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot beopened using the outside door handles. Thedoors must be unlocked to open the doors.

WARNING

∙ Always have the doors locked while driv-ing. Along with the use of seat belts, thisprovides greater safety in the event of anaccident by helping to prevent personsfrom being thrown from the vehicle. Thisalso helps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors, andwill help keep out intruders.

∙ Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, including en-trapment in windows and/or inadver-tent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others and/or pets unattendedin your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on awarm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk of in-jury or death to people and pets.

DOORS


LOCKING WITH KEY

To lock or unlock the driver’s door, turn thekey as shown.

Manual

To lock the driver’s door, turn the key towardthe front of the vehicle �1 .

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to-ward the rear of the vehicle �3 , then return itto the neutral position �2 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB TYPE A (if so equipped)

To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock to the lock position �1 , then closethe door.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position �2 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB TYPE B (if so equipped)

To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position �1 , thenclose the door.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position �2 .

For front doors, the door can also be un-locked by pulling on the inside handle leverone time �3 .

Driver’s door

LPD2750

Inside lock

LPD2714

Inside lock

LPD2713


LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

To lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’sside) to the lock position �1 . When locking thedoor this way, be certain not to leave the keyinside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side) to the unlock position �2 .

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch is moved tothe lock position and any door is open, alldoors will lock. With the Intelligent Key left inthe vehicle and any door open, all doors willunlock automatically and chime will soundafter the door is closed.

These functions help prevent the IntelligentKey from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS

∙ All doors lock automatically when the ve-hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).

∙ All doors unlock automatically when thetransmission is placed in the P (Park) posi-tion or when the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position depending on the optionselected in the “Comfort & Convenience”options of the “Settings” menu.

NOTE:

The Auto unlock features can be changedusing “Comfort & Convenience” options inthe “Settings” menu of the lower touch-screen display. For additional information,refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locks help prevent the rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especiallywhen small children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the LOCK position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside.

SPA2727 LPD2753


WARNING


∙ The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed. TheFAA advises the radio waves may affectaircraft navigation and communicationsystems. Do not operate the IntelligentKey while on an airplane. Make sure thebuttons are not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored for a flight.

∙ Before leaving the vehicle, engage the P(Park) position and check that the elec-tronic parking brake warning light is illumi-nated to confirm that the electronic park-ing brake is applied. The electronic parkingbrake warning light will remain on for a pe-riod of time after the driver’s door is locked.

∙ Make sure to engage the P (Park) posi-tion and apply the parking brake whenparking your vehicle, riding on or off thevehicle or loading luggage. Failure to doso could cause the vehicle to move or rollaway unexpectedly and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote control functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/orconditions may affect the Intelligent Key sys-tem operation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

∙ Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

∙ Never leave the Intelligent Key in the ve-hicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves.The Intelligent Key system transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditions mayinterfere with the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following operatingconditions:

∙ When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

∙ When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone, trans-ceiver or a CB radio.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

∙ When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

∙ When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key functionor use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, the bat-tery’s life is approximately two years. If thebattery is discharged, replace it with a newone.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, a“Key Battery Low” indicator illuminates in thevehicle information display. For additional in-formation, refer to “Vehicle information dis-play warnings and indicators” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may becomeshorter.

For additional information, refer to “Batteryreplacement” in the “Do-it-yourself” sectionof this manual.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occurrenceswhich will damage the Intelligent Key:

∙ Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water.This could affect the system function.

∙ Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

∙ Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

∙ Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

∙ Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

∙ Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of that In-telligent Key from the vehicle. This may pre-vent the unauthorized use of the IntelligentKey to operate the vehicle. For informationregarding the erasing procedure, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer.

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range from the door handlerequest switch or the one touch unlock sen-sor �1 .

LPD2054


When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey operating range becomes narrower, andthe Intelligent Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch or one touch unlocksensor �1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches or the one touch unlock sensor maynot function.

If any of the front doors are recently closedand locked, you must wait 2 seconds beforeyou can unlock the door with the one touchunlock sensor. Pulling the handle within2 seconds of locking the door will allow youtime to confirm that the door has been lockedwithout accidentally unlocking the door withthe one touch unlock sensor.

If you pull the door handle with your glovedhand, the one touch unlock sensor operationmay not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operat-ing range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the IntelligentKey, to push the request switch or the onetouch unlock sensor to lock/unlock the doorwithin range.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

∙ Do not push the door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The close dis-tance to the door handle will cause theIntelligent Key system to have difficultyrecognizing that the Intelligent Key isoutside the vehicle.

∙ Within 2 seconds after the doors arelocked using the door handle requestswitch, make sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles.

LPD2716


∙ To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle, make sure youcarry the key with you before locking thedoors and liftgate.

∙ The Intelligent Key system(opening/closing doors with the doorhandle request switch or the one touchunlock sensor) can be set to remain inac-tive. For additional information, refer tothe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Own-er’s Manual.

∙ The door cannot be unlocked using theone touch unlock operation after lockingthe door within 2 seconds. To unlock thedoor, release the one touch unlock sensoronce and touch it again.

∙ If a large amount of water runs down onthe door handle (for example, whenwashing the vehicle or in heavy rain), thedoor may unlock if the Intelligent Key is inrange of operation. To prevent the doorfrom being unlocked, the Intelligent Keyshould be more than 7 ft (2 m) away fromthe vehicle.

∙ Do not hold and pull the door handlequickly. The door will be unlocked but willnot open. Release the door handle onceand pull it again to open the door.

∙ If you pull the door handle with a glovedhand, the one touch unlock operationmay not function.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEYOPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the Intelligent Key out of your pocketor bag.

LPD2717


When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch �A (driver’s orfront passenger’s) within the range of opera-tion.

You can also unlock the corresponding doorby touching the one touch unlock sensor �B

(driver’s or front passenger’s) within therange of operation and unlock the otherdoors by using the door handle requestswitch �A .

Locking all doors and fuel-fillerdoor

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF po-sition and make sure you carry the Intel-ligent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) �A whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

4. All the doors, liftgate and fuel-filler doorwill lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

LPD2734 LPD2733 LPD3036


NOTE:

∙ Request switches for all doors and lift-gate can be deactivated when theLock/Unlock by Door Handle setting isswitched to OFF in the “Comfort & Con-venience” options of the “Settings”menu of the lower touch-screen display.For additional information, refer to theseparate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

∙ Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

∙ Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the Intelli-gent Key inside the vehicle. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside the ve-hicle, doors can be locked with anotherregistered Intelligent Key.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the requestswitch, make sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles within two seconds of locking. Fail-ure to follow these instructions may resultin inadvertently unlocking the doors, whichmay decrease the safety and security ofyour vehicle.

CAUTION

∙ When locking the doors using the requestswitch, make sure to have the IntelligentKey in your possession before operatingthe request switch to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being left in the vehicle.

∙ The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When any door is open, the doors are locked,and then the Intelligent Key is put inside thevehicle and all the doors are closed; a chime willsound and the lock will automatically unlock.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelligent Keyis in the same hand that is operating the requestswitch to lock the door. Put the Intelligent Keyin a purse, pocket or your other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed on topof the instrument panel.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe glove box or a storage bin.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe door pockets.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed insideor near metallic materials.

LPD2734


Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door

1. Touch the one touch unlock sensor �B

(driver’s or passenger’s door) while car-rying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The door handle welcome lights illumi-nate, the hazard indicator lights flashonce and the vehicle beeps once. Thecorresponding door will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switch �Awithin 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andthe vehicle beeps once again. All doors,liftgate and fuel-filler door will unlock.

All doors and the fuel-filler door will lockautomatically unless one of the following op-erations is performed within 1 minute afterpushing the request switch or one touch un-lock operation while the doors are locked.

∙ Opening any door.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch.

During this 1–minute time period, if thebutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, alldoors will be locked automatically after an-other 1 minute has passed.

NOTE:

The one-touch unlock sensor can be deacti-vated when the Touch Sensitive Door Sensorsetting is switched to OFF in the “Comfort &Convenience” options of the “Settings”menu of the lower touch-screen display. Foradditional information, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

If a door handle is pulled too quickly whileunlocking the doors using the one touch un-lock sensor, you may be unable to open thedoor. Returning the door handle to its originalposition will allow you to open the door.

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute after unlocking the door(s).

∙ Opening any door.


The interior light timer illuminates for a periodof time when a door is unlocked.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting by performing one of the followingoperations:

∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

LPD2733 LPD2734


∙ Locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.

∙ When the DOOR/OFF switch is pushed.

For additional information, refer to “Interiorlights” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

Door handle welcome lights

When you unlock the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, request switch or one touch unlocksensor, the door handle welcome lights �Awill illuminate for a period of time. The wel-come lights will also illuminate when youopen an unlocked door without carrying theIntelligent Key with you. When you lock thedoors using the Intelligent Key or requestswitch, the door handle welcome lights fadeout.

NOTE:

The door handle welcome lights and onetouch unlock sensor can be deactivated inthe ”Comfort & Convenience” options of the“Settings” menu in the lower touch-screendisplay. For additional information, refer tothe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

The remote keyless entry function can oper-ate all door locks using the remote keylessfunction of the Intelligent Key. The remotekeyless function can operate at a distance of33 ft (10 m) away from the vehicle. The op-erating distance depends upon the conditionsaround the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will notfunction under the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

∙ When the doors or the rear liftgate areopen or not closed securely.

∙ When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

Driver’s and passenger’s side

LPD2732


CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the key in thevehicle.

TYPE A (if so equipped)

1. (lock) button

2. (unlock) button

3. (liftgate) button

4. (panic) button

TYPE B (if so equipped)

1. (remote engine start)

2. (lock) button

3. (unlock) button

4. (liftgate) button

5. (panic) button

Locking doors

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

2. Close all doors.

LPD3701 LPD3702


3. Press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the IntelligentKey, be sure that the doors have been se-curely locked by operating the door handleswithin two seconds of locking. Failure tofollow these instructions may result in in-advertently unlocking the doors, whichmay decrease the safety and security ofyour vehicle.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey to unlock the driver’s door.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash onceand the driver’s door unlocks.

3. Press the button again within60 seconds to unlock all doors.

NOTE:

The Selective Door Unlock feature can bechanged using the “Comfort & Convenience”options of the “Settings” menu on the lowertouch-screen display. For additional infor-mation, refer to the separate INFINITIInTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performed

within 1 minute after pressing the but-ton:

∙ Opening any doors.


The interior lights illuminate for a period oftime when a door is unlocked.

The lights can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following opera-tions:

∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

∙ Locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.

∙ Switching the interior light switch to theOFF position.

For additional information, refer to “Interiorlights” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

Opening windowsThe Intelligent Key allows you to simultane-ously open windows equipped with auto-matic operation.

∙ To open the windows, press and hold

the button on the Intelligent Keyfor longer than 3 seconds after all doorsare unlocked.

The door windows will open while pressing

the button on the Intelligent Key.The door windows cannot be closed by usingthe Intelligent Key.

Releasing the rear liftgate

The rear liftgate can be opened and closed byperforming the following:

∙ Press the button for longer than1 second to open the rear liftgate.

∙ Press the button again for longerthan 1 second to close the rear liftgate.


When the button is pressed during theopen or close process, the liftgate motors will

stop. When the button is pressed againfor longer than 1 second the liftgate will re-verse direction.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm to call

attention by pressing and holding thebutton on the Intelligent Key for longer than0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

∙ It has run for a period of time, or

∙ Any button is pressed on the IntelligentKey.

∙ The request switch on the driver or pas-senger door is pushed and the IntelligentKey is in range of the door handle.

Answer back horn feature

If desired, the answer back horn feature canbe deactivated using the Intelligent Key.

When it is deactivated and the but-ton is pressed, the hazard indicator lights

flash twice. When the button ispressed, neither the hazard indicator lightsnor the horn operates. However, the head-lights will illuminate for 30 seconds.

NOTE:

If you change the answer back horn and lightflash feature with the Intelligent Key, thelower touch-screen display will show thecurrent mode after the ignition switch hasbeen cycled from the OFF to the ON positionof the ”Comfort & Convenience” options ofthe “Settings” menu in the lower touch-screen display can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode between “Conve-nience” and “Security” settings.

To deactivate: Press and hold the

and buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard indicator lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the answer back hornfeature has been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the

and buttons for at least 2 seconds oncemore.The hazard indicator lights will flash once andthe horn will sound once to confirm that thehorn beep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does notsilence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from moving un-expectedly by erroneous operation of the In-telligent Key or to help prevent the vehiclefrom being stolen, a chime or buzzer soundsfrom inside and outside the vehicle and awarning is displayed in the instrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warning isdisplayed, be sure to check the vehicle andthe Intelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to the“Troubleshooting guide” in this section andthe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle,the vehicle system may respond differentlythan expected.


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When stopping the engine

The Shift to P range warning appears on

the display and the inside warning chime

sounds continuously.

A door is opened while the P (Park) po-

sition is not engaged and the ignition

switch is still in the ON position.

Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-

tion and apply the parking brake. Place

the ignition in the OFF position.

When engaging the P (Park) positionThe Push Ignition to OFF warning ap-

pears in the display.The ignition switch is in the ON position.

Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.

When opening the driver’s door to get

out of the vehicle

The Door Open warning appears on the

display and the inside warning chime


The ignition switch is in the ON position.Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.

When closing the door after getting out

of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appears

on the display, the outside chime sounds

three times and the inside warning

chime sounds for approximately 3 sec-

onds.

The ignition switch is in the ON position.Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.

The Shift to P range warning appears on

the display and the outside chime


The ignition switch is in the ON position

and the P (Park) position is not engaged.

Apply the parking brake.

Place the ignition switch in the OFF

position.

When closing the door with the inside

lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approxi-

mately 3 seconds and all the doors

unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle or lift-

gate request switch or the

button on the Intelligent Key to lock the

door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-

mately 2 seconds.The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the ignition switch to

start the engine

The Key Battery Low warning appears

on the display.The battery charge may be getting low.

Replace the battery with a new one. For

additional information, refer to “Battery

replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself” sec-

tion of this manual.

The No Key Detected warning appears

on the display, the outside chime sounds

three times and the inside warning

chime sounds for approximately 3 sec-

onds.

The battery charge may be getting low.

Replace the battery with a new one. For

additional information, refer to “Battery

replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself” sec-

tion of this manual.

When pushing the ignition switchThe Key System Error: See Owner’s

Manual warning appears on the display.

It warns of a malfunction with the Intel-

ligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit an

INFINITI retailer.

LOG-IN FUNCTION

After setting up the user information, thesystem will automatically recognize the userupon turning on the vehicle.

There will be a personalized welcome greet-ing and screen prompt to log in.

This feature allows four drivers to use theirown registration, drive mode, driving posi-tion, air conditioner, and auto settings andmemorizes these custom settings.

The log-in user can be changed on the wel-come greeting screen or the User List screen.For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

The log-in function is linked to the followingfeatures:

∙ Meter

∙ Audio

∙ Navigation system display

∙ Navigation settings

∙ Air conditioner

∙ Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped)

∙ Engine/transmission

∙ Steering

∙ Suspension (if so equipped)

∙ Active trace control system

∙ Driver assistance except for the ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with Pedes-trian Detection system (if so equipped)

∙ Body Control Module (BCM)


The button will be on the INFINITI In-telligent Key if the vehicle has Remote EngineStart. This feature allows the engine to startfrom outside the vehicle.

The following features may be affectedwhen Remote Engine Start is used:

∙ Vehicles with an automatic climate con-trol system will default to either a heatingor cooling mode depending on outsideand cabin temperatures. For additionalinformation, refer to “Remote EngineStart with Intelligent Climate Control” inthe “Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section of thismanual.

Laws in some local communities may restrictthe use of remote starters. For example,some laws require a person using RemoteEngine Start to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for any requirements.

Other conditions may affect the function ofthe Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-tional information, refer to “Conditions theRemote Engine Start will not work” in thissection.

Other conditions can affect the performanceof the Intelligent Key transmitter. For addi-tional information, refer to “INFINITI Intelli-gent Key” in this section.

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

WARNING

To help avoid risk of injury or death throughunintended operation of the vehicle and/orits systems, including entrapment in win-dows or inadvertent door lock activation,do not leave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or pets unattendedin your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough to cause asignificant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wave sourcesare present near the operating location, theIntelligent Key operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can onlybe used when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the vehicle.

The Remote Engine Start operating range isapproximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.

LPD2995

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)


REMOTE STARTING THEVEHICLE

To use the Remote Engine Start feature tostart the engine perform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold

the button until the turn signallights flash and the tail lamps turn on. Ifthe vehicle is not within view press and

hold the button for at least 2 sec-onds.

The following events will occur when the en-gine starts:

∙ The parking lights will turn on and remainon as long as the engine is running.

∙ The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

∙ The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extendthe time for an additional 10 minutes. Foradditional information, refer to “Extend-ing engine run time” in this section.

Depress and hold the brake then push thepush-button ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion before driving. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Driving the vehicle” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME

The Remote Engine Start feature can be ex-tended one time by performing the stepslisted in “Remote starting the vehicle” in thissection. Run time will be calculated as fol-lows:

∙ The first 10 minute run time will startwhen the Remote Engine Start functionis performed.

∙ The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the Remote Engine Startfunction is performed again. For ex-ample, if the engine has been running for5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, theengine will run for a total of 15 minutes.

∙ Extending engine run time will bring youto the two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts, ora single start with an extension, are allowedbetween ignition cycles.

The ignition switch must be cycled to the ONposition and then back to the OFF positionbefore the Remote Engine Start procedurecan be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTART

To cancel a Remote Engine Start, performone of the following:

∙ Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and

press until the parking lights turnoff.

∙ Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

∙ Cycle the ignition switch on and then off.

∙ The extended engine run time has ex-pired.

∙ The first 10 minute timer has expired.

∙ The engine hood has been opened.

∙ The vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

∙ The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

∙ The ignition switch is pushed with an In-telligent Key in the vehicle but the brakepedal is not depressed.


CONDITIONS THE REMOTEENGINE START WILL NOT WORKThe Remote Engine Start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

∙ The hood is not securely closed.

∙ The hazard indicator lights are on.

∙ The engine is still running. The enginemust be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicable whenextending engine run time.

∙ The button is not pressed and heldfor at least 2 seconds.

∙ The button is not pressed and heldwithin 5 seconds of pressing the lock but-ton.

∙ The brake is pressed.

∙ The doors are not closed and locked.

∙ The liftgate is open.

∙ The Key System Error warning shows inthe vehicle information display.

∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

∙ Two Remote Engine Starts, or a singleRemote Engine Start with an extension,have already been used.

∙ The vehicle is not in P (Park).

∙ There is a detected registered key alreadyinside of the vehicle.

∙ The Remote Engine Start function hasbeen switched to the OFF position in the“Comfort & Convenience” options of the“Settings” menu of the lower touch-screen display. For additional informa-tion, refer to the separate INFINITIInTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

The Remote Engine Start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, referto the separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.


1. Pull the hood lock release handle �1 lo-cated below the driver side instrumentpanel. The hood will spring up slightly.

2. Push the lever �2 at the front of thehood to the side with your fingertips andraise the hood.

When closing the hood, lower it slowly andmake sure it locks into place.

WARNING

∙ Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

∙ If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

WARNING

∙ Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. For additionalinformation, refer to “Exhaust gas (car-bon monoxide)” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, including en-trapment in windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave children,people who require the assistance of oth-ers or pets unattended in your vehicle.Additionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to people andpets.

∙ Always be sure that hands and feet areclear of the door frame to avoid injurywhile closing the liftgate.

LPD3018

HOOD LIFTGATE


OPERATING THE POWERLIFTGATE

WARNING

∙ Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc., inside the vehicle before clos-ing the liftgate.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury and/or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and or its systems, including entrap-ment in windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave children,people who require the assistance of oth-ers and/or pets unattended in your ve-hicle. Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause asignificant risk of injury or death topeople and/or pets.

NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power liftgate,engage the P (Park) position. Also, thepower liftgate will not operate if the batteryvoltage is low.

Power Open:The power liftgate automatically moves fromthe fully closed position to the fully openposition in approximately 5 to 8 seconds. Thepower open feature can be activated by theswitch on the Intelligent Key, the instrumentpanel switch or the liftgate opener switch �A .A chime sounds to indicate the power opensequence has been started.

∙ When the vehicle is locked, the liftgatecan be opened by the instrument panelswitch, Intelligent Key and liftgate openerswitch �A (with the Intelligent Key in lift-gate operation range). The liftgate willindividually unlock and open. Once theliftgate is closed, the vehicle will remainunlocked. To lock the liftgate, push theliftgate request switch �B (with the Intel-ligent Key in liftgate operation range) or

press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

∙ To open the liftgate with the IntelligentKey, hold the button for 1 second.

Instrument panel switch

LPD3058

Liftgate opener switch and request switch

LPD2755


∙ To open the liftgate with the instrumentpanel switch, hold the button for 1 sec-ond.

∙ To open the liftgate with the liftgateopener switch �A , the liftgate must beunlocked if the Intelligent Key is not inliftgate operation range.

Power Close:The power liftgate automatically moves fromthe fully open position to the secondary po-sition. When the liftgate reaches the second-ary position, the cinching motor engages andpulls the liftgate to its primary latch position.Power close takes approximately 7 to10 seconds. The power close feature can beactivated by the switch on the Intelligent Key,the instrument panel and the liftgate closeswitch �C . A chime sounds to indicate thepower close sequence has been started.

∙ If the liftgate opener switch �A is acti-vated while the cinching motor is en-gaged, the cinching motor will disengageand release the latch and the liftgate willopen.

∙ The Intelligent Key button must be heldfor 1 second before the liftgate closes.

∙ The liftgate close switch �C can only beused to close the liftgate if the powerliftgate main switch is in the ON position.

Stop - Reverse:During the open/close movement, the lift-gate can be stopped if the Intelligent Key,instrument panel or liftgate opener switch �Aor liftgate close switch �C is pushed. Theliftgate can be reversed if the Intelligent Key,instrument panel or liftgate opener switch �Aor liftgate request switch �B is pushed again.

Auto Reverse:If an obstacle is detected during power openor power close, a warning chime will soundand the liftgate will reverse direction and re-turn to the full open or full close position. If asecond obstacle is detected, the liftgate mo-tion will stop and the liftgate will entermanual mode.

Liftgate close switch

LPD3032


A pinch strip is mounted on each side of theliftgate. If an obstacle is detected by a pinchstrip during power close, the liftgate will re-verse direction and return to the full openposition.

NOTE:

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed, thepower close function will not operate.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside thevehicle before closing the liftgate.

Manual Mode:If power operation is not available, the lift-gate may be operated manually. Power op-eration may not be available if multiple ob-stacles have been detected in a single powercycle or if the battery voltage is low.

If the power liftgate opener switch �A ispushed during power open or close, thepower operation will be canceled and theliftgate can be operated manually.

To open the liftgate manually, unlock thedoors, push the liftgate opener switch �A andlift the liftgate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate downsecurely.

MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE(if so equipped)

The liftgate can be operated using a quickkicking motion under the center of the rearbumper.

To operate, the Intelligent Key must be within31.5 in (80 cm) of the liftgate.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an accessory forthis vehicle. If a tow hitch is installed, theliftgate electronic control unit (ECU) needsto be replaced with an ECU programmedwith towing logic for the Motion-ActivatedLiftgate to function properly.

LPD2721


Proper operation technique

∙ While at the rear of the vehicle, beginmaking a quick forward kicking motion.

∙ Raise your foot straight under the centerof the rear bumper then immediately re-turn your foot to the ground in a continu-ous motion.

∙ The kicking motion should be straight,smooth and consistent.

∙ After your kick motion is complete, stepback and allow the liftgate to open/close.

∙ Three beeps will sound and the liftgatewill begin moving within two seconds af-ter the kick.

CAUTION

Before performing the kicking motion,steady your stance to prevent any loss ofbalance. Also, while making the kicking mo-tion, take caution around hot exhaust sys-tem parts. Otherwise, there may be dangerof injury.

WARNING

Prevent unintentional liftgateopening/closing. There may be conditionswhen opening/closing the liftgate is notdesired. Keep the Intelligent Key out ofrange of the liftgate, (31.5 in or 80 cm),when washing or working around the backof the vehicle.

Activation zone

LPD2765

DO: Quick forward kick and return while thekey fob is within range

LPD3033

DO NOT: Swing foot side to side or pauseduring kick

LPD2767


CAUTION

∙ Interference or malfunction can becaused by parking in close proximity toradio or satellite towers.

∙ Intelligent Key interference could becaused if you have your key fob storednext to your cell phone or any RF-enabledsmart card. For additional information,refer to “INFINITI Intelligent Key” in thissection.

POWER LIFTGATE MAINSWITCH

The power liftgate operation can be turnedON �A or OFF �B by the power liftgate mainswitch located in the glove box.

When the power liftgate main switch ispushed to the OFF position, the power op-eration is not available by the power liftgateswitch or liftgate request switch on the lift-gate.

Power operation is only available when thepower liftgate main switch is in the OFF po-sition by pushing the instrument panel switchor pressing the liftgate button on the key fob.

Motion-Activated Liftgate (if so equipped)will not function when the power liftgatemain switch is in the OFF position.

LIFTGATE RELEASE

WARNING

∙ Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. For additionalinformation, refer to “Exhaust gas (car-bon monoxide)” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

∙ To avoid personal injury, do not attemptto activate the power liftgate if one orboth of the liftgate struts are removed.

LPD2723


CAUTION

∙ If the power liftgate does not stay openor if the liftgate unexpectedly closes atany time while a continuous warningchime sounds, do not operate the lift-gate. There may be a pressure loss in oneor both of the liftgate struts. It is recom-mended that you have the liftgate in-spected. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ Do not activate the power liftgate if oneor both of the liftgate struts are re-moved. Damage to the liftgate or powerliftgate mechanisms may occur.

∙ Keep the power liftgate main switch (if soequipped) in the OFF position whenwashing or working around the back ofthe vehicle (with Intelligent Key) to pre-vent inadvertent opening/closing.

Power liftgate release

If the liftgate cannot be opened with theinstrument panel switch, liftgate openerswitch or key fob due to a discharged battery,follow these steps:

1. Remove the cover �A on the inside of theliftgate.

2. Move the lever �B as illustrated to openthe liftgate.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible for repair.

LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING

The liftgate can be set to open to a specificheight (garage mode) by performing the fol-lowing:

1. Open the liftgate using the requestswitch or the Intelligent Key.

2. Pull the liftgate down and move to thedesired height position (the liftgate willhave some resistance when being manu-ally adjusted).

LPD2749 LPD3031


3. Push and hold the power liftgate close

switch located on the liftgate formore than 3 seconds or until two beepsare heard.

The liftgate will open to the selected positionsetting. To change the position of the liftgate,repeat steps 1-3.

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLERDOOR

The fuel-filler door automatically unlockswhen the driver’s door is unlocked.

1. Unlock the fuel-filler door using one ofthe following operations:

∙ Unlock the driver’s door with the Intel-ligent Key.

∙ Push the power door lock switch tothe unlock position.

∙ Touch the one touch unlock sensor(driver’s or front passenger’s) whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

For additional information, refer to“Locking all doors and fuel-filler door”in this section.

2. To open the fuel-filler door, push theright side of the fuel-filler door to re-lease.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely andlock the doors.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

∙ Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain conditions.You could be burned or seriously injured ifit is misused or mishandled. Always stopthe engine and do not smoke or allowopen flames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

∙ Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off au-tomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

LPD2725

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


∙ Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect cap can re-sult in a serious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to comeon.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

∙ Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contact withthe container while you are filling it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

∙ Do not use a fuel containing more than15% ethanol in your vehicle. For addi-tional information, refer to “Fuel recom-mendation” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of thismanual.

∙ The Loose Fuel Cap warning message willbe displayed if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to be dis-played. Failure to tighten the fuel-fillercap properly after the Loose Fuel Capwarning is displayed may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) toilluminate.

∙ Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap prop-erly may cause the Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL) to illuminate. Ifthe light illuminates because thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drivethe vehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If thelight does not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.

∙ If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flushit away with water to avoid paintdamage.

NOTE:

Changing ignition switch status during therefueling process may cause a delay in fuelgauge response.


To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder

�A while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

Loose Fuel Cap warning

The Loose Fuel Cap warning will appear inthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly afterthe vehicle has been refueled. It may take afew driving trips for the message to be dis-played. To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in this sec-tion.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it a singleclick is heard.

3. Press the button on the steeringwheel for about 1 second to turn off theLoose Fuel Cap warning message in thevehicle information display.

LPD2726 LPD2985


MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operationPull the lock lever �1 down:

∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired position.

∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward orbackward in direction �3 to the desiredposition.

Push the lock lever �1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operation

To adjust the steering wheel move the switch

�1 in the following directions:

∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired tilt position.

∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward orbackward in direction �3 to the desiredtelescopic position.

Entry/Exit function (if so equipped)

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up automati-cally when the driver’s door is opened and theignition switch is in the LOCK position. Thislets the driver get into and out of the seatmore easily. The steering wheel moves backinto position when the driver’s door is closedand the ignition switch is pushed.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic drive positioner” in this section.

LPD2728 LPD2752

STEERING WHEEL


1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor �1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove thesun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side �2 .

3. Slide the extension �3 sun visor in or outas needed.

CAUTION

∙ Do not store the sun visor before return-ing the extension to its original position.

∙ Do not pull the extension sun visor forc-ibly downward.

VANITY MIRRORS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover. Thevanity mirror will illuminate when the mirrorcover is open.

WPD0344


LPD2583

SUN VISORS


CARD HOLDER

To use the card holder, slide card into the clip.Do not view information while operating thevehicle.

MANUAL ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if soequipped)

Use the night position �1 to reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind you atnight.

Use the day position �2 when driving in day-light hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary,because it reduces rear view clarity.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if soequipped)

The inside mirror is designed so that it auto-matically dims during night time conditionsand according to the intensity of the head-lights of the vehicle following you. The auto-matic anti-glare feature is activated whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.


LPD2340 WPD0126 LPD0469

MIRRORS


NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sensors �1

or apply glass cleaner to the sensors. Doingso will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors,resulting in improper operation.

The indicator light �2 will illuminate when theautomatic anti-glare feature is operating.

To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature,press the O button. The indicator light willturn off.

To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature,press the | button. The indicator light willturn on.

For additional information on HomeLink®Universal Transceiver operation, refer to“HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

The outside mirror remote control will oper-ate only when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Move the small switch �1 to select the left orright mirror. Adjust each mirror to the desiredposition using the large switch �2 . Move thesmall switch �1 to the center (neutral) posi-tion to prevent accidentally moving the mir-ror.

WARNING

∙ Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

∙ Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident.

LPD3035


Manual folding outside mirrors

Pull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)

The electric control type outside mirrors canbe heated to defrost, defog, or de-ice forimproved visibility. Push the rear window de-froster switch to activate the heating func-tion. Push the switch again to deactivate, orthe heating function will automatically turnoff after approximately 15 minutes.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

The reverse tilt-down feature will turn bothoutside mirror surfaces downward to providebetter rear visibility close to the vehicle whenthe mirror control switch is in either the L or Rposition.

The mirrors automatically return to theiroriginal position when you shift out of R (Re-verse).

The outside mirror surfaces will return totheir original position when one of the fol-lowing conditions has occurred:

∙ The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

∙ The outside mirror control switch is set tothe neutral or center position.

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is in thecenter position, the mirror surface will NOTturn downward when the shift lever ismoved to R (Reverse).

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic drive positioner” in this section.

LPD3034


The automatic drive positioner system hastwo features:

∙ Memory storage function

∙ Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn, and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory. Fol-low these procedures to set the memory sys-tem.

NOTE:

The vehicle should be stopped while settingthe memory.

1. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column,and outside mirrors to the desired posi-tions by manually operating each adjust-ing switch. For additional information,refer to “Seats” in the “Safety—Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section of this manual, and“Steering wheel” and “Outside mirrors” inthis section.

2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will come on and stay onfor approximately 5 seconds

The chime will sound when the memory isstored.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in thesame memory switch, the previous memoryposition will be overwritten by the newstored position.

Confirming memory storage

∙ Push the SET switch.

∙ If a memory position has been stored inthe switch (1 or 2) then the indicator lightfor the respective switch will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

LPD2729

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)


Linking log-in function to a storedmemory position

The log-in function can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following proce-dure.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion while carrying the Intelligent Keythat was registered to the vehicle with alog-in function.

NOTE:

Make sure the Intelligent Keys are far apart.Otherwise, the vehicle may detect thewrong Intelligent Key.

2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat,steering column and outside mirrors. Foradditional information, refer to “Seats” inthe “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” sectionof this manual, and “Steering wheel” and“Outside mirrors” in this section.

3. Place the ignition switch in the OFF po-sition.

The next time you log in (selecting the user onthe display) after placing the ignition switch inthe ON position while carrying the IntelligentKey, the system will automatically adjust tothe memorized driving position.

For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual and“Log-in function” in this section.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automaticallymove when you the vehicle is engaged in theP (Park) position. This allows the driver toeasily get in and out of the driver’s seat.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering column will move up when the igni-tion is switched to OFF and the driver’s dooris opened.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will re-turn to the previous position when the igni-tion is switched to ON.

The entry/exit function can be adjusted orcanceled through the “Comfort & Conve-nience” options of the “Settings” menu in thelower touch-screen display by performing thefollowing:

∙ Switch the Lift Steering upon Exit fromON to OFF.

∙ Switch the Slide Driver Seat Back on Exitfrom ON to OFF.

For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

Restarting the entry/exit function

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the stored memory positions willbe lost and some of the functions will berestricted:

1. Drive the vehicle over 25 mph (40 km/h).

OR

2. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition switchin the OFF position.

The entry/exit function should now workproperly.

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTION

The position of the following settings can belinked to the Intelligent Key and the memo-rized settings can be available for each Intel-ligent Key.

∙ Climate control system

∙ Navigation system

∙ Audio system


To use the memory function, set the climate,navigation and audio systems to the driver’spreferred settings. Lock the doors with theIntelligent Key. Each Intelligent Key may beset with the driver’s individual preferences.When a new Intelligent Key is used, “Connec-tion with the key has been done” will be dis-played on the vehicle information display andthe memorized settings are available.

To engage the memorized settings, performthe following:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked tothe memorized settings.

2. Unlock the doors by pushing the driver’s

door handle request switch or thebutton on the Intelligent Key.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. The settings linked to the IntelligentKey will start.

For additional information on using the cli-mate control system, refer to “Heater and airconditioner (automatic)” in the “Monitor, cli-mate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section of this manual.

For additional information, refer to the“Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section of this manualor the separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the vehicle speed is above 4 mph(7 km/h).

∙ When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive posi-tioner is operating.

∙ When the switch for the driver’s seat andsteering column is pushed while the au-tomatic drive positioner is operating.

∙ When the seat has already been movedto the memorized position.

∙ When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

∙ When the shift lever is moved from P(Park) to any other position.


MEMO


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . .4-4How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5How to park with predicted course lines. . . . . . . .4-7Adjusting the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9How to turn on and off predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . .4-9System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . .4-11Around View® Monitor system operation . . . . 4-12Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17How to park with predicted course lines. . . . . . 4-18How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Around View® Monitor settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Adjusting the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Around View® Monitor systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Camera aiding sonar (parking sensor)(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Sonar system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Turning on and off the sonar function . . . . . . . . 4-26

Sonar system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Moving Object Detection (MOD)(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

MOD system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Turning MOD on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32


Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

CLIMATE setting screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

Rear climate control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Heater and air conditioner settings(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

USB/iPod® charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual that includes the following informa-tion.

∙ INFINITI InTouchTM Services (if soequipped)

∙ Navigation system (if so equipped)

∙ Audio system

∙ Apple CarPlay®

∙ Android AutoTM

∙ Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

∙ Viewing information

∙ Other settings

∙ Voice recognition

∙ General system information

INFINITI INTOUCHTM OWNER’SMANUAL

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

1. Upper touch-screen display (upper dis-play)

2. Lower touch-screen display (lower dis-play)

3. MENU button

4. button

LHA4749

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

WARNING

∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RearViewMonitor system could result in serious in-jury or death.

∙ RearView Monitor is a convenience fea-ture and is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and look out thewindows and check mirrors to be surethat it is safe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always back up slowly.

∙ The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

∙ The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a level pavedsurface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when clean-ing dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The RearView Monitor system automaticallyshows a rear view of the vehicle in the uppertouch-screen display (upper display) whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position. When activating the RearViewMonitor, the guide lines, the icons and themessages may not be displayed immediately.The radio can still be heard while the Rear-View Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located just abovethe vehicle’s license plate �1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATION

With the engine running, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) position to operate theRearView Monitor. When activating theRearView Monitor, the guide lines, the iconsand the messages may not be displayed im-mediately.

LHA4552


HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference tothe vehicle body line �A are displayed on themonitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

∙ Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

Vehicle width guide lines �4

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines �5

Indicate the predicted course when backingup. The predicted course lines will be dis-played on the monitor when the shift lever isin the R (Reverse) position and the steeringwheel is turned. The predicted course lineswill move depending on how much the steer-ing wheel is turned and will not be displayedwhile the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the width ofthe predicted course lines are wider than theactual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCES

The displayed guidelines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces orprojecting objects will be actually located atdistances different from those displayed inthe monitor relative to the guidelines (refer toillustrations). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, or

park and exit the vehicle to view the position-ing of objects behind the vehicle.

LHA4805


Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the upper display.

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the upper display.

Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the vehiclemay hit the object if it projects over the actualbacking up course.

LHA5287 LHA5288 LHA4995


Backing up behind a projectingobject

The position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the object

when backing up to the position �A if theobject projects over the actual backing upcourse.

HOW TO PARK WITHPREDICTED COURSE LINES

WARNING

∙ If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or becomesdischarged, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly. If this oc-curs, please perform the followingprocedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight road formore than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ON position, thepredicted course lines may be displayedincorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position. Whenactivating the RearView Monitor, the

LHA5289 LHA5043


guide lines, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed immediately.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines �B enter the parking space

�C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallelto the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, press the Park button lo-cated near the shift lever to place thevehicle in the P (Park) position and applythe parking brake.

LHA4770


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

The RearView Monitor settings can bechanged with the following procedure on theupper display.

1. Press the MENU button while the Rear-View Monitor screen is shown on theupper display.

2. Touch the “Settings” key and then the“Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. Selecta preferred item, “Brightness”, “Con-trast”, Tint”, “Color”, and “Black Level” of

the RearView Monitor and adjust thevalue by touching the “+” or “-” key.

You can also press the button and ei-ther turn or move the INFINITI controller toadjust the day/night settings. Pressing

the button again will switch the screento AUTO mode. While the adjustment screenis shown on the upper display you can alsotouch either “+” or “-” key.The upper and lower display screens can beturned on or off by pressing and holding

the button.

NOTE:

Do not adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Tint,Color, and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving. Makesure the parking brake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINESTo toggle on and off the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key.

3. Touch the “Camera” key.

4. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” keyto turn the feature on or off.

When the predicted course lines areturned on, the indicator light is on.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forRearView Monitor. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The system cannot completely eliminateblind spots and may not show everyobject.

∙ Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewed onthe RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objects closeto the bumper or on the ground.

∙ Objects viewed in the RearView Monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used.

LHA5228


∙ Objects in the RearView Monitor will ap-pear visually opposite compared to whenviewed in the rearview and outsidemirrors.

∙ Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by the num-ber of occupants, fuel level, vehicle posi-tion, road conditions and road grade.

∙ Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclosed when backing up.

∙ Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedabove the license plate.

∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

∙ Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fire oran electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not clearly displayobjects.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong reflectedlight from the bumper.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

∙ The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the camera.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent, thenwipe with a dry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

∙ Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-era �1 , the RearView Monitor may not dis-play objects clearly. Clean the camera by wip-ing it with a cloth dampened with a dilutedmild cleaning agent and then wiping it with adry cloth.

LHA4552




3. MENU button

4. CAMERA button

LHA4750

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if soequipped)


WARNING

∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for the proper use of theAround View® Monitor system could re-sult in serious injury or death.

∙ The Around View® Monitor is a conve-nience feature and is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot be viewed.The four corners of the vehicle in particu-lar, are areas where objects do not al-ways appear in the bird’s-eye, front, orrear views. Always check your surround-ings to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Always op-erate the vehicle slowly.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when clean-ing dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Around View® Monitor system is de-signed as an aid to the driver in situationssuch as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screen format.Not all views are available at all times.

Available views:

∙ Front ViewAn approximately 150–degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

∙ Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

∙ Bird’s-Eye ViewThe surrounding views of the vehiclefrom above.

∙ Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

∙ Front-Wide ViewAn approximately 180–degree view ofthe front the vehicle.

∙ Rear-Wide ViewAn approximately 180–degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameras locatedin the front grille, on the vehicle’s outsidemirrors and one just above the vehicle’s li-cense plate �1 .

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSYSTEM OPERATION

With the engine running, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) position or press

the CAMERA button to operate theAround View® Monitor. When activating theAround View® Monitor, the guide lines, theicons and the messages may not be displayedimmediately.

LHA4554


When the camera is first activated with thebird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon willflash on the upper display. This indicates thatthe sonar system is activated. For additionalinformation on the front and rear sonar sys-tem, refer to “Front and rear sonar system” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Available views

WARNING

∙ The distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth lines should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a paved, levelsurface. The apparent distance viewedon the monitor may be different than theactual distance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

∙ Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eyeview as a reference. The lines and thebird’s-eye view are greatly affected bythe number of occupants, cargo, fuellevel, vehicle position, road condition androad grade.

∙ If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course lines andthe bird’s-eye view may be displayedincorrectly.

∙ When driving the vehicle up a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are further thanthey appear. When driving the vehicledown a hill, objects viewed in the monitorare closer than they appear.

∙ Objects in the rear view will appear visu-ally opposite compared to when viewedin the monitor and outside mirrors.

∙ Use the mirrors or actually look to prop-erly judge distances to other objects.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course lines and the actualcourse line.

∙ The vehicle width and predicted courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

∙ The displayed lines will appear slightlyoff to the right, because the rearviewcamera is not installed in the rear centerof the vehicle.

Front and rear viewGuiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distance to objects withreference to the vehicle body line �A are dis-played on the monitor.


Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

∙ Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

∙ Green line �4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)(if so equipped)

Front view

SAA1840


Vehicle width guide lines �5 :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width whenbacking up.

Predicted course lines �6 :

Indicate the predicted course when operatingthe vehicle. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steeringwheel is turned. The predicted course lineswill move depending on how much the steer-ing wheel is turned and may not be displayedwhile the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed when thevehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or less from the straight-ahead posi-tion, both the right and left predicted courselines �6 are displayed. When the steeringwheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a lineis displayed only on the opposite side of theturn.

Bird’s-eye view

The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead viewof the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicleposition and the predicted course to a park-ing space.

The vehicle icon �1 shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the apparent distance be-tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eye viewmay differ somewhat from the actual dis-tance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover �2

are indicated in black.

Rear view

LHA4992

Front view

LHA4534


The non-viewable area �2 is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only thefirst time after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

In addition, the non-viewable corners are dis-played in red and will blink for the first 3 sec-onds �3 to remind the drivers to be cautious.

Predicted course lines �4 indicate the pre-dicted course when operating the vehicle.The predicted course lines will be displayedon the monitor when the steering wheel is

turned. The predicted course lines will movedepending on how much the steering wheel isturned.

When the monitor displays the front view andthe steering wheel turns about 90 degrees orless from the neutral position, the two greenpredicted course lines are shown in front ofthe vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or more, one green predicted courseline is shown in front of the vehicle and theother predicted course line is shown at theside of the vehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view, thepredicted course lines are shown at the backof the vehicle.

WARNING

∙ Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appearfurther than the actual distance.

∙ Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, maybe misaligned or not displayed at theseam of the views.

∙ Objects that are above the camera can-not be displayed.

∙ The view of the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

∙ A line on the ground may be misalignedand is not seen as being straight at theseam of the views. The misalignment willincrease as the line proceeds away fromthe vehicle.

Rear view

LHA4535


Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatewidth and the front end of the vehicle aredisplayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line �1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line �2 shows the ap-proximate vehicle width including the outsidemirrors.

The extensions �3 of both the front �1 andside �2 lines are shown with a green dottedline.

Front-wide and rear-wide view

The front-wide and rear-wide views show awider area on the entire screen and allowsthe checking of the blind corners on right andleft sides. The rear-wide view displays anapproximately 180-degree area while thefront-view and rear-view display an approxi-mately 150-degree area. The predictedcourse lines are not displayed when using thefront-wide and rear-wide view.


Indicates distances from the vehicle body:

∙ Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

∙ Green line �4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)(if so equipped)

Vehicle width guide lines �5

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

LHA2652

Front-wide view

LHA4555

Rear-wide view

LHA5217


DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCES

The displayed guidelines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces orprojecting objects will be actually located atdistances different from those displayed inthe monitor relative to the guidelines (refer toillustrations). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view the position-ing of objects behind the vehicle.

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the upper display.

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the upper display.

LHA5287 LHA5288


Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the vehiclemay hit the object if it projects over the actualbacking up course.

Backing up behind a projectingobject

The position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the object

when backing up to the position �A if theobject projects over the actual backing upcourse.

HOW TO PARK WITHPREDICTED COURSE LINES

WARNING

∙ If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or becomesdischarged, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly. If this oc-curs, please perform the followingprocedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight road formore than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ON position, thepredicted course lines may be displayedincorrectly.

LHA4995 LHA5289


1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position. Whenactivating the Around View® Monitor,

the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immediately.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines �B enter the parking space

�C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallel

LHA5043 LHA4770


to the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, press the Park button lo-cated near the shift lever to place thevehicle in the P (Park) position and applythe parking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY

With the ignition switch in the ON position,

press the CAMERA button or with theengine running, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position to operate the AroundView® Monitor.

The Around View® Monitor displays differ-ent split screen views depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever. When activating theAround View® Monitor, the guide lines, theicons and the messages may not be displayed

immediately. Press the CAMERA but-ton or touch the “Change View” key to switchbetween the available views.

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,the available views are:

∙ Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Rear view/front-side view split screen

∙ Rear-wide view

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) or D (Drive)position, the available views are:

∙ Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Front view/front-side view split screen

∙ Front-wide view

The display will switch from the AroundView® Monitor screen when:

∙ The shift lever is in the D (Drive) positionand the vehicle speed increases aboveapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

∙ A different screen is selected.

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSETTINGS

To set up the Around View® Monitor to yourpreferred settings, press the MENU button,touch the “Settings” key, then touch the“Camera” key on the lower display then touchthe “Camera” key again.For additional information about the sonar,refer to “Camera aiding sonar (parking sen-sor)” in this section. For information about thedisplay screen adjustment, refer to “Adjustingthe screen” in this section.

Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on model.

LHA5229


MOD:

When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off (indi-cator turns off), the MOD system is deacti-vated.

MOD Volume:

Adjusts the MOD volume between “High”,“Medium” or “Low” by touching the key on thedisplay screen.

Unviewable Area Reminder:

With this item turned on, the non-viewablearea is highlighted in yellow for three secondsafter the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It willonly be shown the first time after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

Predicted Course Lines:

When this item is turned on, the predictedcourse lines are displayed in the front view,rear view and bird’s-eye view.

Camera View Priority (if so equipped):

The view shown on the screen at the begin-ning of the Around View® Monitor operationcan be selected in order of priority.

Auto Show Sonar Image:

When the sonar detects an object while thisitem is turned on, the Around View® Monitorwill interrupt the current view in the display toshow the surrounding area of the vehicle.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

The Around View® Monitor settings can bechanged with the following procedure on theupper display.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key and then the“Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. Selecta preferred item, “Brightness”, ”Con-trast”, Tint”, “Color”, and “Black Level” ofthe Around View® Monitor and adjustthe value by touching the “+” or “-” key.

LHA5273 LHA5228


You can also press and hold

the CAMERA button and either turn ormove the INFINITI controller to the left or theright to adjust the day/night settings. Press-

ing and holding the CAMERA buttonagain will switch the screen to AUTO mode.While the adjustment screen is shown on theupper or lower display you can also toucheither “+” or “-” key.

NOTE:

Do not adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Tint,Color, and Black Level of the Around View®Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Makesure the parking brake is firmly applied.

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forAround View® Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ Do not use the Around View® Monitorwith the outside mirrors in the stored po-sition, and make sure that the liftgate issecurely closed when operating the ve-hicle using the Around View® Monitor.

∙ The apparent distance between objectsviewed on the Around View® Monitordiffers from the actual distance.

∙ The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and above therear license plate. Do not put anything onthe vehicle that covers the cameras.

∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

LHA4348


∙ Do not strike the cameras. They are pre-cision instruments. Doing so could causea malfunction or cause damage resultingin a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the system willnot show objects and the system does notwarn of moving objects. When in the front orrear view display, an object below the bum-per or on the ground may not be viewed �1 .When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object nearthe seam �2 of the camera viewing areas willnot appear in the monitor.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not display objectsclearly.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

∙ The colors of objects on the AroundView® Monitor may differ somewhatfrom the actual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the Around View® Monitormay not be clear and the color of theobject may differ in a dark environment.

∙ There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of the bird’s-eye view.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.

System temporarily unavailable

When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the AroundView® Monitor. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LHA5236


When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances from sur-rounding devices. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


∙ Do not damage the cameras as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras �1 , the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping with a cloth dampened with a di-luted mild cleaning agent and then wipingwith a dry cloth.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the sonar function asoutlined in this section could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The sonar is a convenience feature. It isnot a substitute for proper parking.

∙ This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary ob-jects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

∙ Always look around and check that it issafe to move before parking.

∙ Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar as contained in this section.

The sonar function helps to inform the driverof large stationary objects around the vehiclewhen parking by issuing an audible and visualalert.

LHA5237 LHA4554

CAMERA AIDING SONAR (parkingsensor) (if so equipped)



2. Sonar indicator

3. CAMERA button


5. MENU button

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive) posi-tion and both front and rear objects when theshift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position.

When the camera image is shown on theupper display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift lever position.

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide,rear, and rear-wide views indicate differentdistances to the object.

When the objects are detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking and the rate of the tone increase.When the vehicle is very close to the object,the indicator stops blinking and turns red, andthe tone sounds continuously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an object is detected by only thecorner sonar and the distance does notchange.

LHA5238


The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

TURNING ON AND OFF THESONAR FUNCTION

When the “ ” key �A is selected, the indi-cator �B will turn off and the sonar will beturned off temporarily. The Moving ObjectDetection (MOD) system will also be turnedoff at the same time. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Moving Object Detection

(MOD) in this section. When the “ ” key

�A is selected again, the indicator will turn onand the sonar will turn back on.

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

∙ When the shift lever is placed in the “R”(Reverse) position.

∙ When the CAMERA button ispressed and a screen other than the cam-era view is shown on the display.

∙ When vehicle speed decreases below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

∙ When the ignition switch is placed in the“OFF” position and turned back to the“ON” position again.

To prevent the sonar system from activatingaltogether, use the “Sonar” menu. For addi-tional information, refer to “Sonar functionsettings” in this section.

LHA5239 LHA5230


Sonar function settings

To set up the sonar function to your preferredsettings, press the MENU button, touch the“Settings” key, and then touch the “ParkingSonar” key on the lower display.

Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on the models.

Auto Show Sonar Image (if so equipped):When the sonar detects an object while thisitem is turned on, the Around View® Monitorwill interrupt the current view in the display toshow the surrounding area of the vehicle.

Front (if so equipped): When this item isturned on, the front sonar sensors are activeand a sonar indicator �C will appear at thecorner of the vehicle to inform the driverwhen an obstacle is near. Another sonar indi-cator �D may also appear on either a sideview, front or rear-wide view Around View®Monitor screen to aid the driver when anobject is near.

Rear: When this item is turned on, the rearsonar sensors are active and a sonar indicator

�C will appear at the corner of the vehicle toinform the driver when an obstacle is near.Another sonar indicator �D may also appearon either a side view, front or rear-wide view

Around View® Monitor screen to aid thedriver when an object is near.

Distance: Adjust the sensitivity level of thesonar to “Short”, “Medium”, or “Long”.

Volume: Adjust the volume of the buzzer to“High”, “Medium”, or “Low”.

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe sonar function. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of the sys-tem, including reduced performance or afalse activation.

∙ The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.

∙ The system will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may not detectobjects close to the bumper or on theground.

LHA5275 LHA5276


∙ The system may not detect the followingobjects:

– Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,cotton, grass or wool.

– Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

– Wedge-shaped objects.

∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-jects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio system vol-ume or an open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the tone and it may not be heard.


When the amber markers are displayed at thecorners of the vehicle icon and the functioncannot be activated from the Camera settingmenu (the setting items are grayed out), thesonar system may be malfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors (lo-cated on the front and rear bumper fascia)free from accumulations of snow, ice anddirt. Do not scratch the surface of the sonarsensors when cleaning. If the sensors arecovered, the accuracy of the sonar functionwill be diminished.




3. MENU button

4. CAMERA button

LHA4750

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION(MOD) (if so equipped)


WARNING

∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the MovingObject Detection system could result inserious injury or death.

∙ The MOD system is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation and is not de-signed to prevent contact with objectssurrounding the vehicle. When maneu-vering, always use the outside mirrorsand rearview mirror and turn and checkthe surroundings to ensure it is safe tomaneuver.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

∙ The MOD system is not designed to de-tect surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver ofmoving objects near the vehicle when back-ing out of garages, maneuvering in parkinglots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATION

The MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position. When activating the AroundView® Monitor, the guide lines, the iconsand the messages may not be displayedimmediately.

∙ When the CAMERA button ispressed to activate the camera view onthe display.

∙ When vehicle speed decreases below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and thecamera screen is shown in the upper dis-play. The MOD system operates in the following

conditions when the camera view is dis-played:

∙ When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects mov-ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. TheMOD system will not operate if the out-side mirrors are moving in or out, in thestowed position, or if either front door isopened.

Front and bird’s-eye views

LHA5241


∙ When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view or front-wide view.

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe rear view or rear-wide view. Whenactivating the Around View® Monitor,the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immediately.The MOD system will not operate if theliftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MOD iconis not displayed on the screen when in thisview.

NOTE:

When activating the Around View® Moni-tor, the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immediately.

When the MOD system detects moving ob-jects near the vehicle, a yellow frame will bedisplayed on the view where the objects aredetected. While the MOD system continuesto detect moving objects, the yellow framecontinues to be displayed.

Front-wide view

LHA5242

Rear and bird’s-eye views

LHA5290

Rear and front-side views

LHA5291


NOTE:

While the sonar (if so equipped) is beeping,the MOD system does not chime.In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame �1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where moving ob-jects are detected.

The yellow frame �2 is displayed on eachview in the front view and rear view modes.

A blue or green MOD icon �3 is displayed inthe view where the MOD system is operative.A gray MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon �3 is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF

1. Press the MENU button beneath thelower display.

2. Touch the “Settings” key

3. Touch the “Camera’ key then the “Cam-era” key again.

4. Touch “MOD” on the menu screen toswitch between on and off.

You can also turn MOD on and off by touch-

ing the “ ” key �4 on the upper display.When MOD is on, the indicator will turn yel-low. When MOD is off, the indicator will turnblack.When the sonar or MOD system is com-pletely turned off from the setting menu, the

“ ” will turn black.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forMOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

∙ Do not use the MOD system when tow-ing a trailer. The system may not functionproperly.

∙ Excessive noise (for example, audio sys-tem volume or open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

∙ The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmental con-ditions and surrounding objects such as:

– When there is low contrast betweenbackground and the moving objects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as another ve-hicle’s headlight or sunlight is present.

– When camera orientation is not in itsusual position, such as when a mirror isfolded.

Rear-wide view

LHA5292


– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the moving ob-jects in the display is not changed.

∙ The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens, whitesmoke from the muffler, moving shad-ows, etc.

∙ The MOD system may not function prop-erly depending on the speed, direction,distance or shape of the moving objects.

∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed, leav-ing it misaligned or bent, the sensing zonemay be altered and the MOD system maynot detect objects properly.

∙ When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not display objectsclearly. This is not a malfunction.

NOTE:

The blue or green MOD icon will change toorange if one of the following has occurred:

∙ When the system is malfunctioning.

∙ When the component temperaturereaches a high level (icon will blink).

∙ When the Rear View camera has de-tected a blockage (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminate or-ange, have the MOD system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


∙ Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras �1 , the MOD system may not oper-ate properly. Clean the camera by wipingwith a cloth dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent and then wiping with a drycloth.

LHA4554


Adjust air flow direction for the center vents

�1 , driver’s and passenger’s side vents �2 ,rear console vents �3 , by moving the ventslide and/or vent assemblies.

Open or close the vents using the dial. Move

the dial toward the to open the vents or

toward the to close them.

LHA4575

VENTS


1. Lower touch-screen display (lowerdisplay)

2. Temperature control increasebutton (passenger’s side)

3. Temperature control decreasebutton (passenger’s side)

4. Air recirculation button5. Front defroster button6. Rear window and outside mir-

ror (if so equipped) defroster switch7. ON-OFF button8. CLIMATE button

9. MENU button10. Manual air flow control button11. Fan speed decrease button12. Fan speed increase button13. AUTO button14. Temperature control decrease

button (driver’s side)15. Temperature control increase

button (driver’s side)

WARNING

∙ The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

∙ Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistance ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acciden-tally injure themselves or others throughinadvertent operation of the vehicle.Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures ina closed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

LHA4574

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic)


Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

NOTE:

∙ Odors from inside and outside the ve-hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passenger com-partment through the vents.

∙ When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air recir-culation to allow fresh air into the pas-senger compartment. This should helpreduce odors inside the vehicle

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Press the AUTO button to set the automaticcontrol mode that keeps the air distribution,temperature and the fan speed automati-cally.

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)

This mode may be used all year round as thesystem automatically works to keep a con-stant temperature. Air flow distribution, airintake control, and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

1. Press the CLIMATE button on thelower display menu. The CLIMATEscreen will display on the lower display.

2. Press the AUTO button on. (The indica-tor on the button will illuminate andAUTO will be displayed on the CLIMATEscreen.)

3. Press the temperature con-trol buttons on the driver’s side to set thedesired temperature.

∙ The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution, air intake con-trol and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

∙ A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe vents in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indi-cate a malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Press the front defroster buttonon. (The indicator light on the button willcome on.)

2. Operate the temperaturecontrol buttons to set the desired tem-perature.

∙ To quickly remove ice from the outside of

the windows, use the fan speed

control button or the “ ” key to setthe fan speed to maximum.

∙ As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, press the AUTO button to returnto the automatic mode.

∙ When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will auto-matically be turned on at outside tem-peratures approximately 32°F (0°C) todefog the windshield. The air recirculatemode automatically turns off, allowingoutside air to be drawn into the passen-ger compartment to further improve thedefogging performance.

Remote Engine Start withIntelligent Climate Control (if soequipped)Vehicles equipped with automatic climatecontrols and Remote Engine Start functionmay go into automatic heating or coolingmode when Remote Engine Start is activateddepending on outside and cabin tempera-


tures. During this period, the climate controldisplay and buttons will be inoperable untilthe ignition switch is turned on. In RemoteEngine Start defrosting mode, the rear win-dow defroster, heated seat (if so equipped)and heated steering wheel (if so equipped)may be activated automatically. In RemoteEngine Start cooling mode, the climate con-trolled seat (if so equipped) may be activatedautomatically.

Voice Recognition logic (if soequipped)When the climate control system is on, thefan speed may be automatically lowered sothat commands are more easily recognized.

Fan speed can be adjusted using the fan

speed decrease and increase buttons, ifdesired.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Press the fan speed increase andfan speed decrease buttons to manually con-trol the fan speed. Fan speed can also be

controlled by touching the “ ” or “ ”keys on the lower display.Press the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control

Press the temperature controlbuttons up or down to set the desired tem-perature.

The temperature can be set within the fol-lowing range:

∙ For U.S.: 60 to 90ºF (16 to 32ºC)

∙ For Canada: 64 to 90ºF (18 to 32ºC)

Air recirculation

Press the air recirculation button to re-circulate interior air inside the vehicle.

The indicator light on the button willcome on.

The air recirculation cannot be activated

when the air conditioner is in the frontdefrosting mode.When the outside temperature exceeds 70°F(21°C), the air conditioning system may de-fault to air recirculation mode automaticallyto reduce overall power consumption. To exit

air recirculation mode, deselect the airrecirculation button (indicator will turn off) toenter fresh air mode.

Automatic intake air controlIn the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually control

the intake air, press the air recirculationbutton. To return to the automatic control

mode, press and hold the air recircula-tion button for about 2 seconds. The indica-tor light will flash twice, and then the intakeair will be controlled automatically.

Air flow control

Press the button to manually controlair flow. Pressing the button repeatedly willcycle through the available modes and dis-play the corresponding icon on the lower dis-play. Air flow can also be controlled by touch-

ing the “ ” key on the lower display:

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and feet vents.

— Air flows mainly from feet vents.

— Air flows from defroster and feetvents.

To turn system offPress the ON-OFF button.

CLIMATE button

Press the CLIMATE button to show theCLIMATE screen on the lower display.


Rear window and outside mirror (ifso equipped) defroster switch

For additional information, refer to “Rearwindow defroster, outside mirror defroster,and wiper deicer (if so equipped) switch” inthe “Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

OPERATING TIPS

The sensors, �A and �B on the instrumentpanel, help the system maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on oraround these sensors.

∙ When the engine coolant temperatureand outside air temperature are low, theair may flow from defroster or feet ventsto initialize automatic heating mode. Thisis not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, air will flow nor-mally from the feet vents

∙ A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditions asthe air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

LHA4686


CLIMATE SETTING SCREEN

Climate control settings can be changed onthe screen.

Available setting items may vary dependingon models and specifications.

Press the CLIMATE button on thelower display menu. The CLIMATE screenwill display on the lower display.

Heating (A/C off)The air conditioner does not activate in thismode. When you need to heat only, use thismode.

1. Press the CLIMATE button.

2. If the Climate system is off, press theON-OFF button to turn the system on.

3. If the A/C indicator is on, touch

the “ A/C” key to turn the A/C off.

4. Press the temperature con-trol buttons on the driver’s side to set thedesired temperature.

∙ When in AUTO mode, the temperature ofthe passenger compartment will bemaintained automatically. Air flow distri-bution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

∙ Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature or the systemmay not work properly.

∙ This procedure is not recommended ifwindows fog up.

When the outside temperature decreases toapproximately 32°F (0°C), the A/C function

does not activate even if the A/C indi-cator light illuminates.


LHA5299


LHA5300

Type C (if so equipped)

LHA5280


Air conditioning (A/C)

Touch the “ A/C” key to turn the A/Cmode on or off. Turn on the A/C mode foreffective cooling and dehumidifying. Whenthe A/C indicator light is on, the A/C mode ison.

Sync mode settingThe driver’s, passenger’s and rear (if soequipped) temperature setpoints can be syn-

chronized using the “ SYNC” key on thelower display. When the key is touched, tem-perature settings become synchronized andthe SYNC indicator turns on.

∙ If the driver’s side temperature buttonsare pressed, the driver’s side, passenger’sside, and rear (if so equipped) tempera-ture settings will update simultaneously.

∙ If the passenger’s side or rear (if soequipped) temperature buttons arepressed, Sync mode will exit, the indicatorlight will go off, and the temperature willupdate based on the button pressed.Driver’s side temperature will remain thesame until manually changed.

Heated seats (if so equipped)Touch the “ Heated seat” key on theCLIMATE screen on the lower display to turnthe heated seats on or off. When the heatedseats are on, the indicator light is on.

Steering wheel heater (if soequipped)Touch the “ Steering Heater” key on theCLIMATE screen on the lower display to turnthe steering wheel heater on or off. When thesteering wheel heater is on, the indicator lightis on.

Automatic Climate Control System(if so equipped)The Automatic Climate Control Systemkeeps the air inside of the vehicle clean, usingthe automatic air recirculation control withthe exhaust gas/outside odor detecting sen-sor with ion control.

�1 “Auto Recirc” key

Touch to turn on the automatic recirculationmode.

�2 Plasmacluster® icon

Indicates the Plasmacluster® ion emissionstatus.

Ion control:

The Automatic Climate Control System unitgenerates highly concentrated Plasmaclus-ter® ions into the air blown from the ventila-tors to reduce odor absorbed into the interiortrim and to suppress airborne bacteria. The

LHA5281


high-density Plasmacluster®ions also have aproven skin moisture preserving effect.

The Plasmacluster® icon on the CLIMATEscreen indicates the status of the Plasma-cluster® ion emission from the system andchanges with the amount of the air flow.

Automatic air recirculation control with theexhaust gas/outside odor detection sensor:

The Automatic Climate Control Systemcomes with an exhaust gasdetection/outside odor sensor. When the au-tomatic air circulation control is activated, thesensor detects odors outside the vehicle suchas pulp or chemicals, and exhaust such asgasoline or diesel. When such odors or gasesare detected the display and the system au-tomatically change from fresh air mode to therecirculation mode.

When the automatic air recirculation is on, forthe first 5 minutes, the air recirculation modeis selected to prevent dust, dirt, and pollenfrom entering the vehicle and to clean the airinside of the vehicle.

After 5 minutes, the sensor detects exhaustgas and automatically alternates betweenthe air recirculation mode and the fresh airmode.

The automatic air recirculation mode can beactivated under the following conditions.

∙ The air flow control is not in the frontdefroster mode (the indicator light on

the front defroster button is turnedoff).

∙ The outside temperature is about 32°F(0°C) or more.

REAR CLIMATE CONTROL (if soequipped)

1. Rear temperature display2. Rear temperature control in-

crease button3. Rear temperature control de-

crease buttonYou can adjust the climate control system forrear seat passengers using the buttons on theback of the console.

Press the to increase the rear tempera-ture.

Rear temperature switch (if so equipped)

LHA4582


Press the to decrease the rear tem-perature.

If front passengers touch the “ SYNC”key on the CLIMATE screen, the rear tem-perature settings will synchronize with thedriver’s and passenger’s side settings.

Heater and air conditioner settings can bechanged on the screen.

1. Press the MENU button on thelower display menu.

2. Using the arrow, tab over to the nextscreen and touch the “Settings” key.Touch the arrow again to get to the nextscreen and touch “Other”.

3. Touch the “CLIMATE” key.Available setting items may vary dependingon models and specifications.

Available settings

∙ Use A/C While Idle (if so equipped)

Touch to turn on/off the Idling Stop Pri-ority mode. While this item is turned onand the engine is on, the Climate Controlwill not be affected by the Idling Stopactivation. Otherwise, when the engineis off by the Idle Stop function, the Cli-mate Control System will be able to heatand cool the cabin.

∙ Steering Wheel Heater

Touch to turn the steering wheel heateron and off.

∙ Auto Steering Wheel Heater

The automatic control mode for thesteering-wheel heating can be turned onand off. When the item is turned on, thesteering-wheel heating will turn on auto-matically if the temperature inside thevehicle compartment is low at the timewhen the ignition switch is turned on.Regardless of the temperature, thesteering-wheel heating will turn off after30 minutes. If the steering-wheel heateris turned on or off manually by

touching on the CLIMATE screen,the automatic steering-wheel heatingcontrol mode will be canceled and willreturn to the manual mode.

LHA4633

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONERSETTINGS (if so equipped)


∙ If the surface temperature of thesteering-wheel is above the tempera-ture within which the system is de-signed to operate, the system will notheat the steering-wheel. This is not amalfunction.

The air conditioner system in your INFINITIvehicle is charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm the earth’sozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant isrequired when servicing your INFINITI airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage to yourair conditioner system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Air conditioner system re-frigerant and oil recommendations” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for servicing your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrig-erant under high pressure. To avoid per-sonal injury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experiencedtechnician with proper equipment.

There are USB/iPod® charging ports locatedin the 1st row on the inside of the console boxand in the 2nd row on the back of the centerconsole. These ports will charge compatibledevices.

NOTE:

The USB/iPod® charging ports will not op-erate with the display screen. Only the USBconnection port located beneath the instru-ment panel will operate USB/iPod® devices.

1st row

LHA4564

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS


The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin an-tenna and an antenna pattern is printed in-side the rear window.

CAUTION

∙ Do not place metalized film near the rearwindow glass or attach any metal partsto it. This may cause poor reception ornoise.

∙ When cleaning the inside of the rear win-dow, be careful not to scratch or damagethe rear window antenna. Lightly wipealong the antenna with a dampened softcloth.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phonein your vehicle, be sure to observe the follow-ing precautions; otherwise, the new equip-ment may adversely affect the engine controlsystem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

∙ A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cel-lular phones while driving.

∙ If you must make a call while your vehicleis in motion, the hands free cellular phoneoperational mode is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

∙ If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking on thephone, pull off the road to a safe locationand stop your vehicle.

2nd row

LHA4565

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


CAUTION

∙ Keep the antenna as far away as possiblefrom the electronic control modules.

∙ Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harnesses. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

∙ Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

∙ Connect the ground wire from the CB ra-dio chassis to the body.

∙ For additional information,, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for servicing.


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . .5-5On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Avoiding collision and rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Rapid air pressure loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) drivingsafety precautions (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . .5-15Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16INFINITI Intelligent Key batterydischarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . 5-18Driving the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25When towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Automatic brake hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26How to activate/deactivate theautomatic brake hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27How to use the automatic brake holdfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Personal mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29ECO mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped). . . 5-32System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Turning the Traffic Sign Recognition(TSR) system on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-37

LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38


Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

LDP system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

How to enable/disable the LDP system . . . . . . 5-42

LDP system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43



Blind Spot Warning (BSW). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-48

BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49

BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50


System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped) . . . 5-54

BSI system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56How to enable/disable the BSI system . . . . . . . 5-58BSI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

BSI driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61


System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68How to enable/disable the RCTA system . . . . 5-70RCTA system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-71System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicleswithout ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . .5-77

How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . . 5-79Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode. . . . . 5-79Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeoperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modelimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93


Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96

ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

ProPILOT Assist system operation. . . . . . . . . . 5-103

Turning the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106Operating ProPILOT Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107How to enable/disable the SteeringAssist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (forvehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130

Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) . . 5-133DCA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135How to enable/disable the DCA system. . . . . 5-138DCA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140DCA driving situations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145RAB system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146

Turning the RAB system on/off. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147

RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151Turning the FEB with PedestrianDetection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159

Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW). . 5-160PFCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162Turning the PFCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . 5-163PFCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171Fuel efficient driving tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-176Power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177

Electric power steering type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-177Direct Adaptive Steering® type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-178

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-180Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-181

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. . . . . . . . . 5-182Brake force distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-183

Chassis Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-184Active Trace Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-184Active Engine Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-185Active Ride Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-186

Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-186Front and rear sonar system (if so equipped). . . . 5-187

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-187How to enable/disable the sonar system . . . . 5-190Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-190System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-190System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-191Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-192Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-193

Active noise cancellation/Active soundenhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-193

Active noise cancellation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-194Active sound enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-194

WARNING

∙ Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistance ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acciden-tally injure themselves or others throughinadvertent operation of the vehicle.Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures ina closed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

∙ Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness or death.

∙ If you suspect that exhaust fumes are en-tering the vehicle, drive with all windowsfully open, and have the vehicle inspectedimmediately.

∙ Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

∙ Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

∙ Keep the rear vent windows, liftgates,doors and trunk lids (if so equipped)closed while driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive with oneof these open, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation buttonto off and the fan control dial to highto circulate the air.

∙ If electrical wiring or other cable connec-tions must pass to a trailer through theseal on the liftgate or the body, followthe manufacturer’s recommendation toprevent carbon monoxide entry into thevehicle.

∙ The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the three-way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

∙ The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from the ex-haust system components.

∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam-mable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and causea fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

CAUTION

∙ Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability to helpreduce exhaust pollutants.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctionsin the ignition, fuel injection, or electricalsystems can cause over rich fuel flow intothe three-way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving if the en-gine misfires, or if noticeable loss of per-formance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

∙ Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not race the engine while warming itup.

∙ Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.(If your vehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pressurefor those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. Accord-ingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illu-minates, you should stop and check all yourtires as soon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire to overheatand can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitutefor proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv-er’s responsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMSfrom functioning properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale after replacing oneor more tires or wheels on your vehicle to en-sure that the replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-5

Additional information:

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSdoes not monitor the tire pressure of thespare tire.

∙ The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph(25 km/h). Also, this system may not de-tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample, a flat tire while driving).

∙ The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMSand turn off the low tire pressure warninglight. Use a tire pressure gauge to checkthe tire pressure.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warn-ing appears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the low tire pressure warn-ing light is illuminated and low tire pres-sure is detected. The “Tire Pressure Low -Add Air” warning turns off when the lowtire pressure warning light turns off.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warn-ing appears each time the ignition switchis in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warn-ing does not appear if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to indicatea TPMS malfunction.

∙ Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s opera-tion and the outside temperature. Do notreduce the tire pressure after driving be-cause the tire pressure rises after driving.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

∙ The Tire and Loading Information label islocated in the driver’s door opening.

∙ You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the vehicleinformation display screen. The order ofthe tire pressure figures displayed on thescreen corresponds with the actual orderof the tire position.

For additional information, refer to “Low tirepressure warning light” and “Tire PressureLow — Add Air” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

WARNING



∙ If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warning lightoff. If you have a flat tire, replace it with areplacement tire as soon as possible. (Foradditional information, refer to “Flattire” in the “In case of emergency” sectionfor changing a flat tire.)

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel is re-placed, tire pressure will not be indicated,the TPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have your tiresreplaced and/or TPMS system reset assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tiresealant into the tires, as this may cause amalfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

∙ The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped with tirechains or the wheels are buried in snow.

∙ Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of the sig-nals from the tire pressure sensors, andthe TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tempo-rarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressure warn-ing light to illuminate.

Some examples are:

∙ Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

∙ If a transmitter set to similar frequenciesis being used in or near the vehicle.

∙ If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light may illu-minate in the following cases:

∙ If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

∙ If the TPMS has been replaced and the IDhas not been registered.

∙ If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.


FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this de-vice must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator

When adding air to an under-inflated tire, theTPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator providesvisual and audible signals outside the vehicleto help you inflate the tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. Do not start the engine.

Operation:

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

∙ If the tire is over-inflated more thanapproximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flashthree times. To correct the pressure,push the core of the valve stem on thetire briefly to release pressure. Whenthe pressure reaches the designatedpressure, the horn beeps once.

∙ If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indi-cator is not operating.

∙ The TPMS will not activate the TPMSwith Tire Inflation Indicator under thefollowing conditions:

– If there is interference from an exter-nal device or transmitter.

– The air pressure from the inflation de-vice is not sufficient to inflate the tire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.

– There is a malfunction in the horn orhazard indicators.

– The identification code of the tirepressure sensor is not registered tothe system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sensoris low.

∙ If the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatordoes not operate due to TPMS interfer-ence, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m)backward or forward and try again.

If the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator isnot working, use a tire pressure gauge.


ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of per-forming in a variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. This gives them a highercenter of gravity than ordinary vehicles. Anadvantage of higher ground clearance is abetter view of the road, allowing you to an-ticipate problems. However, they are not de-signed for cornering at the same speeds asconventional 2-Wheel Drive vehicles anymore than low-slung sports cars are de-signed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpturns at high speeds. As with other vehicles ofthis type, failure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly may result in loss of control or vehiclerollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.

For additional information, refer to “Drivingsafety precautions” in this section.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of con-trol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control could re-sult in a collision with other vehicles or ob-jects or cause the vehicle to roll over, par-ticularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the influ-ence of alcohol or drugs (including prescrip-tion or over-the-counter drugs which maycause drowsiness). Always wear your seatbelt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sec-tion of this manual, and also instruct yourpassengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person is sig-nificantly more likely to be injured or killedthan a person properly wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. Ifthis occurs, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please notethat this procedure is only a general guide.The vehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle, roadand traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt todrive the vehicle back onto the road sur-face until vehicle speed is reduced.


6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires returnto the road surface. When all tires are onthe road surface, steer the vehicle to stayin the appropriate driving lane.

∙ If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface basedon vehicle, road or traffic conditions,gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in asafe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by driving onunder-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especially athighway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspecting the tires for wear and damage. Foradditional information, refer to “Wheels andtires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual. If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure below.Please note that this procedure is only a gen-

eral guide. The vehicle must be driven as ap-propriate based on the conditions of the ve-hicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

∙ The vehicle generally moves or pulls in thedirection of the flat tire.

∙ Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

∙ Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

∙ Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe lo-cation off the road and away from traf-fic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency service tochange the tire. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency section of this manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving after drink-ing alcohol increases the likelihood of beinginvolved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severityof the injury.


INFINITI is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive under theinfluence of alcohol. Every year thousands ofpeople are injured or killed in alcohol-relatedaccidents. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxicated,the fact is that alcohol affects all people dif-ferently and most people underestimate theeffects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your INFINITI is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid driving indeep water or mud as your INFINITI is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that 2-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow or mud,or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

∙ Spinning the front wheels on slipperysurfaces may cause the AWD warningmessage to display and the AWD systemto automatically switch from the AWD tothe 2WD mode. This could reduce thetraction. Be especially careful when tow-ing a trailer (AWD models).

∙ Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle shouldbe seated with their seat belt fastened.This will keep you and your passengers inposition when driving over rough terrain.

∙ Do not drive across steep slopes. Insteaddrive either straight up or straight downthe slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip oversideways much more easily than they canforward or backward.

∙ Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. Ifyou drive up them, you may stall. If youdrive down them, you may not be able tocontrol your speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

∙ Do not shift gears while driving on down-hill grades as this could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

∙ Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause anaccident.

∙ If your engine stalls or you cannot make itto the top of a steep hill, never attempt toturn around. Your vehicle could tip or rollover. Always back straight down in R(Reverse) gear and apply brakes to con-trol your speed.

∙ Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat and fade,resulting in loss of control and an acci-dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a lowgear to control your speed.

∙ Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

∙ Secure heavy loads in the cargo area asfar forward and as low as possible. Do notequip the vehicle with tires larger thanspecified in this manual. This could causeyour vehicle to roll over.


∙ Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move suddenlyand injure your hands. Instead drive withyour fingers and thumbs on the outside ofthe rim.

∙ Before operating the vehicle, ensure thatthe driver and all passengers have theirseat belts fastened.

∙ Always drive with the floor mats in placeas the floor may become hot.

∙ Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your INFINITI is more affectedby strong side winds. Slower speeds en-sure better vehicle control.

∙ Do not drive beyond the performance ca-pability of the tires, even with AWDengaged.

∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any drive orreverse position with the engine running.Doing so may result in drivetrain damageor unexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

∙ Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing) or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

∙ When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.

∙ Accelerating quickly, sharp steering ma-neuvers or sudden braking may cause lossof control.

∙ If at all possible, avoid sharp turning ma-neuvers, particularly at high speeds. YourINFINITI vehicle has a higher center ofgravity than a passenger car. The vehicleis not designed for cornering at the samespeeds as passenger cars. Failure to op-erate this vehicle correctly could result inloss of control and/or a rollover accident.

∙ Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the frontwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

∙ Be sure to check the brakes immediatelyafter driving in mud or water. For addi-tional information, refer to “Brake pre-cautions” in this section.

∙ Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills.If you get out of the vehicle and it rollsforward, backward or sideways, youcould be injured.

∙ Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as the wheelhub, more frequent maintenance may berequired. For additional information, re-fer to “Maintenance under severe oper-ating conditions” in the “Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manual.


INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD) DRIVING SAFETYPRECAUTIONS (if so equipped)

WARNING


∙ Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the frontwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

∙ This vehicle is not designed for off-road(rough road) use. Do not drive on sandy ormuddy roads that tires may get stuck in.

∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any D(Drive) or R (Reverse) position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

∙ Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing) or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

∙ When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except in anemergency. (The engine will stop when theignition switch is pushed three consecutivetimes in quick succession or the ignitionswitch is pushed and held for more than2 seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could lead to acrash and serious injury.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch will change as follows:

Push the ignition switch center:

∙ Once to change to ON.

∙ Two times to change to OFF.

The ignition switch will automatically returnto the LOCK position when any door is eitheropened or closed with the switch in the OFFposition.

The ignition lock is designed so that the igni-tion switch cannot be placed in the OFF po-sition until the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

When the ignition switch cannot be placed inthe OFF position, proceed as follows:

1. Press the Park button to place the ve-hicle in the P (Park) position.

2. Push the ignition switch. The ignitionswitch position will change to the ONposition.

3. Push the ignition switch again to theOFF position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is in theON position and the brake pedal is de-pressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, theignition switch cannot be moved from theLOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operationare displayed on the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomes nar-rower and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key, topush the ignition switch to start the engine.

LSD2911 LSD2020


The operating range of the engine start func-tion is inside of the vehicle �1 .

∙ The luggage area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Keymay function.

∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed on the in-strument panel or inside the glove box,storage bin or door pocket, the IntelligentKey may not function.

∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITIONSWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)

The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it isplaced in the ON position while carrying theIntelligent Key.

The ignition switch will lock when any door isopened or closed with the ignition switchedoff.

ON (Normal operating position)

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will placethe ignition switch in the OFF position, if thevehicle is not running, after some time underthe following conditions:

∙ All doors are closed.

∙ The shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be canceled ifany of the following occur:

∙ Any door is opened.

∙ The shift lever is moved out of the P(Park) position.

∙ The ignition switch changes position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in the ON position when the engineis not running for an extended period. Thiscan discharge the battery.

OFF

The ignition switch is in the OFF positionwhen the engine is turned off using the igni-tion switch. No lights will illuminate on theignition switch.

AUTO ACC

With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, theIntelligent Key with you and the ignitionswitch placed from the ON position to theOFF position, the radio can still be used for aperiod of time, or until the driver’s door isopened.

After a period of time, functions such as ra-dio, navigation, and Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System may be restarted by pressingthe POWER button/VOLUME control knobor the key fob unlock button. For additionalinformation, refer to the “Monitor, climate,audio, phone and voice recognition systems”section of this manual.


EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

To shut off the engine in an emergency situ-ation while driving, perform the followingprocedure:

∙ Rapidly push the ignition switch threeconsecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

∙ Push and hold the ignition switch formore than 2 seconds.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEYBATTERY DISCHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is dis-charged or environmental conditions inter-fere with the Intelligent Key operation, startthe engine according to the following proce-dure:


2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intel-ligent Key as illustrated. (A chime willsound.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depress-ing the brake pedal within 10 secondsafter the chime sounds. The engine willstart.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ON.

NOTE:

∙ When the ignition switch is placed in theON position or the engine is started bythe above procedure, the Intelligent Keybattery discharge indicator may appearin the vehicle information display evenwhen the Intelligent Key is inside the ve-hicle. This is not a malfunction. To turnoff the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator, touch the ignition switch withthe Intelligent Key again.

∙ If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears, replace the battery assoon as possible. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Battery replacement” inthe “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

LSD3572


INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the useof the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredkey, it may be due to interference caused byanother registered key, an automated tollroad device or automated payment device onthe key ring. Restart the engine using thefollowing procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately5 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredkey.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

∙ Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

∙ Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and windshield-washerfluid as frequently as possible, or at leastwhenever you refuel.

∙ Check that all windows and lights areclean.

∙ Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

∙ Check that all doors are closed.

∙ Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

∙ Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

∙ Fasten seat belts and ask all passengersto do likewise.

∙ Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position. For additional information,refer to “Warning lights, indicator lightsand audible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Press the Park button to place the ve-hicle in P (Park) or move the shift lever toN (Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe shift lever is in any of the drivingpositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. Depress the brake pedal and pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch while de-pressing the brake pedal with the ignitionswitch in any position.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator pedala little (approximately 1/3 to the floor)and while holding, crank the engine.Release the accelerator pedal whenthe engine starts.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


∙ If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switch tothe ON position to start cranking theengine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignition switchto the LOCK position. After crankingthe engine, release the acceleratorpedal. Crank the engine with your footoff the accelerator pedal by depress-ing the brake pedal and pushing theignition switch to start the engine. Ifthe engine starts, but fails to run, re-peat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and wait 10 seconds before crank-ing again, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up:

Allow the engine to idle for at least30 seconds after starting. Do not racethe engine while warming it up. Drive at amoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shut-ting it off. Starting and stopping the en-gine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

5. To stop the engine, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances. Inthese cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)

Vehicles started with the Remote EngineStart require the ignition switch to be placedin the ON position before the shift lever canbe moved from the P (Park) position. To placethe ignition switch in the ON position, followthese steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is onyou.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information, refer to “INFINITIIntelligent Key” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING

∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so use cau-tion when shifting into a forward or reversegear before the engine has warmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive)position while the vehicle is reversing.This could cause an accident or damagethe transmission.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

CAUTION

∙ To avoid possible damage to your vehicle,when stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by depress-ing the accelerator pedal. The foot brakeshould be used for this purpose.

∙ Do not hang items on the shift lever. Thismay cause an accident due to a suddenstart.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con-trolled to produce maximum power andsmooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures forthis transmission are shown on the followingpages. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and driving enjoy-ment.

Engine power may be automatically reducedto protect the CVT if the engine speed in-creases quickly when driving on slipperyroads or while being tested on some dyna-mometers.

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depressthe foot brake pedal before moving theshift lever out of the P (Park) position.This Continuously Variable Transmis-

sion is designed so that the foot brakepedal must be depressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) to any driving positionwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe P (Park) position and into any of theother positions if the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand move the shift lever to a driving po-sition.

3. Release the parking brake and footbrake pedal and then gradually start thevehicle in motion.

WARNING

∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so use cau-tion when shifting into a forward or re-verse gear before the engine has warmedup.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive)position while the vehicle is reversing.This could cause an accident or damagethe transmission.

CAUTION

∙ To avoid possible damage to your vehicle,when stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by depress-ing the accelerator pedal. The foot brakeshould be used for this purpose.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

∙ Do not hang items on the shift lever. Thismay cause an accident due to a suddenstart.

Shifting

Press the button to shift

Shift without pressing the button

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal, press the shift lever button andmove the shift lever from the P (Park) positionto any of the desired shift positions. Confirmthat the vehicle is in the desired shift positionby checking the shift indicator located nearthe shift lever or the vehicle information dis-play.

WARNING

Apply the electronic parking brake if theshift lever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

CAUTION

∙ Use the P (Park), R (Reverse) or D (Drive)position only when the vehicle is com-pletely stopped.

∙ When switching to the desired shift posi-tion by operating the shift lever, checkthat the shift lever returns to the centralposition by releasing your hand from theshift lever. Holding the shift lever in amid-way position may also damage theshift control system.

∙ Do not operate the shift lever while theaccelerator pedal is depressed. This maycause a sudden start which could result inan accident.

∙ The following operations are not allowedbecause excessive force would be appliedto the transmission and this may result indamage to the vehicle:

– Moving the shift lever to the R (Re-verse) position when driving forward.

LSD2994


– Moving the shift lever to the D (Drive)position when reversing.

If these operations are attempted, a chimesounds and the vehicle shifts to the N (Neu-tral) position.

P (Park)

CAUTION

∙ To prevent transmission damage, use theP (Park) position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

∙ Do not slide the shift lever while pressingthe Park button. This may damage theshift control system.

Use this position when the vehicle is parkedor starting the engine. Always make sure thatthe vehicle is completely stopped beforepressing the Park button �1 to engage the P(Park) position. For maximum safety, thebrake pedal must be depressed before en-gaging the P (Park) position. Use this positiontogether with the parking brake. When park-ing on a hill, first depress the brake pedal,apply the parking brake and then engage theP (Park) position. The parking lock should notbe used as a brake when parking. In order to

secure the vehicle, always apply the elec-tronic parking brake in addition to the parkinglock.

In the event of a malfunction of the vehicle’selectronics, the transmission may lock in theP (Park) position. Have the vehicle’s electron-ics checked immediately. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

The P (Park) position is automatically en-gaged if:

∙ You switch off the ignition switch.

∙ You unfasten the driver’s seat belt andopen the driver’s door when the vehicle isstationary or driving at a very low speedand the transmission is in the D (Drive)position or R (Reverse) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use the R(Reverse) position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pressed to move the shift lever fromthe idle position to R (Reverse).

If the vehicle is placed in the R (Reverse)position while forwarding, the chime willsound and the vehicle will switch into the N(Neutral) position.

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving. You canselect this position to hold the shift lever atthis position for 0.5 seconds.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forward driv-ing. The CVT changes gears automatically. Allforward gears are available. If the vehicle isplaced in the D (Drive) position while revers-ing, the chime will sound and the vehicle willswitch into the N (Neutral) position.


Manual shift mode

The transmission enters the manual shiftmode by moving the shift lever again to the D(Drive) position when the vehicle is in the Drange.

You can select the manual shift range bypulling the right side or left side paddle shifter

�A and �B . To cancel the manual shift mode,move the shift lever to the D (Drive) positionagain. The transmission returns to the auto-matic drive mode.

When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive)to the manual shift mode with the vehicle

stopped or while driving, the transmissionenters the manual shift mode. Shift rangescan be selected manually. Shift ranges canalso be selected using the paddle shifters onthe steering wheel. When you pull the paddleshifter while in the D (Drive) position, thetransmission will shift to the upper or lowerrange temporarily. If the paddle shifters arenot used for about 5–10 seconds, the trans-mission will automatically return to the D(Drive) position. If you want to return to the D(Drive) position manually, pull and hold eitherpaddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in the me-ter. When moving the shift lever to themanual shift mode, the position indicator dis-plays 1 (1st) up to 8 (8th) depending on ve-hicle speed.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as fol-lows:

1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5 ⇔ 6 ⇔ 7⇔ 8

8 (8th)

Use this position for all normal forward driv-ing at highway speeds.

7 (7th), 6 (6th) and 5 (5th)

Use this position when driving up long slopes,or for engine braking when driving down longslopes.

4 (4th), 3 (3rd) and 2 (2nd)

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

1 (1st)

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or when driving slowly, or for maxi-mum engine braking on steep downhillgrades.

Manual shift gate

LSD2822

Paddle shifters

LSD2914


∙ Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than8th gear. This reduces fuel economy.

When shifting up

Use the + (up) side paddle shifter. (Shifts tohigher range.)

When shifting down

Use the � (down) side paddle shifter. (Shiftsto lower range.)

∙ The transmission will automaticallydownshift the gears. (For example, if youselect the 3rd range, the transmission willshift down between the 3rd and 1stgears.)

∙ Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succes-sion.

When canceling the manual shift mode

Move the shift lever to the D (Drive) positionto return the transmission to the normal driv-ing mode.

∙ In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving performanceand reduces the chance of vehicle dam-age or loss of control.

∙ When this situation occurs, the Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator will blink and the chimewill sound.

∙ In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may shift up automatically to ahigher range than selected if the enginespeed is too high. When the vehiclespeed decreases, the transmission auto-matically shifts down and shifts to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to a stop.

∙ CVT operation is limited to automaticdrive mode when CVT fluid temperatureis extremely low even if manual shiftmode is selected. This is not a malfunc-tion. When CVT fluid warms up, manualmode can be selected.

∙ When the CVT fluid temperature is high,the shift range may upshift in lower rpmthan usual. This is not a malfunction.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —

For passing or hill climbing, depress the ac-celerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, de-pending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmode

This transmission has a high fluid tempera-ture protection mode. If the fluid temperaturebecomes too high (for example, when climb-ing steep grades in high temperatures withheavy loads, such as when towing a trailer),engine power and, under some conditions,vehicle speed will be decreased automaticallyto reduce the chance of transmission dam-age. Vehicle speed can be controlled with theaccelerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be limited.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, theContinuously Variable Transmission will notbe shifted into the selected driving position.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-tions, such as excessive wheel spinning andsubsequent hard braking, the fail-safe sys-tem may be activated. The Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL) may come on to indicatethe fail-safe mode is activated. For addi-tional information, refer to “Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL)” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual. This will oc-cur even if all electrical circuits are function-ing properly. In this case, place the ignition


switch in the OFF position and wait for10 seconds. Then place the ignition switchback in the ON position. The vehicle shouldreturn to its normal operating condition. If itdoes not return to its normal operating con-dition, have the transmission checked andrepaired, if necessary. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs, ve-hicle speed may be gradually reduced. Thereduced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chance of acollision. Be especially careful when driving.If necessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmission to re-turn to normal operation, or have it re-paired if necessary.

WARNING

∙ Be sure the parking brake is fully releasedbefore driving. Failure to do so can causebrake failure and lead to an accident.

∙ Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the shift lever in place of theparking brake. When parking, be sure theparking brake is fully engaged.


The electronic parking brake can be appliedor released automatically or by operating theparking brake switch.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

The electronic parking brake will apply auto-matically if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position when the brake force is main-tained by the automatic brake hold function.

The electronic parking brake is automaticallyreleased as soon as the vehicle starts and theaccelerator pedal is depressed.

The driver’s seat belt needs to be fastened.

LSD2915

ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE


WARNING

∙ The electronic parking brake will not beautomatically applied when the engine isstopped without using the ignitionswitch (for example, by engine stalling).Without the vehicle stationary, the elec-tronic parking brake will not be auto-matically applied even if the engine isturned off with the ignition switch.

∙ Before leaving the vehicle, press the Parkbutton to place the vehicle in the P (Park)position and check that the electronicparking brake indicator light (red) is illu-minated to confirm that the electronicparking brake is applied. The electronicparking brake indicator light (red) will re-main on for a period of time after thedriver’s door is locked.

CAUTION

When parking in an area where the outsidetemperature is below 32°F (0°C), do not ap-ply the parking brake to prevent it fromfreezing.

For safe parking, place the shift lever in theP (Park) position and securely block thewheels.

NOTE:

∙ If a malfunction occurs in the electronicparking brake system (for example, dueto battery discharge), it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer.

∙ If the shift lever is moved to the P (Park)position when the brake force is main-tained by the automatic brake hold func-tion, the electronic parking brake willapply automatically.

∙ If the driver’s seat belt is unfastenedwhen the brake force is maintained bythe automatic brake hold function, theelectronic parking brake will apply auto-matically.

∙ If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition when the brake force is main-tained by the automatic brake hold func-tion, the electronic parking brake willapply automatically.

MANUAL OPERATION

The electronic parking brake will not be auto-matically applied if the engine is stoppedwithout using the ignition switch (for ex-ample, by engine stalling). In such a case, youhave to apply the parking brake manually.

To apply: Pull the switch up �1 . The indicatorlight �A will illuminate.

To release: With the ignition switch in the ONposition, depress the brake pedal and pushthe switch down �2 . The indicator light �Awill turn off.

Before driving, check that the electronicparking brake indicator light (red) (if so

equipped) or goes out. For addi-tional information, refer to “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible reminders” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

NOTE:

∙ A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is drivenwithout releasing the parking brake. Foradditional information, refer to “Warn-ing lights, indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

∙ While the electronic parking brake is ap-plied or released, an operating sound isheard from the lower side of the rearseat. This is normal and does not indicatea malfunction.


∙ When the electronic parking brake is fre-quently applied and released in a shortperiod of time, the parking brake maynot operate in order to prevent the park-ing brake system from overheating. Ifthis occurs, operate the electronic park-ing brake switch again after waiting ap-proximately 1 minute.

∙ If the electronic parking brake must beapplied while driving in an emergency,pull up and hold the parking brakeswitch. When you release the parkingbrake switch, the parking brake will bereleased.

∙ While pulling up the electronic parkingbrake switch during driving, the parkingbrake is applied and a chime sounds. Theelectronic parking brake indicator light(red) in the meter and in the parkingbrake switch illuminates. This does notindicate a malfunction. The electronicparking brake indicator light (red) in themeter and in the parking brake switchturns off when the parking brake is re-leased.

∙ When pulling the electronic parkingbrake switch up with the ignition switchin the OFF or AUTO ACC position, theparking brake switch indicator light willcontinue to illuminate for a short periodof time.

WHEN TOWING A TRAILERDepending on the weight of the vehicle andtrailer and the steepness of the slope, theremay be a tendency for the vehicle to movebackwards when starting from a standstill.When this occurs, you can use the parkingbrake switch in the same way as a conven-tional lever type parking brake.

Before starting on sloping roads when tow-ing a trailer, be sure to read the following toprevent the vehicle from moving backwardsunintentionally.

∙ Release the parking brake switch as soonas the engine is delivering enough torqueto the wheels.

The automatic brake hold function maintainsthe braking force without the driver having todepress the brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped at a traffic light or intersection. Assoon as the driver depresses the acceleratorpedal again, the automatic brake hold func-tion is deactivated and the braking force isreleased. The operating status of the auto-matic brake hold can be displayed on thevehicle information display.

WARNING

∙ The automatic brake hold function is notdesigned to hold the vehicle on a steep hillor slippery road. Never use the automaticbrake hold when the vehicle is stopped ona steep hill or slippery road. Failure to doso may cause the vehicle to move.

∙ When the automatic brake hold functionis activated but fails to maintain the ve-hicle at a standstill, depress the brakepedal to stop the vehicle. If the vehicleunexpectedly moves due to outside con-ditions, the chime may sound and auto-matic brake hold warning may illuminatein the vehicle information display.

∙ Be sure to deactivate the automaticbrake hold function when using a carwash or towing your vehicle.

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD


∙ Make sure to place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake when parking your vehicle, riding onor off the vehicle, or loading luggage. Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle to moveor roll away unexpectedly and result in se-rious personal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

∙ If any of the following conditions occur,the automatic brake hold function maynot function. Have the system checkedpromptly. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

– A warning message appears in the ve-hicle information display.

– The indicator light on the automaticbrake hold switch does not illuminatewhen the switch is pushed.

∙ The automatic brake hold function willnot be activated if the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFF indicator light, elec-tronic parking brake warning light ormaster warning light illuminate and thechassis control system fault message ap-pears in the vehicle information display.

∙ To maintain the braking force to keep thevehicle to a standstill, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTION

For additional information on activating anddeactivating the automatic brake hold func-tion, refer to the instructions outlined in thissection.

How to activate the automaticbrake hold function

1. With the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, push the automatic brake holdswitch �1 . The indicator light on the au-tomatic brake hold switch �2 illuminates.

2. When the automatic brake hold functiongoes into standby, the automatic brakehold indicator light (white) illuminates.

To use the automatic brake hold function, thefollowing conditions need to be met:

∙ The driver’s seat belt is fastened.

∙ The electronic parking brake is released.

∙ The shift lever is not in the P (Park) posi-tion.

∙ The vehicle is not parked on a steep hill

NOTE:

The automatic brake hold function resets toOFF every time the ignition switch is switchedfrom the ON position to the OFF position.

How to deactivate the automaticbrake hold function

While the automatic brake hold function isactivated, push the automatic brake holdswitch to turn off the automatic brake holdindicator light and deactivate the automaticbrake hold function. To deactivate the auto-matic brake hold function while the brakeforce has been maintained by the automaticbrake hold function, depress the brake pedaland push the automatic brake hold switch.

LSD2916


CAUTION

Make sure to firmly depress and hold thebrake pedal when turning off the automaticbrake hold function while the brake force isapplied. When the automatic brake holdfunction is deactivated, the brake force willbe released. This could cause the vehicle tomove or roll away unexpectedly and resultin an accident.

HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTION

For additional information on using the auto-matic brake hold function, refer to the in-structions outlined in this section.

To maintain braking forceautomatically

With the automatic brake hold function acti-vated and the automatic brake hold indicatorlight (white) illuminated on the meter, depressthe braking pedal to stop the vehicle. Thebrake force is automatically applied withoutyour foot depressed on the brake pedal.While the brake hold is maintained, the auto-matic brake hold indicator light (green) illumi-nates on the meter.

To start the vehicle from a standstill

With the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position, depress the acceleratorpedal while the brake force is maintained. Thebrake force will automatically be released torestart the vehicle.

The automatic brake hold indicator light(white) on the meter illuminates and the au-tomatic brake hold returns to standby.

Parking

When the shift lever is in the P (Park) positionwith the brake force maintained by the auto-matic brake hold function, the parking brakewill automatically be applied and the brakeforce of the automatic brake hold will bereleased. The automatic brake hold indicatorlight turns off. When the parking brake isapplied with the brake force maintained bythe automatic brake hold function, the brakeforce of the automatic brake hold will bereleased. The automatic brake hold indicatorlight turns off.

NOTE:

∙ Under the following conditions, theparking brake will automatically be ap-plied and the brake force of the auto-matic brake hold will be released:

– The braking force is applied by theautomatic brake hold function for3 minutes or longer

– The driver’s seat belt is unfastened

– The ignition switch is placed in theOFF position

– If a malfunction occurs in the auto-matic brake hold function

∙ When the vehicle stops, but the brakeforce is not automatically applied, de-press the brake pedal firmly until the au-tomatic brake hold indicator light(green) illuminates.

Automatic brake hold functiondisplay

The automatic brake hold function status canbe checked in the “Chassis Control” mode inthe vehicle information display. For additionalinformation, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.


Four driving modes can be selected by usingthe Drive Mode Selector switch: STAN-DARD, SPORT, ECO and PERSONAL.

NOTE:

∙ When the Drive Mode Selector switchselects a mode, the mode may not switchquickly. This is not a malfunction.

∙ Select the STANDARD mode center fornormal driving.

STANDARD MODE

STANDARD mode is recommended for nor-mal driving. Push the Drive Mode Selectorswitch until “STANDARD” appears in the ve-hicle information display. STANDARD modewill also be displayed in the upper display.

SPORT MODE

The SPORT mode adjusts the engine andtransmission to enhance performance. Pushthe Drive Mode Selector switch to theSPORT position. “SPORT” appears in the ve-hicle information display. SPORT mode willalso be displayed in the upper display.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

PERSONAL MODE

PERSONAL mode is used for adjusting thesteering mode and drive modes. Turn thePERSONAL mode off for normal driving.Push the Drive Mode Selector switch until“PERSONAL” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display. PERSONAL mode will also bedisplayed in the upper display. For additionalinformation, refer to the INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

How to set the PERSONAL mode

Perform the following steps to set the PER-SONAL mode:

1. Press the MENU button �1 and select“Drive Mode Selector” on the lower dis-play.

2. Select “Engine/Transmission,” “Steer-ing,” “Active Trace Control” or “ActiveEngine Brake” and select each item. (See“Engine/Transmission,” “Steering,” “Ac-tive Trace Control” or “Active EngineBrake” about the feature of each item.)

Drive Mode Selector switch

LSD2917 LSD2982

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR


3. Select “Back” or press the MENU buttonto finish the PERSONAL mode setting.

Engine/Transmission:

“Engine/Transmission” can be set to “Stan-dard,” “Sport” or “Eco.”

Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering®):

Four combinations of steering mode andsteering response can be set.

Mode Response

Sport

Dynamic+

Dynamic

Default

Standard Default

Steering (models without Direct AdaptiveSteering®):

“Steering” can be set to “Sport” or “Standard.”

Active Trace Control:

“Active Trace Control” can be set to ON (en-abled) or OFF (disabled). For additional infor-mation, refer to “Active Trace Control” in thissection.

Active Engine Brake:

“Active Engine Brake” can be set to ON (en-abled) or OFF (disabled). For additional infor-mation, refer to “Active Engine Brake” in thissection.

Reset Settings:

Select “Reset Settings” and select “OK” torestore all the PERSONAL mode settings todefault.

ECO MODE

The ECO mode adjusts the engine and trans-mission to enhance fuel economy.

NOTE:

Selecting this drive mode will not necessarilyimprove fuel economy as many driving fac-tors influence its effectiveness.

Operation

Push the Drive Mode Selector switch to theECO position. “ECO” appears in the vehicleinformation display and the ECO drive indi-cator light illuminates on the instrumentpanel. ECO mode will also be displayed in theupper display.

When the accelerator pedal is depressedwithin the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light illuminates in green.When the accelerator pedal is depressedabove the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light turns off. For ECO pedalsystem equipped models, refer to “ECO pedalsystem” in this section.

The ECO drive indicator light will not illumi-nate in the following cases:

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

∙ When the vehicle speed is below 3 mph(4.8 km/h) or over 90 mph (144 km/h).

∙ When the Intelligent Cruise Control sys-tem (if so equipped) is operated.

ECO pedal system (if so equipped)

The ECO pedal system helps assist the driverto improve fuel economy by increasing thereaction force of the accelerator pedal. Whenthe ECO drive indicator light is blinking orturns off, the ECO pedal system increasesthe reaction force of the accelerator pedal.


ECO drive indicatorlight

Illuminates orblinks

Illuminates(green)

When the pedalis depressed

within range ofeconomy drive

Blinks(green)


almost over therange of

economy drive

Not illumi-nated


over the rangeof economy

drive

When the ECO drive indicator light illumi-nates in green, the accelerator reaction forceis normal. When the ECO drive indicator lightis blinking or turns off, the ECO pedal systemincreases the reaction force of the accelera-tor pedal.

The ECO pedal system may not vary accel-erator reaction force under the followingconditions:

∙ When the shift lever is in the N (Neu-tral) or R (Reverse) position.

∙ When Intelligent Cruise Control (if soequipped) is being operated.

If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The ECO pedal systemwill not vary the reaction force of the accel-erator pedal.

When the Drive Mode Selector switch ispushed and the drive mode changes from theECO mode to another mode (STANDARD,SPORT or PERSONAL) while the ECO pedalsystem is operating, the ECO pedal systemcontinues to operate until the pedal is re-leased.

If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly,the ECO pedal system will not increase thereaction force of the accelerator pedal. TheECO pedal system is not designed to preventthe vehicle from accelerating.

Adjusting the ECO pedal system reactionforce

The ECO pedal system reaction force can beadjusted. The reaction force setting will bemaintained until the setting is changed even ifthe engine is turned off.

LSD2965


Setting ECO pedal reaction force

1. Press the MENU �1 button and select“Settings” in the lower display.

2. Select “Drive Mode Enhancement.”

3. Select “ECO Pedal” and then select ei-ther “OFF,” “Soft” or “Standard” in thelower display. When the ECO pedal sys-tem is turned off, the accelerator willoperate normally.

The TSR system provides the driver with in-formation about the most recently detectedspeed limit. The system captures the roadsign information with the multi-sensing frontcamera unit �1 located on the windshield infront of the inside rearview mirror and dis-plays the detected signs in the vehicle infor-mation display. For vehicles equipped with anavigation system, the speed limit displayedis based on a combination of navigation sys-tem data and live camera recognition. TSRinformation is always displayed at the top ofthe vehicle information display, and option-ally in the main central area of the displayscreen.

LSD3574 LSD2696 LSD2823

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR)(if so equipped)


WARNING

The TSR system is only intended to be asupport device to provide the driver withinformation. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic conditions orresponsibility to drive safely. It cannot pre-vent accidents due to carelessness. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert anddrive safely at all times.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) systemdisplays the following types of road signs:

�A Speed sign detected (in Canada)

�B Speed sign detected (in USA)

�C Speed sign detected (no speed limit de-tected)

�D “Do not pass” sign detected

CAUTION

∙ The TSR system is intended as an aid tocareful driving. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely, and ob-serve all road regulations that currentlyapply, including looking out for roadsigns.

LSD3330 LSD3378


∙ The TSR system may not function prop-erly under the following conditions:

– When the road sign is not clearly vis-ible, for example, due to damage orweather conditions.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindshield in front of the multi-sensing camera unit.

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if the aimingis not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the cameraunit. (For example, the light directlyshines on the front of the vehicle atsunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs. (For example, when the vehicleenters or exits a tunnel or under abridge.)

– In areas not covered by the navigationsystem.

– If there are deviations in relation tothe navigation, for example due tochanges in the road routing.

– When overtaking buses or trucks withspeed stickers.

TURNING THE TRAFFIC SIGNRECOGNITION (TSR) SYSTEM ONAND OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the TSR system.

1. Press the MENU button �1 below thelower display screen.

2. Select “Driver Assistance.”

3. Select “Traffic Sign Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Traffic Sign As-sist” system on or off.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]) and then started, theTSR system may be deactivated automati-cally. The “Not Available: High CameraTemp.” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced, theTSR system will resume operating automati-cally.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the TSR system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically and the system“Malfunction” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the TSR “Malfunction” message appears,pull of the road at a safe location and stop thevehicle. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the TSR “Malfunction” messagecontinues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LSD2965


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The TSR system uses the same multi-sensingfront camera unit that is used by the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system, located infront of the interior rearview mirror. For ad-ditional information, refer to ”System mainte-nance” in the “Lane Departure Warning(LDW)” section.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the LDW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of a potential unin-tended lane departure. It will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in the trav-eling lane, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The LDW system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only whenthe lane markings are clearly visible on theroad.

The LDW system monitors the lane markerson the traveling lane using the camera unit �1

located above the inside mirror.

The LDW system warns the driver with anindicator in the vehicle information displayand the steering wheel will vibrate, indicatingthat the vehicle is beginning to leave the driv-ing lane. For additional information, refer to“LDW system operation” in this section.LSD2823

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)


LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

The LDW system provides a lane departurewarning function when the vehicle is driven atspeeds of approximately 37 mph (60 km/h)and above and the lane markings are clear.When the vehicle approaches either the leftor the right side of the traveling lane, thesteering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indi-cator on the instrument panel will blink toalert the driver.

The warning function will stop when the ve-hicle returns inside of the lane markers.

LSD3040


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the LDW system:

1. Press the MENU button below the lowerdisplay screen.


3. Select “Lane Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Lane DepartureWarning” system on or off.

LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe LDW system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for proper use ofthe LDW system could result in serious in-jury or death.

∙ This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of a potential unin-tended lane departure. It will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in the trav-eling lane, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.LSD2919


∙ The system will not operate at speeds be-low approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) orif it cannot detect lane markers.

∙ Do not use the LDW system under thefollowing conditions as it may not func-tion properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, suchas on ice or snow.

– When driving on winding or unevenroads.

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

– When driving in a makeshift or tempo-rary lane.

– When driving on roads where the lanewidth is too narrow.

– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear, lowtire pressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, nonstandard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

– When you are towing a trailer or othervehicle.

The system may not function properly underthe following conditions:

∙ On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

∙ On roads where the discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

∙ On roads where there are sharp curves.

∙ On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-ing after road repairs. (The LDW systemcould detect these items as lane markers.)

∙ On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

∙ When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

∙ When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

∙ When rain, snow, dirt or an object ad-heres to the windshield in front of thelane camera unit.

∙ When the headlights are not bright due todirt on the lens or if the aiming is notadjusted properly.

∙ When strong light enters the lane cameraunit. (For example, the light directlyshines on the front of the vehicle at sun-rise or sunset.)

∙ When a sudden change in brightness oc-curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)


If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]) and then started, theLDW system may be deactivated automati-cally and the following message will appear inthe vehicle information display: “Not avail-able: High Camera Temp.”

When the interior temperature is reduced, theLDW system will resume operating auto-matically.


The LDW system is not designed to warnunder the following conditions:

∙ When you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the direc-tion of the signal. (The LDW system willbecome operable again approximately2 seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

∙ When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished andthe necessary operating conditions are satis-fied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit �1 for the LDW systemis located behind the inside mirror. To keepthe proper operation of the LDW system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:


∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

∙ Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instrumentpanel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-versely affect the camera unit’s capabilityof detecting the lane markers.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit. If the camera unit is dam-aged due to an accident, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer.

LSD3075


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the LDP systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The LDP system will not steer the vehicleor prevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

∙ The LDP system is primarily intended foruse on well-developed freeways or high-ways. It may not detect the lane markersin certain road, weather, or drivingconditions.

The LDP system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only whenthe lane markings are clearly visible on theroad.

The LDP system warns the driver with awarning indicator in the vehicle informationdisplay, the steering wheel will vibrate andhelps assist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane by applyingthe brakes to the left or right wheels individu-ally (for a short period of time).

The LDP system monitors the lane markerson the traveling lane using the camera unit �1

located above the inside mirror.

LSD2823

LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION(LDP) (if so equipped)


1. LDP indicator

2. Lower display buttons

3. Dynamic driver assistance switch (forvehicles without ProPILOT Assist)

4. ProPILOT Assist switch (for vehicleswith ProPILOT Assist)

LDP SYSTEM OPERATION

The LDP system operates above approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicleapproaches either the left or the right side ofthe traveling lane, the steering wheel will vi-brate and the LDP indicator (orange) on theinstrument panel will blink to alert the driver.Then, the LDP system will automatically ap-ply the brakes for a short period of time tohelp assist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane.

To turn on the LDP system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch (for vehicles withoutProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assistswitch (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) onthe steering wheel after starting the engine.The LDP indicator (green) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate. Push the dynamic driverassistance switch (for vehicles without Pro-PILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assist switch(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) on thesteering wheel again to turn off the LDPsystem. The LDP indicator will turn off.

LSD3140


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDP SYSTEM

When the LDP system is enabled in the lowerdisplay, the system can be turned off tempo-rarily by pushing the dynamic driver assis-tance switch (for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) or the ProPILOT Assist switch (forvehicles with ProPILOT Assist) on the steer-ing wheel.

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the LDP system.



3. Select “Lane Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Lane DeparturePrevention” system on or off.

NOTE:

Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system (if soequipped) will turn on the LDP system at thesame time. For additional information, referto “ProPILOT Assist” in this section.

LSD3141


LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for theLDP system. Failure to follow the warningsand instructions for proper use of the LDP sys-tem could result in serious injury or death.

∙ The LDP system may activate if youchange lanes without first activatingyour turn signal or, for example, if a con-struction zone directs traffic to cross anexisting lane marker. If this occurs youmay need to apply corrective steering tocomplete your lane change.

∙ Because the LDP may not activate underthe road, weather, and lane marker con-ditions described in this section, it maynot activate every time your vehicle be-gins to leave its lane and you will need toapply corrective steering.

∙ The LDP system will not operate at speedsbelow approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) orif it cannot detect lane markers.

∙ Do not use the LDP system under the fol-lowing conditions as it may not functionproperly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, suchas on ice or snow.



– When driving in a makeshift or tempo-rary lane.


– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear, lowtire pressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, non-standard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnonoriginal brake parts or suspensionparts.

– When you are towing a trailer or othervehicle.

The system may not function properly un-der the following conditions:

∙ On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

∙ On roads where discontinued lane mark-ers are still detectable.

∙ On roads where there are sharp curves.

∙ On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-ing after road repairs. (The LDP systemcould detect these items as lanemarkers.)

∙ On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

∙ When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

∙ When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

∙ When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindshield in front of the lane cameraunit.

∙ When the headlights are not bright dueto dirt on the lens or if the aiming is notadjusted properly.

∙ When strong light enters the lane cameraunit. (For example, the light directlyshines on the front of the vehicle at sun-rise or sunset.)


∙ When a sudden change in brightness oc-curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

While the LDP system is operating, you mayhear a sound of brake operation. This is nor-mal and indicates that the LDP system isoperating properly.


Condition A:

The warning and assist functions of the LDPsystem are not designed to work under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When you operate the lane change signaland change the traveling lanes in the di-rection of the signal. (The LDP system willbe deactivated for approximately 2 sec-onds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

∙ When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished andthe necessary operating conditions are satis-fied, the warning and assist functions willresume.

Condition B:

The assist function of the LDP system is notdesigned to work under the following condi-tions (warning is still functional):

∙ When the brake pedal is depressed.

∙ When the steering wheel is turned as faras necessary for the vehicle to changelanes.

∙ When the vehicle is accelerated duringLDP system operation.

∙ When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)approach warning occurs.

∙ When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

∙ When driving on a curve at high speed.

After the above conditions have finished andthe necessary operating conditions are satis-fied, the LDP system application of thebrakes will resume.

Condition C:

If the following messages appear in the ve-hicle information display the LDP system willbe turned off automatically:

∙ “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”:When the VDC system (except TractionControl System [TCS] function) or ABSoperates.

∙ “Currently not available”:When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch (for vehicles withoutProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assistswitch (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) onthe steering wheel again to turn the LDPsystem back on.


Temporary disabled status at high temperature:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]) and then the LDP sys-tem is turned on, the LDP system may bedeactivated automatically and the followingmessage will appear on the vehicle informa-tion display: “Not available: High CameraTemp.” When the interior temperature is re-duced, the system will resume operating au-tomatically.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit �1 for the LDP systemis located behind the inside mirror. To keepthe proper operation of the LDP system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:




∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit. If the camera unit is dam-aged due to an accident, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer.

LSD3075


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the BSW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The BSW system is not a replacement forproper driving procedures and is not de-signed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects. When changing lanes, alwaysuse the side and rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction your vehicle willmove to ensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes when chang-ing lanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensors �1 in-stalled near the rear bumper to detect othervehicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on ei-ther side of your vehicle within the detectionzone shown as illustrated. This detectionzone starts from the outside mirror of yourvehicle and extends approximately 10 ft(3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approxi-mately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

LSD2920

Detection zone

SSD1030

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)


1. Side Indicator Light

2. BSW Indicator

BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

The BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 mph (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator light �1

illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated,the system chimes (twice) and the side indi-cator light flashes. The side indicator lightcontinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

The side indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

The brightness of the side indicator light isadjusted automatically depending on thebrightness of the ambient light.

If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal, thenonly the side indicator light flashes and nochime sounds. For additional information, re-fer to “BSW driving situations” in this section.

LSD2921


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the BSW system.



3. Select “Blind Spot Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Blind SpotWarning” system on or off.

NOTE:

∙ When enabling/disabling the system,the system will retain current settingseven if the engine is restarted.

∙ The RCTA system is integrated into theBSW system. There is not a separate se-lection in the lower display for the RCTAsystem. When the BSW is disabled, theRCTA system is also disabled.

LSD2922


BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe BSW system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The BSW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensors may not be able to de-tect and activate BSW when certain ob-jects are present such as:

– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high ground clear-ance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detectionzone when you accelerate from a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakesrapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through the de-tection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are trav-eling close together.

∙ The radar sensors’ detection zone is de-signed based on a standard lane width.When driving in a wider lane, the radarsensors may not detect vehicles in an ad-jacent lane. When driving in a narrowlane, the radar sensors may detect ve-hicles driving two lanes away.

∙ The radar sensors are designed to ignoremost stationary objects; however, ob-jects such as guardrails, walls, foliage andparked vehicles may occasionally be de-tected. This is a normal operationcondition.

∙ The following conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on thevehicle

∙ Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the radar sen-sors. These conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

∙ Excessive noise (for example, audio sys-tem volume, open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.


BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal when another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

∙ The radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

LSD2299


LSD2300


∙ If the driver activates the turn signal be-fore a vehicle enters the detection zone,the side indicator light will flash but nochime will sound when the other vehicleis detected.

Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 3: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and that ve-hicle stays in the detection zone for approxi-mately 2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

∙ When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travelingclose together.

∙ The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passedquickly.

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

LSD2302


LSD2303



Entering from the side

Illustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside indicator light flashes.

NOTE:


Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

LSD2305


LSD2308


∙ The radar sensors may not detect a ve-hicle which is traveling at about the samespeed as your vehicle when it enters thedetection zone.


When radar blockage is detected, the systemwill be deactivated automatically. The “Un-available: Side Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog. The blocked conditionmay also be caused by objects such as ice,frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTAsystem will also stop working.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

Malfunction

If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

NOTE:


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors �1 for the BSW sys-tem are located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

LSD2920


Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to a colli-sion.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration.

FCC Warning


For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the BSI system couldresult in serious injury or death.

∙ The BSI system is not a replacement forproper driving procedure and is not de-signed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects. When changing lanes, alwaysuse the side and rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction you will move to en-sure it is safe to change lanes. Never relysolely on the BSI system.

∙ There is a limitation to the detection ca-pability of the radar or the sonar. Notevery moving object or vehicle will be de-tected. Using the BSI system under someroad, ground, lane marker, traffic orweather conditions could lead to im-proper system operation. Always rely onyour own operation to avoid accidents.

The BSI system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes and helps assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION® (BSI)(if so equipped)


The BSI system uses radar sensors �2 in-stalled near the rear bumper to detect othervehicles in an adjacent lane. In addition to theradar sensors, the BSI system uses a camera

�1 installed behind the windshield to monitorthe lane markers of your traveling lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on ei-ther side of your vehicle within the detectionzone shown as illustrated. This detectionzone starts from the outside mirror of yourvehicle and extends approximately 10 ft(3.0 m) sideways.

LSD2924

Detection zone

SSD1030


1. Side indicator light

2. BSW indicator

3. Dynamic driver assistance switch (formodels without ProPILOT Assist)


BSI SYSTEM OPERATION

The BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator light �1

illuminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, the systemchimes (twice) and the side indicator lightflashes. The side indicator light continues toflash until the detected vehicle leaves thedetection zone.

If the BSI system is on and your vehicle ap-proaches a lane marker while another vehicleis in the detection zone, the system chimes(three times) and the side indicator lightflashes. The BSI system activates to help re-turn the vehicle back to the center of thedriving lane. The BSI system operates regard-less of turn signal usage.

LSD3611


NOTE:

∙ BSI warning and system application willonly be activated if the side indicatorlight is already illuminated when yourvehicle approaches a lane marker. If an-other vehicle comes into the detectionzone after your vehicle has crossed a lanemarker, no BSI warning or system appli-cation will be activated. For additionalinformation, refer to “BSI driving situa-tions” in this section.

∙ The BSI system is typically activatedearlier than the Lane Departure Preven-tion (LDP) system when your vehicle isapproaching a lane marker.

The BSI system turns on when the dynamicdriver assistance switch (for models withoutProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assistswitch (for models with ProPILOT Assist) onthe steering wheel is pushed when the “BlindSpot Intervention” is enabled in the “DriverAssistance” menu in the lower display. TheBSI ON indicator light on the instrumentpanel illuminates when the BSI system isturned on.

The BSI system provides a chime and turns onor flashes the side indicator light even if theBSW system is off.


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSI SYSTEM

When the BSI system is enabled in the lowerdisplay, the system can be turned off tempo-rarily by pushing the dynamic driver assis-tance switch (for models without ProPILOTAssist) or the ProPILOT Assist switch (formodels with ProPILOT Assist) on the steer-ing wheel.

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the BSI system:




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Blind Spot Inter-vention” system on or off.

∙ Select the “-” or the “+” to change the“Blind Spot Indicator” and set it to ei-ther “Standard”, “Bright” or “Dark.”

LSD3637


BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe BSI system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The BSI system cannot detect all vehiclesunder all conditions.

∙ The radar sensors may not be able to de-tect and activate BSI when certain ob-jects are present such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high ground clear-ance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detectionzone when you accelerate from a stop.For additional information, refer to“BSI driving situations” in this section.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle. For additionalinformation, refer to “BSI driving situ-ations” in this section.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind. For additional information,refer to “BSI driving situations” in thissection.

– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakesrapidly. For additional information,refer to “BSI driving situations” in thissection.

– A vehicle that passes through the de-tection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are trav-eling close together.

∙ The radar sensors’ detection zone is de-signed based on a standard lane width.When driving in a wider lane, the radarsensors may not detect vehicles in an ad-jacent lane. When driving in a narrowlane, the radar sensors may detect ve-hicles driving two lanes away.

∙ The radar sensors are designed to ignoremost stationary objects; however, ob-jects such as guardrails, walls, foliage andparked vehicles may occasionally be de-tected. This is a normal driving condition.


– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle


∙ The camera may not detect lane markersin the following situations and the BSIsystem may not operate properly:

– On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers; lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly;yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; lane markerscovered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharpcurves.


– On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows,snow, water, wheel ruts, seams orlines remaining after road repairs.

– On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane markers.

– When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindshield in front of a lane cameraunit.

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if aiming isnot adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters a lane cam-era unit (e.g., light directly shines onthe front of the vehicle at sunrise orsunset).

– When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs (e.g., when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or under a bridge).

∙ Do not use the BSI system under the fol-lowing conditions because the systemmay not function properly:

– During bad weather (e.g., rain, fog,snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, suchas on ice or snow, etc.



– When driving in a makeshift lane.


– When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (e.g., tirewear, low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, nonstandardwheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

∙ Do not use the BSI system when towing atrailer.

∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interferewith the chime sound, and it may not beheard.


BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is travelingmuch faster than your vehicle, the indicatorlight may not illuminate before the detectedvehicle is beside your vehicle. Always use the

side and rear mirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move to ensure it issafe to change lanes.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when the other vehicle is detected.


SSD1026


SSD1031


Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle is approaching a lane marker and avehicle is in the detection zone, the systemchimes a sound (three times), and the sideindicator light flashes. Then the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on one side to helpreturn the vehicle back to the center of thedriving lane.

NOTE:

Illustration 4: If you accelerate from a stopwith a vehicle in the detection zone, theother vehicle may not be detected.

Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and that ve-hicle stays in the detection zone for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.


LSD2048

Illustration 4 – Accelerate from a stop

SSD1032


SSD1033


Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

Illustration 7: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker while an-other vehicle is in the detection zone the sys-tem chimes a sound (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.


SSD1034


LSD2072


NOTE:

Illustration 8: When overtaking several ve-hicles in a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if they are trav-eling close together.

Entering from the side

Illustration 9: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speed asyour vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.

Illustration 8 – Overtaking several vehiclesSSD1036


LSD2050


Illustration 10: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the side indicator light flashes anda chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when another vehicle is detected.

Illustration 11: If the BSI system is on andyour vehicle approaches the lane markerwhile another vehicle is in the detection zone,the side indicator light flashes and a chimewill sound three times. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

NOTE:

∙ Illustration 12: The BSI system will notoperate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detec-tion zone. In this case, only the BSW sys-tem operates.

∙ BSI braking will not operate or will stopoperating and only a warning chime willsound under the following conditions:

– When the brake pedal is depressed.

– When the vehicle is accelerated dur-ing BSI system operation.


SSD1038


SSD1094


LSD2051


– When steering quickly.

– When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEBwith Pedestrian Detection warningssound.

– When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

– When driving on a curve at a highspeed.


When any of the following messages appearon the vehicle information display, a chimewill sound and the BSI system will be turnedoff automatically.

∙ “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”:When the VDC system (except tractioncontrol system function) or ABS oper-ates.

∙ “Currently Not Available”:When the VDC system is turned off.

∙ “Not Available: High Camera Temp”:When the camera detects that the inte-rior temperature is high (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]).

∙ “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction”:When side radar blockage is detected.

Turn off the BSI system and turn it on againwhen the above conditions no longer exist.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

When the BSI system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will soundand the warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the warninglight (orange) continues to illuminate, havethe system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit �1 for the BSI system islocated above the inside mirror. The two ra-dar sensors �2 for the BSI system are locatednear the rear bumper. To keep the properoperation of the BSI system and prevent asystem malfunction, be sure to observe thefollowing:

∙ Always keep the windshield and the areanear the radar sensors clean.

LSD2924


∙ The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog. The blocked conditionmay also be caused by objects such as ice,frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

∙ Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the cameraunit or radar sensors.


∙ Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. Do not touch the cam-era lens or remove the screw located onthe camera unit. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer if the cameraunit and/or area around the radar sen-sors is damaged due to a collision.


For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.


FCC Warning


For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RCTA systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The RCTA system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects. When backing out of aparking space, always use the side andrear mirrors and turn and look in the di-rection your vehicle will move. Never relysolely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when back-ing out from a parking space. When the ve-hicle is in reverse, the system is designed todetect other vehicles approaching from theright or left of the vehicle. If the system de-tects cross traffic, it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT(RCTA)


1. Side indicator light

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION

The RCTA system can help alert the driver ofan approaching vehicle when the driver isbacking out of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) andthe vehicle speed is less than approximately5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is opera-tional.

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom either side, the system chimes (once)and the side indicator light flashes on the sidethe vehicle is approaching from.

LSD3608


The RCTA system uses radar sensors �1 in-stalled on both sides near the rear bumper todetect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors �1 can detect an ap-proaching vehicle from up to approximately66 ft (20 m) away.

LSD2216 LSD2920


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the RCTA system.




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Blind SpotWarning” system on or off.

NOTE:

∙ The RCTA system is integrated into theBSW system. There is not a separate se-lection in the vehicle information displayfor the RCTA system. When the BSW isdisabled, the RCTA system is also dis-abled.

∙ When enabling/disabling the system,the system setting will be retained evenif the engine is restarted.

LSD2922


RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe RCTA system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ Always check surroundings and turn tocheck what is behind you before backingup. The radar sensors detect approaching(moving) vehicles. The radar sensors can-not detect every object such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,animals or child-operated toy vehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 19 mph(30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

∙ The radar sensors may not detect ap-proaching vehicles in certain situations:

– Illustration �A : When a vehicle parkednext to you obstructs the beam of theradar sensor.

– Illustration �B : When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

LSD3195


– Illustration �C : When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration �D : When an approachingvehicle turns into your vehicle’s park-ing lot aisle.

– Illustration �E : When the angleformed by your vehicle and approach-ing vehicle is small.


– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on thevehicle


∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interferewith the chime sound, and it may not beheard.

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approaching ina row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direc-tion (Illustration 2), a chime may not besounded by the RCTA system after the firstvehicle passes the sensors.

Illustration 1

LSD2043

Illustration 2

LSD2044



When radar blockage is detected, the systemwill be deactivated automatically. The “Un-available: Side Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

The systems are not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.



NOTE:


Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD3609


Malfunction

When the RCTA system malfunctions, it willturn off automatically. The system malfunc-tion warning message will appear in the ve-hicle information display.

NOTE:


Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.



Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to a colli-sion.


For USA

FCC ID: OAYSRR3B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules.


FCC Warning


LSD2920


For CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz


PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. RES+ switch

2. SET– switch

3. Cruise control switch

4. CANCEL switch

∙ If the cruise control system malfunctions,it will cancel automatically.

The indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display will blink to warn thedriver.

∙ If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruise controlsystem will be canceled automatically.

∙ If the indicator blinks, turn the

Cruise control switch off and havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

∙ The indicator may sometimes blink

when the Cruise control switch isturned on while pushing the RES+, SET– orCANCEL switch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the steps below.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

∙ When it is not possible to keep the vehicleat a set speed

∙ In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed

∙ On winding or hilly roads

∙ On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

∙ In very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.

LSD2929

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the Cruise

control switch on. The indicator inthe vehicle information display will illuminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET– switch

and release it. The indicator in the ve-hicle information display will illuminate. Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Your ve-hicle maintains the set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, drive without the cruisecontrol.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch;

the indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display goes out.

∙ Tap the brake pedal; the indicatorgoes out.

∙ Push the Cruise control switch off.

The indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display go out.

The cruise control is automatically canceled

and the indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display goes out if:

∙ You depress the brake pedal while push-ing the RES+ or SET– switch. The presetspeed is deleted from memory.

∙ The vehicle slows down more than 8 mph(13 km/h) below the set speed.

∙ You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following three methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET– switch.

∙ Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the speed you desire,release the switch.

∙ Push and release the RES+ switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed increasesby about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET– switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the SET– switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows to thedesired speed.

∙ Push and release the SET– switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed decreasesby about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle returns tothe last set cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ICC system couldresult in serious injury or death.

∙ The ICC system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

∙ Always observe posted speed limits anddo not set the speed over them.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read and un-derstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the ICC system ex-cept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

�A ICC switch

LSD3050

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) (if so equipped)


∙ In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime will notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead. Pay special attentionto the distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

The ICC system maintains a selected distancefrom the vehicle in front of you within thespeed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h)up to the set speed. The set speed can beselected by the driver between 20 to 90 mph(30 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

∙ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode: For maintaining a selected dis-tance between your vehicle and the ve-hicle in front of you up to the presetspeed

∙ Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode: For cruising at a preset speed

Push the ICC switch �A to choose the cruisecontrol mode between the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode and the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannot bechanged to the other cruise control mode. Tochange the mode, push the ICC switch �Aonce to turn the system off. Then push theICC switch �A again to turn the system backon and select the desired cruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the ICC systemdisplay.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, refer to “Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode” in this section.

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode, refer to “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” in this section.


HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODE

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode: To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode �1 , quicklypush and release the ICC switch �A .

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode: To choose the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode �2 ,push and hold the ICC switch �A for longerthan approximately 1.5 seconds. For addi-tional information, refer to “Conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode” in this sec-tion.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCE CONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at theset speed when the road ahead is clear.

The ICC system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane and direc-tion.

If the radar sensor �B detects a slower mov-ing vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the

LSD3051 LSD2932


vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows thevehicle in front at the selected distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to ap-proximately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

LSD3052


VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCE CONTROL MODEOPERATION

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeis designed to maintain a selected distancefrom the vehicle in front of you and can re-duce the speed to match a slower vehicleahead. The system will decelerate the vehicleas necessary and if the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-still. However, the ICC system can only applyup to 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower.

This system should only be used when trafficconditions allow vehicle speeds to remainfairly constant or when vehicle speedschange gradually. If a vehicle moves into thetraveling lane ahead or if a vehicle travelingahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be-tween vehicles may become closer becausethe ICC system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC systemwill sound a warning chime and blink thesystem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chimewill sound if the speed is below approxi-mately 15 mph (25 km/h) and a vehicle is not

detected ahead. The system will also disen-gage when the vehicle goes above the maxi-mum set speed.

For additional information, refer to “Ap-proach warning” in this section.

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

∙ When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed set bythe driver. The set speed range is be-tween approximately 20 and 90 mph (30and 144 km/h).

∙ When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by the driver, from thevehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of the sys-tem. The system will cancel once it judgesa standstill with a warning chime.

∙ When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeaccelerates and maintains vehicle speedup to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approach sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles. You mustpay attention to vehicle operation to main-tain proper distance from vehicles aheadwhen approaching toll gates or traffic con-gestion.


When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, theICC system will accelerate and maintain thespeed up to the set speed. Pay attention tothe driving operation to maintain control ofthe vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, this system automatically ac-celerates or decelerates your vehicle accord-ing to the speed of the vehicle ahead. De-press the accelerator to properly accelerateyour vehicle when acceleration is required fora lane change. Depress the brake pedal whendeceleration is required to maintain a safedistance to the vehicle ahead due to its sud-den braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stayalert when using the ICC system.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCE CONTROL MODESWITCHES

The system is operated by the ICC switch andfour control switches, all mounted on thesteering wheel.

1. RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

SSD0254 LSD3053


2. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:

∙ Long

∙ Middle

∙ Short

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. ICC switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

5. SET- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speedom-eter and tachometer.

1. This indicator indicates the ICC systemstatus depending on a color:

∙ ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi-cates that the ICC switch is on.

∙ ICC system SET indicator (green): In-dicates that the cruising speed is set.

∙ ICC system warning (yellow): Indi-cates that there is a malfunction in theICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the distance switch.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

LSD2718


Operating vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode

To turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the ICC switch �A . The ICC sys-tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator �B comeon in a standby state for setting.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET– switch

�C and release it. The ICC system set indica-tor (green), vehicle ahead detection indicator,set distance indicator and set vehicle speedindicator �B will come on. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset and the ICC indicators will blink for ap-proximately 2 seconds:

∙ When traveling below 20 mph (30 km/h)and a vehicle ahead is not detected

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or Manual mode

∙ When the electronic parking brake is ap-plied

∙ When the brakes are operated by thedriver

LSD3054 LSD3055 LSD2743


When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset.

A warning chime will sound and a messagewill pop up:

∙ When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the ICC switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch by push-ing the ICC switch again.)

For additional information about theVDC system, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in this section.

∙ When VDC is operating

∙ When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are no lon-ger slipping.)

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicle ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, similar tostandard cruise control, as long as no vehicleis detected in the lane ahead. The ICC systemdisplays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying thebrakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle

ahead. The system then controls the vehiclespeed based on the speed of the vehicleahead to maintain the driver selected dis-tance.

NOTE:

∙ The stop lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

∙ When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator comes on. The ICCsystem will also display the set speed andselected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehiclespeed. The ICC system then maintains the setspeed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the system con-trols the distance to that vehicle.

LSD2719


When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 mph (25 km/h), the systemwill be canceled.

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator �B will flash when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle detectindicator will turn off when the area ahead ofthe vehicle is open. When the pedal is re-leased, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the acceleratorpedal when it is necessary to accelerate yourvehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

∙ Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

∙ Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indica-tors will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET– switch.

∙ Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed will increase by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately1 mph (1 km/h).

LSD2720


To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET– switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the SET– switch. The setvehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release the SET–switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately1 mph (1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-sume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h).

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the trafficconditions.

Each time the distance switch �A ispushed, the set distance will change to long,middle, short and back to long again, in thatsequence.

Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)

2. Middle 150 (45)

3. Short 100 (30)

∙ The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

∙ The distance setting will remain at thecurrent setting even if the engine is re-started.

LSD3056 LSD2752


Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the systemwarns the driver with the chime and ICC sys-tem display. Decelerate by depressing thebrake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle dis-tance if:

∙ The chime sounds.

∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance betweenvehicles. Some examples are:

∙ When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

∙ When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing.

∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

∙ The vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

∙ The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound andthe system display may blink when the ICCsensor detects objects on the side of the ve-hicle or on the side of the road. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate or accel-erate the vehicle. The ICC sensor may detectthese objects when the vehicle is driven onwinding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, orwhen entering or exiting a curve. In thesecases you will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected byvehicle operation (steering maneuver or driv-ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehiclecondition (for example, if a vehicle is beingdriven with some damage).

Acceleration when passing

When the ICC system is engaged above44 mph and following a slower vehicle (be-low ICC set speed), and the turn signal isactivated to the left, the ICC system will au-tomatically start to accelerate the vehicle tohelp initiate passing on the left and will beginto reduce the distance to vehicle directlyahead. Only the left side turn signal operatesthis feature. As the driver steers the vehicleand moves into the passing lane, if no vehicleis detected ahead the ICC system will con-

tinue to accelerate to the ICC system setspeed. If another vehicle is detected ahead,then the vehicle will accelerate up to the fol-lowing speed of that vehicle. If the vehicle isnot steered into the left lane to pass, theacceleration will stop after a short time andregain the set following distance. Accelera-tion can be stopped at any point by depress-ing the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch onthe steering wheel.

WARNING

In order to reduce the risk of a collision thatmay result in serious injury or death, pleasebe aware of the following:

∙ This function is only activated with theleft turn signal and will briefly acceleratethe vehicle even if a lane change is notinitiated. This can include non-passingsituations such as left side exits.

∙ Ensure that when passing another ve-hicle, the adjacent lane is clear before ini-tiating the pass. Sudden changes in traf-fic may occur while passing- alwaysmanually steer or brake as needed- neversolely rely on the system.


Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:

∙ When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (25 km/h)

∙ When the system judges the vehicle is ata standstill

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or Manual mode

∙ When the electronic parking brake sys-tem is applied

∙ When the VDC system is turned off

∙ When VDC operates

∙ When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-struction to the sensor


∙ When the radar signal is temporarily in-terrupted

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCE CONTROL MODELIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe ICC system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The ICC system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use the ICCsystem in city traffic or congested areas.

∙ The ICC system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowing traffic.Do not use the system on roads withsharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavyrain or in fog.

∙ As there is a performance limit to the dis-tance control function, never rely solelyon the ICC system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibil-ity in rain, fog, or other bad weather. De-celerate the vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur-rounding circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

∙ If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. The systemwill cancel once it judges that the vehiclehas come to a standstill and sound awarning chime. To prevent the vehiclefrom moving, the driver must depress thebrake pedal.

∙ Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually con-trol the proper following distance. TheICC system may not be able to maintainthe selected distance between vehicles(following distance) or selected vehiclespeed under some circumstances.


∙ The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe ICC system under the followingconditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thebumper around the distance sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads

– When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radar sources

∙ Do not use the ICC system if you are tow-ing a trailer. The system may not detect avehicle ahead.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system where notrecommended in this warning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

∙ Stationary and slow moving vehicles

∙ Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

∙ Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

∙ Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signals re-turned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, ifthe sensor cannot detect the reflection fromthe vehicle ahead, the ICC system may notmaintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in which thesensor cannot properly detect a vehicle aheadand the system may not operate properly:

∙ When snow or road spray from travelingvehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

∙ When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

∙ When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within the limi-tations of the system.

When the sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automatically becanceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, atransparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., theICC system may not detect them. In theseinstances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode may not cancel and may not beable to maintain the selected following dis-tance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-tion zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distancedetection mode to maintain the selected dis-tance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator and sound-ing the chime. The driver may have to manu-ally control the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.


SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radar sen-sor may detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the radar system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator and sound-ing the chime unexpectedly. You will have tomanually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253



The following are conditions in which the ICCsystem may be temporarily unavailable. Inthese instances, the ICC system may not can-cel and may not be able to maintain the se-lected following distance from the vehicleahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:

∙ When the VDC system is turned off

∙ When the VDC operates

∙ When a vehicle ahead is not detected andyour vehicle is traveling below the speedof 15 mph (25 km/h)

∙ When the system judges the vehicle is ata standstill

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or Manual mode


∙ When a wheel slipsLSD2938



Action to take

When the conditions listed above are no lon-ger present, turn the system off using the ICCswitch. Turn the ICC system back on to usethe system.

Condition B

When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed,the ICC system will automatically be can-celed.

The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Blocked” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, press the Park buttonto place the vehicle in the P (Park) position,and turn the engine off. When the radar sig-nal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sen-sor area of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the “Unavailable: Front RadarBlocked” warning message continues to bedisplayed, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate the ICCsystem warning (yellow) and display the “Un-available: Front Radar Blocked” message.

Action to take

When the conditions listed above are no lon-ger present, turn the ICC system back on touse the system.

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operating prop-erly, a chime sounds and the ICC systemwarning light (orange) will come on.

LSD2985


Action to take

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off, restartthe engine, resume driving and set the ICCsystem again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-hicle is still drivable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor for the ICC system �A is locatedon the front of the vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area clean.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.

∙ Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.) This couldcause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.


For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s):

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and

2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

LSD2833 LSD2981


Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-lage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptible d’encompromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor-mation:

This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for an uncontrolledenvironment.

This equipment should be installed and oper-ated with minimum distance of 30 cm be-tween the radiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipement doit être installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

∙ In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the presenceof the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

∙ Pay special attention to the distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicle aheadof you or a collision could occur.

∙ Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

∙ Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode when driving underthe following conditions:

– When it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed

– On winding or hilly roads

– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

– In very windy areas

∙ Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.


Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches

1. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

4. ICC switch:Master switch to activate the system

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators

The display is located in the vehicle informa-tion display.

1. Cruise indicator:This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

∙ Cruise control ON indicator (gray): In-dicates that the ICC switch is on

∙ Cruise control SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed is set

∙ Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-cates that there is a malfunction in theICC system

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, the speedis displayed in km/h.

LSD3057 LSD2724


Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the ICCswitch �A for longer than about 1.5 seconds.

When pushing ICC switch on, the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode dis-play and indicators �B are displayed in thevehicle information display. After you holdICC switch on for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds, the ICC system display turns off. Thecruise indicator appears. You can now setyour desired cruising speed. Pushing the ICCswitch again will turn the system completely

off. When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ICC switch (vehicle-to vehicledistance control mode) or push and hold it(conventional cruise control mode) again toturn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ICC switch offwhen not using the ICC system.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET- �C

switch and release it. (The color of the cruiseindicator changes to green and set vehiclespeed indicator comes on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain vehiclespeed.

LSD3058 LSD3059


To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruiseindicator and vehicle speed indicator willturn off.


1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed, re-lease the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph(1 km/h).


1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows downto the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph(1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and releasethe RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume thelast set cruising speed when the vehicle speedis over 25 mph (40 km/h).



A chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:

∙ When the vehicle slows down more than8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode


∙ When the VDC operates (including thetraction control system)


When the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the color of the cruiseindicator will change to orange.

Action to take

If the color of the cruise indicator changes toorange, stop the vehicle in a safe place andpress the Park button to place the vehicle inthe P (Park) position. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving, and thenperform the setting again.

LSD2942


If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldrivable under normal conditions, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ProPILOT Assistsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driving sys-tem. Within the limits of its capabilities,as described in this manual, it helps thedriver with certain driving activities.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system is not a re-placement for proper driving proceduresand is not designed to correct careless,inattentive or absent-minded driving.ProPILOT Assist will not always steerthe vehicle to keep it in the lane. The Pro-PILOT Assist system is not designed toprevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

∙ There are limitations to the ProPILOTAssist system capability. The ProPILOTAssist system does not function in alldriving, traffic, weather, and road condi-tions. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle inthe traveling lane, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system is only anaid to assist the driver and is not a colli-sion warning or avoidance device.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system is for high-way use only and is not intended for citydriving. Failure to apply the brakes orsteer the vehicle when necessary may re-sult in a serious accident.


∙ Never take your hands off the steeringwheel when driving. Always keep yourhands on the steering wheel and driveyour vehicle safely.

∙ Never unfasten your safety belt when us-ing ProPILOT Assist. Doing so automati-cally cancels the ProPILOT Assistsystem.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system does not re-act to stationary and slow movingvehicles.

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)


∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ProPILOT Assist system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using the Pro-PILOT Assist system. To avoid serious in-jury or death, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control the vehi-cle’s speed in emergency situations. Donot use the ProPILOT Assist system ex-cept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

The ProPILOT Assist system is intended toenhance the operation of the vehicle whenfollowing a vehicle traveling in the same laneand direction.

The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi-sensing front camera �A installed behind thewindshield and a radar sensor located on thefront of the vehicle �B to measure the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead in the same laneand to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicledetects a slower moving vehicle ahead, thesystem will reduce the vehicle speed so thatyour vehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance. The system will also help

keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lanewhen clear lane markings are detected.

LSD2943


PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEMOPERATION

�1 Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)

�2 Vehicle information display

�3 Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)

�4 ProPILOT Assist switch

The ProPILOT Assist system has the follow-ing two functions:

1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

∙ Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode: For cruising at a presetspeed

NOTE:

Steering assist is not available in the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.

∙ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode: The ICC system maintains a se-lected distance from the vehicle infront of you within the speed range of0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to theset speed. The set speed can be se-lected by the driver between 20 toLSD2996


90 mph (30 to 144 km/h). When thevehicle ahead slows to a stop, yourvehicle gradually decelerates to astandstill. When the vehicle is stopped,the ICC system maintains brakingforce to keep your vehicle stopped.

NOTE:

When your vehicle is stopped for less than3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins tomove, your vehicle will start moving againautomatically.

– When your vehicle is at a standstill formore than 3 seconds and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push theRES+ switch or lightly depress the ac-celerator pedal. The ICC system startsto follow the vehicle ahead.

– When no vehicle is detected aheadwithin the driver selected distance, thevehicle travels at the speed set by thedriver. The speed must be above20 mph (30 km/h) to use this func-tion.

NOTE:

Even if the Forward Emergency Brakingwith Pedestrian Detection setting is turnedoff by the driver using the “Driver Assis-tance” menu in the lower display, ForwardEmergency Braking with Pedestrian Detec-tion will be automatically turned on whenICC is used.

2. Steering Assist

The Steering Assist function controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclewithin the traveling lane.

When there is no vehicle ahead, SteeringAssist is not available at speeds under37 mph (60 km/h).

ProPILOT Assist switches

�1 DISTANCE switch:

– Long

– Middle

– Short

�2 RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

�3 CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist system

LSD2945


�4 SET- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

�5 ProPILOT Assist switch:

Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on oroff

�6 Steering Assist switch:

Turns the Steering Assist function on oroff

The ProPILOT Assist systemdisplay and indicators

�1 Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detectslane markers

– No lane markers displayed: SteeringAssist is turned off

– Lane marker indicator (gray): No lanemarkers detected

– Lane marker indicator (green): Lanemarkers detected

– Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lanedeparture is detected

�2 Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance

�3 Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether the system detects avehicle in front of you

�4 Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering As-sist function by the color of the indicator

– Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-ing Assist standby

– Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

– Steering Assist indicator (orange):Steering Assist malfunction

�5 ProPILOT Assist activation

Displays once the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem is activated

LSD3031 LSD3614


�6 ProPILOT Assist status indicator

Indicates the status of the ProPILOT As-sist system by the color of the indicator

– ProPILOT Assist status indicator(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but instandby.

– ProPILOT Assist status indicator(blue): ProPILOT Assist active

�7 Steering Assist statusindicator/warning

Displays the status of the Steering Assistby the color of the indicator/warning

– No Steering Assist status indicatordisplayed: Steering Assist is turned off

– Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-ing Assist standby

– Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

– Steering Assist indicator (yellow):Steering Assist malfunction

�8 Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed

�9 Speed control status indicator/warning

Displays the status of speed control bythe color and shape of theindicator/warning

– Speed control status indicator/warning (gray): ICC standby

– Speed control status indicator/

warning (solid green ): ICC (dis-tance control mode) is active (vehicledetected ahead). Your vehiclematches the speed of the vehicleahead.


warning (green outline ): ICC(maintain speed control mode) is ac-tive (no vehicle detected ahead). Yourvehicle maintains the driver-selectedset speed.


warning (solid yellow ): ICC mal-function

TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROLMODE ON

NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steering as-sist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode.To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the Pro-PILOT Assist switch for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode” in this section.


OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST

1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch �A .This turns on the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem and displays the status of the Pro-PILOT Assist system on the vehicle in-formation display �B .

2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle tothe desired speed.

3. Push the SET- switch �C . The ProPILOTAssist system begins to automaticallymaintain the set speed. The ProPILOTAssist activation indicator �D and ProPI-LOT Assist status indicator �E illuminate(blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling

at a speed of 20 mph (30 km/h) or be-low and the SET- switch is pushed, theset speed of your vehicle is 20 mph(30 km/h).

NOTE:

Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on willturn on the Lane Departure Prevention sys-tem at the same time. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Lane Departure Preven-tion” in this section.

When the SET- switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the ProPILOT Assistsystem cannot be set and the set vehiclespeed indicator �1 blinks for approximately2 seconds:

∙ When traveling below 20 mph (30 km/h)and the vehicle ahead is not detected

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or manual shift mode


∙ When the brakes are operated by thedriver

LSD3615 LSD3616 LSD3617


∙ When the VDC system is off. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” in this sec-tion.

∙ When the VDC system (including thetraction control system) is operating

∙ When a wheel is slipping

∙ When any door is open

∙ When the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened

How to change the set vehiclespeed

The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.

To change to a faster cruising speed:

∙ Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed increases by approximately5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release, the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed increases by approximately 1 mph(1 km/h).

To change to a slower cruising speed:

∙ Push and hold the SET- switch. The setvehicle speed decreases by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release, the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed decreases by approximately 1 mph(1 km/h).

How to momentarily accelerate ordecelerate

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal when ac-celeration is required. Release the accel-erator pedal to resume the previously setvehicle speed.

∙ Depress the brake pedal when decelera-tion is required. Control by the ProPILOTAssist system is canceled. Push the RES+switch to resume the previously set ve-hicle speed.

LSD2948


WARNING

When the accelerator pedal is depressedand you are approaching the vehicle ahead,the ICC system will neither control thebrake nor warn the driver with the chimeand display. The driver must manually con-trol the vehicle speed to maintain a safedistance to the vehicle ahead. Failure to doso could result in severe personal injury ordeath.

NOTE:

When you accelerate by depressing the ac-celerator pedal or decelerate by pushing theSET- switch and the vehicle travels fasterthan the speed set by the driver, the setspeed vehicle indicator will blink.

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time.

Each time the DISTANCE switch �A ispushed, the set distance will change to long,middle, short and back to long again in thatsequence.

LSD2949


Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)

2. Middle 150 (45)

3. Short 90 (30)

∙ The distance to the vehicle aheadchanges automatically according to thevehicle speed. The higher the vehiclespeed, the longer the distance.

∙ The distance setting will remain at thecurrent setting even if the engine is re-started.

LSD2806


�1 Lower display buttons

�2 Lower display

�3 Steering Assist switch

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESTEERING ASSIST

Use the following methods to enable or dis-able the Steering Assist.

Steering Assist switch:

To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push theSteering Assist switch �3 on the instrumentpanel.

NOTE:

∙ When the Steering Assist switch is usedto turn the system on or off, the systemremembers the setting even if the igni-tion switch is cycled. The switch must bepushed again to change the setting to onor off.

∙ The Steering Assist switch changes thestatus of the “Steering Assist” selectionmade in the “Settings” screen in thelower display.

LSD3626


Setting in the lower display:



3. Select “Lane Centering.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Steering Assist”system on or off.

NOTE:

∙ When the Cruise screen is displayed onthe vehicle information display, pressthe OK button on the steering wheel tocall up the “Driving Aids” setting displayin the upper display.

∙ When enabling/disabling the systemthrough the lower display, the systemretains the current settings even if theengine is restarted.

How to cancel the ProPILOT Assistsystem

To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, useone of the following methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch.

∙ Tap the brake pedal (except at a stand-still).

∙ Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turnthe system off. The ProPILOT Assist sta-tus indicator will go out.

When the ProPILOT Assist system is can-celed while the vehicle is stopped, the elec-tronic parking brake is automatically acti-vated.

WARNING

To prevent the vehicle from moving or roll-ing unexpectedly, which could result in seri-ous personal injury or property damage,before exiting the vehicle make sure to pushthe ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the sys-tem off, place the shift lever in the P (Park)position, and turn the engine off.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOTAssist)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ICC system couldresult in serious injury or death.

∙ The ICC system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is recommended forhighway use only and it is not intendedfor city driving. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

∙ There are limitations to the ICC systemcapability. The ICC system does not func-tion in all driving, traffic, weather, androad conditions. It is the driver’s respon-sibility to stay alert, drive safely, keepthe vehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.


∙ The ICC system does not react to sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read and un-derstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the ICC system ex-cept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.


ICC system operation

The ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance from the vehicle in front ofyou and can reduce the speed to match aslower vehicle ahead. The system deceleratesthe vehicle as necessary and if the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicle deceler-ates to a standstill. However, the ICC systemcan only apply up to 40% of the vehicle’s totalbraking power. This system should only beused when traffic conditions allow vehiclespeeds to remain fairly constant or when ve-hicle speeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may becomecloser because the ICC system cannot decel-erate the vehicle quickly enough. If this oc-curs, the ICC system sounds a warning chimeand blinks the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.

The ICC system cancels and a warning chimesounds if the speed is below approximately15 mph (25 km/h) and a vehicle is not de-tected ahead.

The ICC system operates as follows:

∙ When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the ICC system maintains thespeed set by the driver. The set speedrange is between approximately 20 and90 mph (30 and 144 km/h).

∙ When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the ICC system adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. Once your ve-hicle stops, the ICC system keeps the ve-hicle stopped.

∙ When your vehicle is stopped for lessthan 3 seconds and the vehicle aheadbegins to move, your vehicle will startmoving again automatically.

∙ When your vehicle is at a standstill formore than 3 seconds and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push theRES+ switch or lightly depress the accel-erator pedal. The ICC system starts tofollow the vehicle ahead.

∙ When the vehicle traveling ahead movesto a different traveling lane, the ICC sys-tem accelerates and maintains vehiclespeed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approach sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles. You mustpay attention to vehicle operation to main-tain proper distance from vehicles aheadwhen approaching toll gates or traffic con-gestion.


When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by the driver,from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle aheadchanges lanes or exits the freeway, the ICCsystem accelerates and maintains the speedup to the set speed. Pay attention to thedriving operation to maintain control of thevehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, the system automatically ac-celerates or decelerates your vehicle accord-ing to the speed of the vehicle ahead.

Depress the accelerator to properly acceler-ate your vehicle when acceleration is requiredfor a lane change. Depress the brake pedalwhen deceleration is required to maintain asafe distance to the vehicle ahead due tosudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Alwaysstay alert when using the ICC system.

No vehicle detected ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, similar tostandard cruise control, as long as no vehicleis detected in the lane ahead. The ICC systemdisplays the set speed.

SSD0254

System set display with no vehicle detectedahead

LSD3618


Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying thebrakes to match the speed of a slower vehicleahead. The ICC system then controls the ve-hicle speed based on the speed of the vehicleahead to maintain the driver selected dis-tance.

NOTE:

∙ The stop lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

∙ When the brake is applied by the system,a noise may be heard. This is not a mal-function.

When the ICC system detects a vehicleahead, the vehicle ahead detection indicatorand the speed control status indicator (dis-tance control mode) illuminates (solid

green ).

Vehicle ahead stopsWhen the vehicle ahead decelerates to stop,your vehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe system capability. Once your vehiclestops, the ICC system automatically appliesthe brakes to keep the vehicle stopped. Whenyour vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+)Press to start” message is displayed on thevehicle information display.

NOTE:

When your vehicle stops for less than 3 sec-onds, your vehicle will automatically followthe vehicle as it accelerates from a stop.

Vehicle ahead accelerates

When your vehicle is stopped and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+switch or lightly depress the acceleratorpedal. The ICC system starts to follow thevehicle ahead.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehiclespeed. The ICC system then maintains the setspeed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns offand speed control status indicator (maintainspeed control mode) illuminates (green

outline ).The ICC system gradually accelerates to theset speed, but you can depress the accelera-tor pedal to quickly accelerate. When a ve-hicle is no longer detected and your vehicle istraveling under approximately 15 mph(25 km/h), the ICC system automatically can-cels.

System set display with vehicle ahead

LSD3619


When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator �B flashes when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle aheaddetection indicator turns off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedalis released, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed. Even though your vehiclespeed is set in the ICC system, you can de-press the accelerator pedal when it is neces-sary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

Cut-in detection

If a vehicle moves into your traveling lanenear your vehicle, the ICC system may informthe driver by flashing the vehicle ahead de-tection indicator.

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the systemwarns the driver with the chime and ICC sys-tem display. Decelerate by depressing thebrake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle dis-tance if:


∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicatorand set distance indicator blink.

∙ You judge it necessary to maintain a safedistance.


∙ When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

∙ When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing.

∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

∙ Your vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

∙ The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound andthe system display may flash when the radarsensor detects objects on the side of the ve-hicle or on the side of the road. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate or accel-erate the vehicle. The radar sensor may de-tect these objects when the vehicle is drivenon winding, narrow, or hilly roads or whenthe vehicle is entering or exiting a curve. Inthese cases, you will have to manually con-trol the proper distance ahead of your ve-hicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle conditions (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

LSD3620


Acceleration when passing

When the ICC system is engaged above44 mph and following a slower vehicle (be-low ICC set speed), and the turn signal isactivated to the left, the ICC system will au-tomatically start to accelerate the vehicle tohelp initiate passing on the left and will beginto reduce the distance to vehicle directlyahead. Only the left side turn signal operatesthis feature. As the driver steers the vehicleand moves into the passing lane, if no vehicleis detected ahead the ICC system will con-tinue to accelerate to the ICC system setspeed. If another vehicle is detected ahead,then the vehicle will accelerate up to the fol-lowing speed of that vehicle. If the vehicle isnot steered into the left lane to pass, theacceleration will stop after a short time andregain the set following distance. Accelera-tion can be stopped at any point by depress-ing the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch onthe steering wheel.

WARNING

In order to reduce the risk of a collision thatmay result in serious injury or death, pleasebe aware of the following:

∙ This function is only activated with theleft turn signal and will briefly acceleratethe vehicle even if a lane change is notinitiated. This can include non-passingsituations such as left side exits.

∙ Ensure that when passing another ve-hicle, the adjacent lane is clear before ini-tiating the pass. Sudden changes in traf-fic may occur while passing- alwaysmanually steer or brake as needed- neversolely rely on the system.

ICC system limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe ICC system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath:

∙ The ICC system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use the ICCsystem in city traffic or congested areas.

∙ The ICC system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowing traffic.Do not use the system on roads withsharp curves or on icy roads, in heavy rainor in fog.

∙ As there is a performance limit to the dis-tance control function, never rely solelyon the ICC system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving or overcome poor visibil-ity in rain, fog, or other bad weather. De-celerate the vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur-rounding circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

∙ When the ICC system automaticallybrings the car to a stop, your vehicle canautomatically accelerate if the vehicle isstopped for less than approximately3 seconds. Be prepared to stop your ve-hicle if necessary.


∙ Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually con-trol the proper following distance. TheICC system may not be able to maintainthe selected distance between vehicles(following distance) or selected vehiclespeed under some circumstances.

∙ The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe ICC system under the followingconditions:

– On roads with heavy, high-speed traf-fic or sharp curves



– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thebumper around the distance sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)



– Interference by other radar sources.

∙ Do not use the ICC system if you are tow-ing a trailer. The system may not detect avehicle ahead.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system where notrecommended in this warning section.

The ICC system will not detect the followingobjects:

∙ Stationary or slow moving vehicles




The following are some conditions in whichthe radar sensor cannot properly detect avehicle ahead and the system may not oper-ate properly:

∙ When the sensor detection is reduced(conditions such as rain, snow, fog, duststorms, sandstorms, and road spray fromother vehicles)

∙ Driving on a steep downhill slope or roadswith sharp curves

∙ Driving on a bumpy road surface, such asan uneven dirt road

∙ If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cov-ering the radar sensor area

∙ A complicated-shaped vehicle such as acar carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer isnear the vehicle ahead.

∙ Interference by other radar sources

∙ When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

∙ When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the radar sensor’s operation within thelimitations of the system.


The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-tion zone for the ICC system to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead. Avehicle ahead may move outside of the de-tection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the center line of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime. The driver may have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) usesa multi-sensing front camera. The followingare some conditions in which the camera maynot properly detect a vehicle and detection ofa vehicle ahead may be delayed:

∙ Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, androad spray from other vehicles)

∙ The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

∙ Strong light (for example, sunlight or highbeams from oncoming vehicles) entersthe front camera

∙ A sudden change in brightness occurs(for example, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or shaded area or lightningflashes)


SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radar sen-sor may detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the radar system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime unexpectedly. You will have tomanually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle traveling ahead.

Automatic cancellation

The following are conditions in which the ICCsystem may be temporarily unavailable. Inthese instances, the ICC system may not can-cel and may not be able to maintain the se-lected following distance from the vehicleahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:

∙ Any door is open.

∙ The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

∙ The vehicle ahead is not detected andyour vehicle is traveling below the speedof 15 mph (25 km/h).

∙ Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICCsystem for approximately 3 minutes orlonger.

∙ The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) po-sition or manual shift mode.

∙ The electronic parking brake is applied.

∙ The VDC system is turned off.

∙ The Forward Emergency Braking withPedestrian Detection applies harderbraking.

∙ VDC (including the traction control sys-tem) operates.

∙ A wheel slips.

SSD0253


∙ When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-struction to the sensor.

∙ When the radar signal is temporarily in-terrupted.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no lon-ger present, turn the system off using theProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPILOTAssist system back on to use the system.

NOTE:

When the ICC system is canceled under thefollowing conditions at a standstill, the elec-tronic parking brake is automatically acti-vated:

∙ Any door is open.

∙ The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

∙ Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICCsystem for approximately 3 minutes orlonger.

∙ The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) po-sition or manual shift mode.

∙ The VDC system is turned off.

∙ When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-struction to the sensor.

∙ When the radar signal is temporarily in-terrupted.

Condition B

When the radar sensor of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICCsystem will automatically be canceled.

The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Blocked” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, press the Park buttonto place the vehicle in the P (Park) position,and turn the engine off. When the radar sig-nal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sen-sor area of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the “Unavailable: Front RadarBlocked” warning message continues to bedisplayed, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Condition C

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light and display the “Un-available: Front Radar Blocked” message.

Action to take:

When the above driving conditions no longerexist, turn the system back on.

ICC system malfunction

If the ICC system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,and the speed control status warning (or-ange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, stop the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off, restartthe engine and set the ICC system again. If itis not possible to set the ICC system or theindicator stays on, it may be a malfunction.Although the normal driving can be contin-ued, the ICC system should be inspected. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.


ICC sensor maintenance

The radar sensor is located on the front of thevehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area clean.


∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.

∙ Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper.

Before customizing or restoring the frontbumper, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.

The camera sensor is located above the in-side mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the systemsand prevent a system malfunction, be sure toobserve the following:




∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.

STEERING ASSIST

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the Steering Assistcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The Steering Assist is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to correct careless, inattentiveor absent-minded driving. The SteeringAssist will not always steer the vehicle tokeep it in the lane. It is not designed toprevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

∙ As there is a performance limit to theSteering Assist’s capability, never relysolely on the system. The Steering Assistdoes not function in all driving, traffic,weather, and road conditions. Alwaysdrive safely, pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle, and manually controlyour vehicle appropriately.

∙ The Steering Assist is intended for use onwell-developed freeways or highwayswith gentle (moderate) curves. To avoidrisk of an accident, do not use this systemon local or non-highway roads.

∙ The Steering Assist only steers the ve-hicle to maintain its position in the centerof a lane. The vehicle will not steer toavoid objects in the road in front of thevehicle or to avoid a vehicle moving intoyour lane.


∙ It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in control of thevehicle at all times. Never take yourhands off the steering wheel when driv-ing. Always keep your hands on thesteering wheel and drive your vehiclesafely.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the Steering Assist. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the Steering Assist.To avoid serious injury or death, do notrely on the system to prevent accidentsor to control the vehicle’s speed in emer-gency situations. Do not use the SteeringAssist except in appropriate road andtraffic conditions.

Steering Assist operation

The Steering Assist controls the steering sys-tem to help keep your vehicle near the centerof the lane when driving. The Steering Assistis combined with the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) system. For additional information,refer to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (withProPILOT Assist)” in this section.

The Steering Assist can be activated whenthe following conditions are met:

∙ The ICC system is activated.

∙ Lane markers on both sides are clearlydetected.

∙ A vehicle ahead is detected (when thevehicle is driven at speeds under 37 mph[60 km/h])

∙ The driver grips the steering wheel.

∙ The vehicle is driven at the center of thelane.

∙ The turn signals are not operated.

∙ The windshield wiper is not operated inthe high (HI) speed operation (the steer-ing assist function is disabled after thewiper operates for approximately10 seconds).

Steering Assist display andindicators

�1 Steering Assist status indicator/warning

Displays the status of the Steering Assistby the color of the indicator/warning

∙ Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-ing Assist standby

∙ Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

∙ Steering Assist indicator (yellow):Steering Assist malfunction

LSD3621


�2 Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering As-sist by the color of the indicator

∙ Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-ing Assist standby

∙ Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

�3 Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detectsthe lane marker

∙ Lane marker indicator (gray): Lanemarkers not detected

∙ Lane marker indicator (green): Lanemarkers detected

∙ Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lanedeparture is detected

When the Steering Assist is in operation, theSteering Assist status indicator �1 , the Steer-ing Assist indicator �2 , and the lane markerindicator �3 on the vehicle information dis-play turn green. A chime sounds when theSteering Assist initially activates.

When the Steering Assist deactivates, theSteering Assist status indicator �1 , the Steer-ing Assist indicator �2 , and the lane markerindicator �3 on the vehicle information dis-play turn gray and a chime sounds twice.

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

When a curve or strong cross wind exceedsthe capabilities of the Steering Assist andyour vehicle approaches either the left or theright side of the traveling lane, a warningchime sounds and the LDP indicator light(orange) on the instrument panel flashes toalert the driver. Then, the LDP system auto-matically applies the brakes for a short periodof time to help assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane. Thisaction is in addition to any Steering Assistactions.


Hands on detection

When the Steering Assist is activated, itmonitors the driver’s steering wheel opera-tion.

If the steering wheel is not operated or thedriver takes his/her hands off the steeringwheel for a period of time, the warning (1)appears in the vehicle information display.

If the driver does not operate the steeringwheel after the warning has been displayed,an audible alert sounds and the warningflashes in the vehicle information display, fol-lowed by a quick brake application to requestthe driver to take control of the vehicle again.

If the driver still does not respond, the ProPI-LOT Assist turns on the hazard flasher andslows the vehicle to a complete stop.

The driver can cancel the deceleration at anytime by steering, braking, accelerating, or op-erating the ProPILOT Assist switch.

LSD3622


WARNING

Steering Assist is not a system for a hands-free driving. Always keep your hands on thesteering wheel and drive your vehiclesafely. Failure to do so could cause a colli-sion resulting in serious personal injury ordeath.

NOTE:

If the driver lightly touches (instead of firmlygrips) the steering wheel, the steeringtorque sensor may not detect the driver’shand(s) on the steering wheel and a sequenceof warnings may occur. When the driverholds and operates the steering wheel again,the warnings turn off.

Steering Assist limitations

WARNING

∙ In the following situations, the cameramay not detect lane markers correctly ormay detect lane markers incorrectly andthe Steering Assist may not operateproperly:

– When driving on roads where thereare multiple parallel lane markers, lanemarkers that are faded or not paintedclearly, nonstandard lane markers, orlane markers covered with water, dirt,snow, etc.

– When driving on roads with discontin-ued lane markers

– When driving on roads with a widen-ing or narrowing lane width

– When driving on roads where thereare multiple lanes or unclear lanemarkers due to road construction

– When driving on roads where thereare sharply contrasting objects, suchas shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams, or lines remaining after roadrepairs (the Steering Assist could de-tect these items as lane markers)

– When driving on roads where thetraveling lane merges or separates

∙ Do not use the Steering Assist under thefollowing conditions because the systemmay not properly detect lane markers.Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,dust, etc.)

– When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrownup by the wheels of other vehicles

– When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or an-other object adheres to the cameraunit

– When the lens of the camera unit isfoggy

– When strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams from oncoming ve-hicles) shines on the camera

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or the head-lights are off in tunnels or darkness

– When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs (for example, when the vehicleenters or exits a tunnel or is under abridge)

– When driving on roads where thetraveling lane merges or separates orwhere there are temporary lane mark-ers because of road construction

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs


– When driving on a bumpy road sur-face, such as an uneven dirt road

– When driving on sharp curves or wind-ing roads

– When driving on repeated uphill anddownhill roads

∙ Do not use the Steering Assist under thefollowing conditions because the systemwill not operate properly:

– When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (for ex-ample, tire wear, abnormal tire pres-sure, installation of a spare tire, tirechains, nonstandard wheels)

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake or suspensionparts

– When an object that obstructs thecamera unit detection range isattached

– When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or luggage areaof your vehicle

– When the vehicle load capacity isexceeded

– When towing a trailer or other vehicle

∙ Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the beep maynot be heard.

∙ For the ProPILOT Assist system to oper-ate properly, the windshield in front ofthe camera must be clean. Replace wornwiper blades. The correct size wiperblades must be used to help make sure thewindshield is kept clean. Only use Genu-ine INFINITI wiper blades, or equivalentwiper blades, that are specifically de-signed for use on your vehicle model andmodel year. It is recommended that youvisit your INFINITI retailer for the correctparts for your vehicle.

Steering Assist temporary standby

Automatic standby due to driving operation:

When the driver activates the turn signal, theSteering Assist is temporarily placed in astandby mode. (The Steering Assist restartsautomatically when the operating conditionsare met again.)

Automatic standby:

In the following cases, a warning message isdisplayed along with the chime, and theSteering Assist is placed in a temporary

standby mode. (The Steering Assist restartsautomatically when the operating conditionsare met again.)

∙ When lane markers on both sides are nolonger detected

∙ When a vehicle ahead is no longer de-tected under approximately 37 mph(60 km/h)

Steering Assist cancel

Under the following conditions, the SteeringAssist cancels, and the Steering Assist statusindicator and the Steering Assist indicatorturn off:

∙ When unusual lane markers appear in thetraveling lane or when the lane markercannot be correctly detected for sometime due to certain conditions (for ex-ample, a snow rut, the reflection of lighton a rainy day, the presence of severalunclear lane markers)

∙ When the windshield wiper operates inthe high (HI) speed operation (the Steer-ing Assist is disabled when the wiper op-erates for more than approximately10 seconds)


NOTE:

For vehicles with auto wipers, the wipersmay automatically switch to LO or HI. If theauto wipers remain in LO or HI for longerthan 10 seconds, the steering assist will can-cel.

Action to take:

Turn the ICC system off using the CANCELswitch. When the conditions listed above areno longer present, turn the ICC system onagain.

Steering Assist malfunction

When the system malfunctions, it turns offautomatically. The Steering Assist statuswarning illuminates (orange). A chime maysound depending on the situation.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off, restart the engine, resume driving,and set the Intelligent Cruise Control systemagain. If the warning (orange) continues toilluminate, the Steering Assist is malfunction-ing. Although the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Steering Assist maintenance

The camera sensor is located above the in-side mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sure toobserve the following:




∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.


For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subjectto the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and

2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

Le present appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisee aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-lage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioelectrique subi,meme si le brouillage est susceptible d’encompromettre le fonctionnement.



This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for an uncontrolledenvironment.


The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet equipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC etabliespour un environnement non controle. Cetequipement doit etre installe et utilise avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steering as-sist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode.

This mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

∙ In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the presenceof the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

∙ Pay special attention to the distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicle aheadof you or a collision could occur.

∙ Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

∙ Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode when driving underthe following conditions:

– When it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed

– On winding or hilly roads

– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

– In very windy areas

∙ Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.


Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches

1. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

4. ProPILOT Assist switch:Master switch to activate the system

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators

The display is located in the vehicle informa-tion display.

1. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, the speedis displayed in km/h.

2. Cruise indicator:This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

∙ Cruise control ON indicator (gray): In-dicates that the ProPILOT Assistswitch is on

∙ Cruise control SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed is set

∙ Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-cates that there is a malfunction in theICC system

LSD3076 LSD3623


Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the Pro-PILOT Assist switch �A for longer than about1.5 seconds.

When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switchon, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode display and indicators �B are dis-played in the vehicle information display. Af-ter you hold the ProPILOT Assist switch onfor longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICCsystem display turns off. The cruise indicatorappears. You can now set your desired cruis-

ing speed. Pushing the ProPILOT Assistswitch again will turn the system completelyoff. When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ProPILOT Assist switch(vehicle-to vehicle distance control mode) orpush and hold it (conventional cruise controlmode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ProPILOT Assistswitch off when not using the ICC system. To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle

to the desired speed, push the SET- �C

switch and release it. (The color of the cruiseindicator changes to green and set vehiclespeed indicator comes on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain vehiclespeed.

LSD3624 LSD3625


To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off.Both the cruise indicator and vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.


1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed, re-lease the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph(1 km/h).


1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows downto the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph(1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and releasethe RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume thelast set cruising speed when the vehicle speedis over 25 mph (40 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the DCA systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the DCA system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the DCA system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

∙ The system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA)(if so equipped)


∙ As there is a performance limit to the dis-tance control function, never rely solelyon the DCA system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibil-ity in rain, fog, or other bad weather. De-celerate the vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur-rounding circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

∙ Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually de-celerate to maintain the proper followingdistance. The DCA system may not beable to decelerate the vehicle under somecircumstances.

∙ This system only brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward to help assistthe driver to maintain a following dis-tance from the vehicle ahead. Accelera-tion should be operated by the driver.

∙ The DCA system does not control the ve-hicle speed or warn you when you ap-proach stationary and slow moving ve-hicles. You must pay attention to vehicleoperation to maintain proper distancefrom vehicles ahead.

∙ The DCA system automatically deceler-ates your vehicle to help assist the driverto maintain a following distance from thevehicle ahead. Manually brake when de-celeration is required to maintain a safedistance upon sudden braking by the ve-hicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenlyappears in front of you. Always stay alertwhen using the DCA system.

∙ If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. The systemwill cancel with a warning chime once itjudges that the vehicle has come to astandstill. To prevent the vehicle frommoving, the driver must depress thebrake pedal.

The DCA system is intended to assist thedriver in keeping a following distance fromthe vehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the radar sensor detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve-hicle speed to help assist the driver to main-tain a following distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to ap-proximately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200m) ahead.


1. Vehicle information display

2. Lower display buttons


4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (forvehicles without ProPILOT Assist)

5. DCA ON indicator

DCA SYSTEM OPERATION

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the DCA systemcould result in serious personal injury ordeath.

∙ When the vehicle ahead detection indica-tor light is not illuminated, the systemwill not control the vehicle or warn thedriver.

∙ Never place your foot under the brakepedal. Your foot may be caught when thesystem controls the brake.

∙ Depending on the position of the accel-erator pedal, the system may not be ableto assist the driver to release the accel-erator pedal appropriately.

LSD3562


The DCA system brakes and moves the ac-celerator pedal upward according to the dis-tance from and the relative speed of the ve-hicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. The systemwill decelerate as necessary and if the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicle deceler-ates to a standstill. However, the DCA sys-tem can only apply up to approximately 40%of the vehicle’s total braking power. If a ve-hicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or ifa vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may becomecloser because the DCA system cannot de-celerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the DCA system will sound a warningchime and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action. For addi-tional information, refer to “Approach warn-ing” in this section.

The DCA system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the acceleratorpedal upward in the normal driving condition.

When a vehicle is detected ahead:

The vehicle ahead detection indicator comeson.

When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead:

∙ If the driver’s foot is not on the accelera-tor pedal, the system activates the brakesto decelerate smoothly as necessary. Ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system.

∙ If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward to assist the driver to re-lease the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by driver is required:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator. If the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal after the warning, the sys-tem moves the accelerator pedal upward toassist the driver to switch to the brake pedal.

NOTE:

∙ The stop lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the DCAsystem.

∙ When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

LSD2991


Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operations override thesystem operation:

∙ When the driver depresses the accelera-tor pedal even further while the system ismoving the accelerator pedal upward,the DCA system control of the accelera-tor pedal is canceled.

∙ When the driver’s foot is on the accelera-tor pedal, the brake control by the systemis not operated.

∙ When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

∙ When the ICC system is set, the DCAsystem will be canceled.

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the systemwarns the driver with the chime and DCAsystem display. Decelerate by depressing thebrake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle dis-tance if:


∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.


∙ When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

∙ When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when yourvehicle approaches vehicles that are parkedor moving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound andthe system display may blink when the radarsensor detects objects on the side of theroad. This may cause the DCA system to de-celerate or accelerate the vehicle. The radarsensor may detect these objects when thevehicle is driven on winding roads, narrowroads, hilly roads or when entering or exitinga curve. In these cases you will have to manu-ally control the proper distance ahead ofyour vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected byvehicle operation (steering maneuver or driv-ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehiclecondition (for example, if a vehicle is beingdriven with some damage).


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEDCA SYSTEM

To turn on the DCA system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch (for models withoutProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assistswitch (for models with ProPILOT Assist) onthe steering wheel after starting the engine.The DCA system switch indicator light in thevehicle information display will illuminate.Push the dynamic driver assistance switch(for models without ProPILOT Assist) or theProPILOT Assist switch (for models withProPILOT Assist) on the steering wheel againto turn off the DCA system. The DCA systemswitch indicator light will turn off.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed becomes above approximately3 mph (5 km/h).

The dynamic driver assistance switch (formodels without ProPILOT Assist) or the Pro-PILOT Assist switch (for models with ProPI-LOT Assist) on the steering wheel is used forthe LDP, DCA and BSI systems. When thedynamic driver assistance switch (for modelswithout ProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOTAssist switch (for models with ProPILOT As-sist) on the steering wheel is pushed, the LDPsystem will also turn on or off simultaneously.The DCA system can be individually set to onLSD3144


or off on the display. If the system is set tooff, the system will not turn on even if thedynamic driver assistance switch (for modelswithout ProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOTAssist switch (for models with ProPILOT As-sist) on the steering wheel is pushed to on.For additional information, refer to “SettingDCA system to ON/OFF” in this section.

Setting DCA system to ON/OFF:

The DCA can be turned on/off in the lowerdisplay.



3. Select “Forward Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Distance Con-trol” system on or off.

If the LDP, BSI and DCA systems are set tooff in the lower display and the dynamicdriver assistance switch (for models withoutProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assistswitch (for models with ProPILOT Assist) onthe steering wheel is pushed, the LDP indica-tor light, BSI ON indicator light, and the DCAsystem switch indicator light will blink forapproximately 2 seconds.

For additional information on LDP and BSI,refer to “Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)”and “Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” in thissection.

DCA system display and indicators

The display is located between the speedom-eter and tachometer.

∙ Vehicle ahead detection indicator (green):

Indicates that the dynamic driver assistanceswitch (for models without ProPILOT Assist)or the ProPILOT Assist switch (for modelswith ProPILOT Assist) on the steering wheelis on.

∙ Vehicle ahead detection indicator (or-ange):

The indicator comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the DCA system.

LSD3579


DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe DCA system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. Do not use the systemon roads with sharp curves, or on icyroads, in heavy rain or in fog.

∙ The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal.

∙ As there is a performance limit to the dis-tance control function, never rely solelyon the DCA system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibil-ity in rain, fog, or other bad weather. De-celerate the vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur-rounding circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

∙ The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe DCA system under the followingconditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves


– On off-road surfaces such as on sandor rock, etc.


– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thesensor area of the front bumper

– On steep downhill roads (frequentbraking may result in overheating thebrakes)



– When towing a trailer or other vehicle

– Interference by other radar sources

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need to con-trol the distance from other vehicles us-ing the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the DCA systemwhen it is not recommended in thissection.

The radar sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

∙ Stationary and slow moving vehicles




The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

∙ When the snow or road spray from trav-eling vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibil-ity

∙ When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle


DCA DRIVING SITUATIONS

The detection zone of the sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zonefor the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the center line of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If this oc-curs, the system may warn you by blinking

the system indicator and sounding thechime. The driver may have to manually con-trol the proper distance away from the ve-hicle traveling ahead.

DCA Detection Zone

SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensor maydetect vehicles in a different lane, or maytemporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the system to workinappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the system indica-tor and sounding the chime unexpectedly.You will have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.


Condition A:

Under the following conditions, the DCA sys-tem is automatically canceled. The chime willsound and the DCA system switch indicatorwill blink. The system will not be able to beset.

DCA Detection Zones On Winding Roads

SSD0253 LSD3203


∙ When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, then pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch [formodels without ProPILOT Assist] or theProPILOT Assist switch [for models withProPILOT Assist] on the steering wheel.)

For additional information about theVDC system, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in this section.

∙ When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) isoperating


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no lon-ger present, turn the system off with thedynamic driver assistance switch (for modelswithout ProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOTAssist switch (for models with ProPILOT As-sist) on the steering wheel. Turn the DCAsystem back on to use the system.

Condition B:

When the radar sensor area is covered withdirt or is obstructed, making it impossible todetect a vehicle ahead, the DCA system isautomatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the DCA systemwarning light (orange) will come on and the“Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked” warningwill appear.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place, press the park button to placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position and turnthe engine off. When the radar signal is tem-porarily interrupted, clean the sensor areaand restart the engine. If the “Unavailable:Front Radar Blocked” warning continues tobe displayed, have the DCA system checked.It is recommended you visit and INFINITIretailer for this service.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls) the system may illuminate the sys-tem warning light (orange) and display the“Unavailable Front Radar Blocked” message.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the DCA system will resume automatically.

Condition C:

When the DCA system is not operating prop-erly, the chime sounds, the DCA systemwarning light (orange) and the system “Mal-function” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

LSD2992


Action to take:

If the DCA system warning light (orange) andthe warning message appear, stop the ve-hicle in a safe place and place the vehicle inthe P (Park) position. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the DCA sys-tem again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-hicle is still drivable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor for the DCA system is commonwith ICC and is located behind the front bum-per.

For additional information, refer to “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC)” in this section.

For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subjectto the following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference, includ-ing interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1)L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage,et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même sile brouillage est susceptible d’en comprom-ettre le fonctionnement.


This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for an un-controlled environment.


This transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet équipment est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipment doit étre installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RAB systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The RAB system is a supplemental aid tothe driver. It is not a replacement forproper driving procedures. Always usethe side and rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction you will move beforeand while backing up. Never rely solely onthe RAB system. It is the driver’s respon-sibility to stay alert, drive safely, and bein control of the vehicle at all times.

∙ There is a limitation to the RAB systemcapability. The RAB system is not effec-tive in all situations.

The RAB system can assist the driver whenthe vehicle is backing up and approachingobjects directly behind the vehicle.

The RAB system detects obstacles behindthe vehicle using the parking sensors �1 lo-cated on the rear bumper.

NOTE:

You can temporarily cancel the sonar func-tion in the vehicle, but the RAB system willcontinue to operate. For additional informa-tion, please refer to “Front and rear sonarsystem” in this section.

LSD3559

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)


�1 RAB system warning light and RAB sys-tem warning indicator

�2 Lower display buttons

�3 Center display (if so equipped)

RAB SYSTEM OPERATION

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RABsystem operates.

If a risk of a collision with an obstacle isdetected when your vehicle is backing up, theRAB system warning indicator will flash in thevehicle information display, a red frame willappear in the center display (for vehicles withthe Intelligent Around View Monitor system),and the system will chime three times. Thesystem will then automatically apply thebrakes. After the automatic brake applica-tion, the driver must depress the brake pedalto maintain brake pressure.

NOTE:

∙ The brake lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the RABsystem.

∙ When the brakes operate, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.LSD3561


TURNING THE RAB SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn the RABsystem ON or OFF.



3. Select “Emergency Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Backward” sys-tem on or off.

When the RAB system is turned off, the RABsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The RAB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe RAB system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for proper use ofthe RAB system could result in serious in-jury or death.

LSD3610


∙ When the vehicle approaches an obstaclewhile the accelerator or brake pedal isdepressed, the function may not operateor the start of operation may be delayed.The RAB system may not operate or maynot perform sufficiently due to vehicleconditions, driving conditions, the trafficenvironment, the weather, road surfaceconditions, etc. Do not wait for the sys-tem to operate. Operate the brake pedalby yourself as soon as necessary.

∙ If it is necessary to override RAB opera-tion, strongly press the acceleratorpedal.

∙ Always check your surroundings and turnto check what is behind you before andwhile backing up. The RAB system de-tects stationary objects behind the ve-hicle. The RAB system does not detectthe following objects:

– Moving objects

– Low objects

– Narrow objects

– Wedge-shaped objects

– Objects close to the bumper (less thanapproximately 1 ft [30 cm])

– Objects that suddenly appear

– Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain,etc.

∙ The RAB system may not operate for thefollowing obstacles:

– Obstacles located high off the ground

– Obstacles in a position offset fromyour vehicle

– Obstacles, such as spongy materialsor snow, that have soft outer surfacesand can easily absorb a sound wave

∙ The RAB system may not operate in thefollowing conditions:

– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., at-tached to the sonar sensors.

– A loud sound is heard in the areaaround the vehicle.

– The surface of the obstacle is diagonalto the rear of the vehicle.

∙ The RAB system may unintentionally op-erate in the following conditions:

– There is overgrown grass in the areaaround the vehicle.

– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, tollgate equipment, a narrow tunnel, aparking lot gate) near the side of thevehicle.

– There are bumps, protrusions, or man-hole covers on the road surface.

– The vehicle drives through a drapedflag or a curtain.

– There is an accumulation of snow orice behind the vehicle.

– An ultrasonic wave source, such as an-other vehicle’s sonar, is near thevehicle.

∙ Once the automatic brake control oper-ates, it does not operate again if the ve-hicle approaches the same obstacle.

∙ The automatic brake control can only op-erate for a short period of time. There-fore, the driver must depress the brakepedal.

∙ In the following situations, the RAB sys-tem may not operate properly or may notfunction sufficiently:

– The vehicle is driven in bad weather(rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– The vehicle is driven on a steep hill.


– The vehicle’s posture is changed (e.g.,when driving over a bump).

– The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.

– The vehicle is turned sharply by turn-ing the steering wheel fully.

– Snow chains are used.

– Wheels or tires other than INFINITIrecommended are used.

– The brakes are cold at low ambienttemperatures or immediately afterdriving has started.

– The braking force becomes poor dueto wet brakes after driving through apuddle or washing the vehicle.

∙ Turn the RAB system off in the followingconditions to prevent the occurrence ofan unexpected accident resulting fromsudden system operation:

– The vehicle is towed.

– The vehicle is carried on a flatbedtruck.

– The vehicle is on the chassisdynamometer.

– The vehicle drives on an uneven roadsurface.

– Suspension parts other than those des-ignated as Genuine INFINITI parts areused. (If the vehicle height or the vehiclebody inclination is changed, the systemmay not detect an obstacle correctly.)

∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio system vol-ume, an open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the chime sound, and it may notbe heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the RAB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, the RAB systemwarning light will illuminate, and the “Systemfault” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light illuminates, park the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engine off,and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the RAB systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

NOTE:

If the RAB system cannot be operated tem-porarily, the RAB system warning lightblinks.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Observe the following items to ensure properoperation of the system:

∙ Always keep the parking sensors �1

clean.

∙ If the parking sensors are dirty, wipethem off with a soft cloth while beingcareful to not damage them.

LSD3559


∙ Do not subject the area around the park-ing sensors �1 to strong impact. Also, donot remove or disassemble the parkingsensors. If the parking sensors and pe-ripheral areas are deformed in an acci-dent, etc., have the sensors checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

∙ Do not install any stickers (includingtransparent stickers) or accessories onthe parking sensors �1 and their sur-rounding areas. This may cause a mal-function or improper operation.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem is a supplemental aid to the driver. Itis not a replacement for the driver’s at-tention to traffic conditions or responsi-bility to drive safely. It cannot preventaccidents due to carelessness or danger-ous driving techniques.

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem does not function in all driving, traf-fic, weather and road conditions.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk of aforward collision with the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane or with a pedestrian ahead inthe traveling lane.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemuses a radar sensor �A located on the front ofthe vehicle to measure the distance to thevehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestri-ans, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem uses a camera �B installed behind thewindshield in addition to the radar sensor.

LSD2954

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING(FEB) WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM



2. FEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-gency warning indicator

3. FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

SYSTEM OPERATION

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemoperates at speeds above approximately3 mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detectionfunction, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operates at speeds between 6 –37 mph (10 – 60 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision with a vehicle isdetected, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem will first provide a warning to thedriver by flashing the vehicle ahead detectionindicator and providing an audible alert. Inaddition, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem pushes the accelerator pedal up, andthen the system applies partial braking. If thedriver applies the brakes quickly and force-fully, but the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem detects that there is still the possibilityof a forward collision, the system will auto-matically increase the braking force.

LSD3573


If the risk of a collision becomes imminentand the driver does not take action, the FEBwith Pedestrian Detection system issues thesecond warning to the driver by flashing theFEB with Pedestrian Detection emergencywarning indicator (red), providing an audiblewarning, and then automatically appliesharder braking.

If a risk of a forward impact with a pedestrianis detected, the FEB with Pedestrian Detec-tion system will provide a warning to thedriver by flashing the FEB with PedestrianDetection emergency warning indicator (red),provides an audible alert and the system willapply partial baking. If the driver applies thebrakes quickly and forcefully but the FEBwith Pedestrian Detection system detectsthat there is still the possibility of a forwardimpact with a pedestrian, the system will au-tomatically increase the braking force. If therisk of collision becomes imminent and thedriver does not take action, the FEB withPedestrian Detection system automaticallyapplies harder braking.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on when anybraking is performed by the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance tothe vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well asdriving and roadway conditions, the systemmay help the driver avoid a forward collisionor may help mitigate the consequences if acollision should be unavoidable. If the driver ishandling the steering wheel, accelerating orbraking, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem will function later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the steering wheel is turned toavoid a collision.

∙ When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

∙ When there is no longer a vehicle or apedestrian detected ahead.

If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemhas stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will re-main at a standstill for approximately 2 sec-onds before the brakes are released.


TURNING THE FEB WITHPEDESTRIAN DETECTIONSYSTEM ON/OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the FEB with Pedestrian Detection system.




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Forward” sys-tem on or off.

When the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is turned off, the FEB with PedestrianDetection system warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem will be automatically turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

∙ The Predictive Forward Collision Warn-ing (PFCW) system (if so equipped) isintegrated into the FEB with PedestrianDetection system. There is not a sepa-rate selection in the lower display for thePFCW system. When the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection is turned off, thePFCW system is also turned off.LSD3610


FEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe FEB with Pedestrian Detection system.Failure to operate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations could resultin serious injury or death.

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem cannot detect all vehicles or pedes-trians under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensor FEB with PedestrianDetection system does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Small pedestrians (including smallchildren), animals and cyclists.

– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or usingmobile transport such as scooters,child-operated toys, or skateboards.

– Pedestrians who are seated or other-wise not in a full upright standing orwalking position.

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

– Obstacles on the roadside

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem has some performance limitations.

– If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle’spath, the FEB with Pedestrian Detec-tion system will not function when thevehicle is driven at speeds over ap-proximately 50 mph (80 km/h).

– For pedestrian detection, the FEBwith Pedestrian Detection system willnot function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds over approximately 37 mph(60 km/h) or below approximately6 mph (10km/h).

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem will not function for pedestrians indarkness or in tunnels, even if there isstreet lighting in the area.

∙ For pedestrians, the FEB with PedestrianDetection system will not issue the firstwarning and will not push the acceleratorpedal up.

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem may not function if the vehicle aheadis narrow (for example, a motorcycle).

∙ The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem may not function if speed differencebetween the two vehicles is too small.

∙ The radar sensor FEB with PedestrianDetection system may not function prop-erly or detect a vehicle ahead in the fol-lowing conditions:

– Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms,and road spray from other vehicles).

– Driving on a steep downhill slope orroads with sharp curves.

– Driving on a bumpy road surface, suchas an uneven dirt road.

– If dirt, ice, snow or other material iscovering the radar sensor area.


– The camera area of the windshield isfogged up, or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

– Strong light (for example, sunlight orhigh beams from oncoming vehicles)enters the front camera. Strong lightcauses the area around the pedestrianto be cast in a shadow, making it diffi-cult to see.


– A sudden change in brightness occurs.(For example, when the vehicle entersor exits a tunnel or a shaded area orlightning flashes.)

– The poor contrast of a person to thebackground, such as having clothingcolor or pattern which is similar to thebackground.

– The pedestrian’s profile is partiallyobscured or unidentifiable due to thepedestrian transporting luggage,wearing bulky or very loose-fittingclothing or accessories.

∙ The system performance may degrade inthe following conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.

– Excessively heavy baggage is loadedin the rear seat or the trunk room ofyour vehicle.

∙ The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s (radar and camera)functionality, within certain limitations.The system may not detect blockage ofsensor areas covered by ice, snow orstickers, for example. In these cases, thesystem may not be able to warn thedriver properly. Be sure that you check,clean and clear sensor areas regularly.

∙ In some road and traffic conditions, theFEB with Pedestrian Detection systemmay unexpectedly apply partial braking.When acceleration is necessary, depressthe accelerator pedal to override thesystem.

∙ Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime maynot be heard.


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensor maydetect vehicles in a different lane, or maytemporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the system to workinappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operating (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the system indica-tor and sounding the chime unexpectedly.You will have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253



Condition A:

In the following conditions, the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection system warning lightblinks and the system will be turned off auto-matically.

∙ The radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source.

∙ The camera area of the windshield ismisted or frozen.

∙ Strong light is shining from the front.

∙ The cabin temperature is over approxi-mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.

∙ The camera area of the windshield glassis continuously covered with dirt, etc.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill resume automatically.

LSD3575


NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield or cameraarea is misted or frozen, it will take a periodof time to remove it after A/C turns ON. Ifdirt appears on this area have it checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

Condition B:

In the following conditions, the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection system warning light willilluminate, the system will be turned off au-tomatically and the “Unavailable: Front RadarBlocked” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

∙ The sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position and turn the engineoff. Clean the radar sensor area of the frontbumper or the camera area of the windshieldwith a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls).

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB with pedestrian detection systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemstops working, the PFCW system (if soequipped) will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemmalfunctions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a chime will sound, the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system warning light (orange)will illuminate and the warning message[Malfunction] will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the FEB with

Pedestrian Detection system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

NOTE:



SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The radar sensor �A is located on the front ofthe vehicle. The camera �B is located on theupper side of the windshield.

To keep the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:

∙ Always keep sensor areas of the frontbumper and windshield clean.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensors (ex. Bumper, windshield).

∙ Do not cover or attach stickers, or installany accessory near the sensors. Thiscould block sensor signals, and/or causefailure or malfunction.

∙ Do not attach metallic objects near theradar sensor (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instrumentpanel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-versely affect the camera unit’s detectioncapability.

∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.


For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A


Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1)L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage,et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même sile brouillage est susceptible d’en comprom-ettre le fonctionnement.

LSD2954






Cet équipment est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipment doit étre installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the PFCW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The PFCW system can help warn thedriver before a collision occurs but willnot avoid a collision. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

The PFCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicle aheadin the same lane.

The PFCW system uses a radar sensor �Alocated on the front of the vehicle to measurethe distance to the vehicle ahead in the samelane.

LSD2952

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (PFCW)



2. FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

LSD3576


PFCW SYSTEM OPERATION

The PFCW system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 mph (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-sion, the PFCW system will warn the driverby blinking the vehicle ahead detection indi-cator, and sounding an audible alert.

LSD2263


TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn thePFCW system on or off.




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Forward” sys-tem on or off.

When the PFCW system is turned off, theFEB with Pedestrian Detection system warn-ing light illuminates.

NOTE:

∙ The PFCW system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

∙ The PFCW system (if so equipped) is in-tegrated into the FEB with PedestrianDetection system. There is not a sepa-rate selection in the lower display for thePFCW system. When the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection is turned off, thePFCW system is also turned off.

LSD3610


Illustration A

LSD2312


PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe PFCW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The PFCW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensor does not detect the fol-lowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

∙ (Illustration A) The PFCW system doesnot function when a vehicle ahead is anarrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.

∙ The radar sensor may not detect a vehicleahead in the following conditions:

– Snow or heavy rain.

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-ering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– Driving in a tunnel.

– (Illustration B) When the vehicleahead is being towed.

Illustration B

LSD2265


– (Illustration C) When the distance tothe vehicle ahead is too close, thebeam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

– (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

∙ The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality, withincertain limitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstruction of thesensor area such as ice, snow, stickers,etc. In these cases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly. Be surethat you check, clean and clear the sensorarea regularly.

∙ Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime maynot be heard.


Illustration C

LSD2266


Illustration D

LSD2313



Condition A

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impos-sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCWsystem is automatically turned off.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate and the“Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

LSD3575


Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe place, press the Parkbutton to place the vehicle in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Clean theradar cover on the lower grille with a softcloth, and restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have the PFCWsystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls).

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer existthe PFCW system will resume automatically

NOTE:


SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the PFCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate and thewarning message [Malfunction] will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the PFCW sys-tem checked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor �A is located on the front of thevehicle.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.


∙ Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near the sen-sor area. This could cause failure or mal-function.

LSD2952


∙ Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A


Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1)L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage,et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si

le brouillage est susceptible d’en comprom-ettre le fonctionnement.





Cet équipment est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipment doit étre installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine performance.

∙ Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not runthe engine over 4,000 rpm.

∙ Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

∙ Avoid quick starts.

∙ Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

∙ Do not tow a trailer for the first500 miles (805 kilometers). Your engine,axle or other parts could be damaged.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driv-ing Tips to help you achieve the most fueleconomy from your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and BrakePedal Application

∙ Avoid rapid starts and stops.

∙ Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

∙ Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

∙ Look ahead to try and anticipate andminimize stops.

∙ Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your num-ber of stops.

∙ Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds

∙ Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

∙ Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

∙ Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-tances

∙ Observing the speed limit and not ex-ceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where le-gally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

∙ Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unnec-essary braking.

∙ Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

∙ Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use Cruise Control

∙ Using cruise control during highwaydriving helps maintain a steady speed.

∙ Cruise control is particularly effectivein providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

∙ Utilize a map or navigation system todetermine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid Idling

∙ Shutting off your engine when safe forstops exceeding 30–60 seconds savesfuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads

∙ Automated passes permit drivers touse special lanes to maintain cruisingspeed through the toll and avoid stop-ping and starting.

9. Winter Warm Up

∙ Limit idling time to minimize impact tofuel economy.

∙ Vehicles typically need no more than30 seconds of idling at start-up to ef-fectively circulate the engine oil beforedriving.

∙ Your vehicle will reach its ideal operat-ing temperature more quickly whiledriving versus idling.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

∙ Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever pos-sible.

∙ When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C system.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up.

∙ Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

∙ Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

∙ Keep all the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

∙ Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. For additional information, refer to“Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tions” in the “Technical and consumer in-formation” section of this manual.

If any malfunction occurs in the IntelligentAWD system while the engine is running,messages are displayed in the meter.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL DRIVE(AWD) (if so equipped)


If the AWD error warning message is dis-played, there may be a malfunction in theIntelligent AWD system. Reduce vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

The AWD high temperature message may bedisplayed while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to increased oil temperature. The drivingmode may change to 2-Wheel Drive (2WD).If this message is displayed, stop the vehiclewith the engine idling, as soon as it is safe todo so. Then if the message turns off, you cancontinue driving.

The tire size message may be displayed ifthere is a large difference between the diam-eters of front and rear wheels. Pull off theroad in a safe area, with the engine idling.Check that all tire sizes are the same, that thetire pressure is correct and that the tires arenot excessively worn.

If any warning messages continue to be dis-played, have your vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LSD2082 LSD2083 LSD2084


WARNING

∙ Do not drive beyond the performance ca-pability of the tires. Accelerating quickly,sharp steering maneuvers or suddenbraking may cause loss of control, evenwith Intelligent AWD engaged.

∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any drive orreverse position with the engine running.Doing so may result in drivetrain damageor unexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious personal injury orvehicle damage.

∙ Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing) or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure thatyou inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer. Us-ing the wrong test equipment may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result in se-rious personal injury or vehicle damage.

CAUTION

∙ Do not operate the engine on a free rollerwhen any of the wheels are raised.

∙ If you use the free roller, rotate fourwheels with the same speed without rais-ing any wheels.

∙ If an AWD warning message is displayedwhile driving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed immediately and have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

∙ The powertrain may be damaged if youcontinue driving when the AWD tem-perature or tire size incorrect messagesare displayed.

∙ If the AWD high temperature message isdisplayed while you are driving, pull offthe road in a safe area, and idle the en-gine. The driving mode will change to2WD to prevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warning messageturns off, you can drive again.

∙ If the tire size incorrect message is dis-played while you are driving, pull off theroad in a safe area with the engine idling.Check that all tire sizes are the same, thatthe tire pressure is correct and that thetires are not excessively worn.

∙ If a warning message continues to be dis-played after the above operations, haveyour vehicle checked as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.


WARNING

∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam-mable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and causea fire.

∙ Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Failureto do so could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and result in anaccident. Make sure the shift lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it can goand cannot be moved without depressingthe foot brake pedal.

∙ Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.

∙ Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly acti-vate switches or controls or make the ve-hicle move. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.


1. Apply the electronic parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, itis a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

∙ HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB

�A :

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

∙ HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB �B :

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


∙ HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL,NO CURB �C :

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGTYPE

WARNING

∙ If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control of thevehicle, but the steering will be harder tooperate. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assist while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeat-edly or continuously while parking or drivingat a very low speed, the power assist for thesteering wheel will be reduced. This is to pre-vent overheating of the power steering sys-tem and protect it from getting damaged.While the power assist is reduced, steeringwheel operation will become heavy. Whenthe temperature of the power steering sys-tem goes down, the power assist level will

return to normal. Avoid repeating such steer-ing wheel operations that could cause thepower steering system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indi-cate the power steering system is not func-tioning properly and may need servicing.Have the power steering system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there will beno power assist for the steering, but you willstill have control of the vehicle. At this time,greater steering effort is required to operatethe steering wheel, especially in sharp turnsand at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to “Powersteering warning light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

POWER STEERING


DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING®TYPE

WARNING

∙ When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will ceaseoperation. You will still have control ofthe vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate.

∙ If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, DirectAdaptive Steering® may not operateproperly and the power steering warninglight may illuminate.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspensionparts such as shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not INFINITI recommendedfor your vehicle or are extremely deterio-rated, Direct Adaptive Steering may notoperate properly and the power steeringwarning light may illuminate.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s steering. Ifsteering parts are not INFINITI recom-mended for your vehicle or are extremelydeteriorated, Direct Adaptive Steeringmay not operate properly and the powersteering warning light may illuminate.

∙ If the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF indicator light illuminates, thepower steering warning light may also il-luminate at the same time. Stop the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the powersteering warning light continues to illu-minate, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. For additional in-formation, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in this section.

CAUTION

∙ Do not place the ignition switch in the ONposition while the steering wheel or a tireis removed.

∙ Do not turn the steering wheel as much aspossible while the ignition switch is anyposition other than the ON position.

∙ Installing an accessory on the steeringwheel, or changing the steering wheel,may reduce the steering performance.

Direct Adaptive Steering is designed to con-trol the steering force and steering angle ac-cording to the vehicle speed and amount ofturning of the steering wheel.

The steering characteristic can be selectedusing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. Foradditional information, refer to “INFINITIDrive Mode Selector” in this section.

If the VDC system is turned off, the setting ofsteering becomes Standard mode.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indi-cate that Direct Adaptive Steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servicing.Have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. For additional information, refer to“Power steering warning light” in the “Instru-ments and Controls” section of the manual.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, the powerassist for the steering will cease operation.You will still have control of the vehicle. How-ever, greater steering effort will be needed,especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunctioning,the steering wheel may turn slightly evenwhen driving on a straight road.


Under the following conditions, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even when driving ona straight road. This is due to a protectionmechanism for Direct Adaptive Steering. Thesteering wheel will return to the normal posi-tion after the protection mechanism is deac-tivated.

Condition A:

∙ When the engine is stalled or likely to bestalled

∙ When the steering wheel is held in the fulllock position or when the front tiretouches an obstruction

∙ When the battery is discharged

To return the steering wheel to the normalposition, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand stop operating the steering wheel. Thendrive the vehicle for a short period of time.

Condition B:

∙ When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed. In this case,the power assist for the steering wheelwill be reduced.

To return the steering wheel to the normalposition, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand wait for a period of time, without oper-

ating the steering wheel, until the tempera-ture of Direct Adaptive Steering cools down.Avoid repeated steering wheel operationsthat could cause Direct Adaptive Steering tooverheat.

When the vehicle is tested on the 2–wheeldynamometer, the power steering warninglight may illuminate. To turn off the powersteering warning light, stop the vehicle in asafe location, turn the engine off, restart theengine, and then drive the vehicle for a periodof time.

The following conditions do not indicate amalfunction of Direct Adaptive Steering:

∙ You may notice wider steering play whenthe ignition switch is in the OFF or AUTOACC position compared to when it is inthe ON position.

∙ After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even when drivinga straight road. To return to the normalposition, drive the vehicle on a straightroad for a period of time.

∙ After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may move if the steering wheelwas turned to the fully locked positionwhile the ignition switch was in the OFFposition.

∙ After the vehicle is tested on the 4–wheeldynamometer, the steering wheel mayturn slightly even when driving on astraight road. To return the steeringwheel to the normal position, drive thevehicle on a straight road for a period oftime.

You may hear a noise under the followingconditions. However, this is not a malfunc-tion.

∙ When the engine is started or stopped.

∙ When the steering wheel is turned in thefull lock position.


The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you willstill have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using en-gine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure on thebrake pedal will be required to stop the ve-hicle and stopping distance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going downa slope or long grade. Overheated brakesmay reduce braking performance and couldresult in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

∙ While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or acceler-ating could cause the wheels to skid andresult in an accident.

∙ If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedalto heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function cor-rectly.

Parking brake break-in

Break in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or rotors are replaced, in order toassure the best brake performance.

This procedure is described in the INFINITIService Manual. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

∙ The ABS is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resulting fromcareless or dangerous driving techniques.It can help maintain vehicle control dur-ing braking on slippery surfaces. Remem-ber that stopping distances on slipperysurfaces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front ofyou. Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

∙ Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install the speci-fied size of tires on all four wheels.

BRAKE SYSTEM


– When installing a spare tire, make surethat it is the proper size and type asspecified on the Tire and Loading In-formation label. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Tire and Loading In-formation label” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of thismanual.

– For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels donot lock during hard braking or when brakingon slippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and varies thebrake fluid pressure to prevent each wheelfrom locking and sliding. By preventing eachwheel from locking, the system helps thedriver maintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheAnti-lock Braking System will operate to pre-vent the wheels from locking up. Steer thevehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Self-test feature

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) includeselectronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulicsolenoids and a computer. The computer hasa built-in diagnostic feature that tests thesystem each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computersenses a malfunction, it switches the ABS offand illuminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then op-erates normally but without anti-lock assis-tance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operation

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) operatesat speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 - 10 km/h). Thespeed varies according to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsationin the brake pedal and hear a noise fromunder the hood or feel a vibration from theactuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operating prop-erly. However, the pulsation may indicatethat road conditions are hazardous and extracare is required while driving.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster even withlight pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.


The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Un-der certain driving conditions, the VDC sys-tem helps to perform the following functions:

∙ Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so poweris transferred to a non-slipping drivewheel on the same axle.

∙ Controls brake pressure and engine out-put to reduce drive wheel slip based onvehicle speed (traction control function).

∙ Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

– Understeer (vehicle tends to not fol-low the steered path despite in-creased steering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver to main-tain control of the vehicle, but it cannot pre-vent loss of vehicle control in all driving situ-ations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator light in the instrument panel flashesto note the following:

∙ The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is required tohelp keep the vehicle on the steered path.

∙ You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from underthe hood. This is normal and indicates thatthe VDC system is working properly.

∙ Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

For additional information, refer to “Slip indi-cator light” and ”Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” in the ”Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system,

the and indicator lights come onin the instrument panel. The VDC system au-tomatically turns off when these indicatorlights are on.The lower display is used to turn off the VDCsystem. When the VDC system is turned off,

the indicator light, the RAB systemwarning light, and the FEB with PedestrianDetection system warning light illuminate toindicate the VDC, FEB with Pedestrian De-tection, and RAB systems are off.

When the lower display is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates to pre-vent one drive wheel from slipping by trans-ferring power to a non-slipping drive wheel.

The indicator light flashes if this occurs.

All other VDC functions are off and theindicator light will not flash.

The VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or in re-verse at a slow speed. When the self-test oc-curs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

∙ The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain controllability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds or bycareless or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. Ifsuspension parts such as shock absorb-ers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bush-ings and wheels are not INFINITI recom-mended for your vehicle or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly. This could adverselyaffect vehicle handling performance, andthe indicator light may flash or

both the and indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If brake related parts such as brake pads,rotors and calipers are not INFINITI rec-ommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and both the andthe indicator lights may illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremely

deteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners, theVDC system may not operate properlyand the indicator light may flash or

both the and indicator lightsmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surface suchas a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp,the indicator light may flash or

both the and indicator lightsmay illuminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving onto astable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator light may flash or


∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution of forceto each of the four wheels depending on theradius of the turn.

WARNING

∙ The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain controllability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds or bycareless or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. Ifsuspension parts such as shock absorb-ers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bush-ings and wheels are not INFINITI recom-mended for your vehicle or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly. This could adverselyaffect vehicle handling performance, andthe indicator light may flash or



∙ If brake related parts such as brake pads,rotors and calipers are not INFINITI rec-ommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and both the andthe indicator lights may illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremely

deteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners, theVDC system may not operate properlyand the indicator light may flash or

both the and indicator lightsmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surface suchas a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp,the indicator light may flash or

both the and indicator lightsmay illuminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving onto astable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator light may flash or


∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.

The chassis control is an electric control mod-ule that includes the following functions:

∙ Active Trace Control

∙ Active Engine Brake

∙ Active Ride Control

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROLThis system senses driving based on the driv-er’s steering and acceleration/braking pat-terns, and controls brake pressure at indi-vidual wheels to help smooth vehicleresponse.

When the lower display is used to turn off theVehicle Dynamic Control system, the ActiveTrace Control system is also turned off.

If the Active Trace Control is not functioningproperly, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem warning indicator light illuminates inthe instrument panel.

The Active Trace Control can be set to on(enabled) or off (disabled) through the lowerdisplay “Infiniti Drive Mode Selector” menuoption.

CHASSIS CONTROL


ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE

The Active Engine Brake function adds subtledeceleration by controlling ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) gear ratio, de-pending on the cornering condition calcu-lated from the driver’s steering input and plu-ral sensors. This benefit is for easiertraceability and less workload of adjustingspeed with braking at corners.

The Active Engine Brake also enhances brak-ing feel by adding subtle deceleration withCVT gear ratio control according to the driv-er’s brake pedal operation

The Active Engine Brake can be set to on(enabled) or off (disabled) through the lowerdisplay “Infiniti Drive Mode Selector” menuoption.

When the Active Engine Brake is operated atcorners and the “Chassis Control” mode isselected in the lower display, the Active En-gine Brake graphics are shown in the vehicleinformation display.

If the chassis control warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the Active Engine Brake isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

WARNING

The Active Engine Brake may not be effec-tive depending on the driving condition. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.

When the Active Engine Brake is operating,the needle of the tachometer will rise up andyou may hear an engine noise. This is normaland indicates that the Active Engine Brake isoperating properly.

LSD2185


ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL

This system senses upper body motion(based on wheel speed information) and con-trols engine torque and four wheel brakepressure. This will enhance ride comfort in aneffort to restrain uncomfortable upper bodymovement when passing over undulatedroad surfaces. This system comes into effectabove 25 mph (40 km/h).

When the lower display is used to turn off theVDC system, the Active Ride Control is alsoturned off.

If the Integrated Dynamics-control Modulewarning message appears in the vehicle in-formation display, it may indicate that theActive Ride Control is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When the Active Ride Control is operating,you may hear noise and sense slight decel-eration. This is normal and indicates that theActive Ride Control is operating properly.

WARNING

∙ Never rely solely on the hill start assistsystem to prevent the vehicle from mov-ing backward on a hill. Always drive care-fully and attentively. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Be especially careful whenstopped on a hill on frozen or muddyroads. Failure to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards may result in a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and possible seriousinjury or death.

∙ The hill start assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a standstillon a hill. Depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Fail-ure to do so may cause the vehicle to rollbackwards and may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

∙ The hill start assist system may not pre-vent the vehicle from rolling backwardson a hill under all load or road conditions.Always be prepared to depress the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards. Failure to do so may result ina collision or serious personal injury.

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the hillstart assist system automatically keeps thebrakes applied to help prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backward in the time it takes thedriver to release the brake pedal and applythe accelerator.

The hill start assist system will operate auto-matically under the following conditions:

∙ The transmission is shifted to a forwardor reverse gear.

∙ The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake. The maximumholding time is 2 seconds. After 2 sec-onds the vehicle will begin to roll back andthe hill start assist system will stop oper-ating completely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the shift lever is placed in the N (Neu-tral), the Park button is pressed to place thevehicle in the P (Park) position or on a flat andlevel road.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


The sonar system sounds a tone to inform thedriver of obstacles near the bumper.

When the sonar system is turned on, thesonar view will automatically appear in thecenter display when the camera is activated.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the sonar systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The sonar system is not a replacement forproper driving procedures and is not de-signed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers. Always look around and check thatit is safe to do so before parking.

∙ This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary ob-jects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

If your vehicle sustains damage to the bum-per fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, thesensing zone may be altered causing inaccu-rate measurement of obstacles or falsealarm.

CAUTION

∙ Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

∙ Keep the sonar sensors (located on thebumper fascias) free from snow, ice andlarge accumulations of dirt. Do not cleanthe sensors with sharp objects. If the sen-sors are covered, the accuracy of the so-nar function will be diminished.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The system informs with a visual and audiblesignal of front obstacles when the shift leveris in the D (Drive) position and both front andrear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position.Sonar Operation Table

FR Sensor RR Sensor

Range Sound Display Sound Display

P x † x †

R o o o o

N x † x †

D o o x †

o – Display/Beep when detect

† – Display on camera view

x – No Display and Beep

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an obstacle is detected by onlythe corner sensor and the distance does notchange. The tone will stop when the obstacleget away from the vehicle.

LSD2993

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM(if so equipped)


When the object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking increases. When the vehicle is veryclose to the object, the indicator stops blink-ing and turns red, and the tone sounds con-tinuously.

When the corner of the vehicle moves closerto an object, the corner sonar indicator �Aappears. When the center of the vehiclemoves close to an object, the center sonar (ifso equipped) indicator �B appears.

The system indicators �A will appear whenthe vehicle moves closer to an object.

LSD2136 LSD2137


Type A (if so equipped)LSD3577

Type B (if so equipped)LSD3578


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESONAR SYSTEM

The system is automatically activated whenthe ignition is in the ON position and the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the sonar system:

Type A (if so equipped):


2. Select “Settings.”

3. Select “Parking Sonar”

4. Select “Front” to turn the front sonarsensors on or off.

∙ Select “Rear” to turn the rear sonar sen-sors on or off.

Type B (if so equipped):


2. Select “Settings.”

3. Select “Parking Sonar”

4. Select “Rear” to turn the Rear Sonar Sys-tem on or off.

SONAR LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe sonar system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar system as contained in this sec-tion. Inclement weather may affect thefunction of the sonar system; this mayinclude reduced performance or a falseactivation.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

∙ Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of the sys-tem; this may include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

∙ The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects. Al-ways move slowly. The system will notdetect small objects below the bumper oron the ground.

∙ The system may not detect the followingobjects: fluffy objects such as snow,cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; thin ob-jects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; orwedge-shaped objects.

∙ The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and maynot detect certain angular or movingobjects.


When sonar blockage is detected, the systemwill be deactivated automatically.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog. The blocked conditionmay also be caused by objects such as ice,frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sonar sensors are located on the frontand rear bumpers. Always keep the area nearthe sonar sensors clean.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe sonar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the sonar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the sonar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around thesonar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the area aroundthe sonar sensors is damaged due to a colli-sion.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer through the key hole. If the lock be-comes frozen, heat the key before inserting itinto the key hole, or use the INFINITI Intelli-gent Key.

ANTIFREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the antifreeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, referto “Engine cooling system” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, refer to “Battery” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

LSD2993

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includingthe engine block. Refill before operating thevehicle. For additional information, refer to“Changing engine coolant” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reducedin snowy and icy conditions. If you oper-ate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads,INFINITI recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on allfour wheels. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability infor-mation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian prov-inces prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before install-ing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additionalinformation, refer to “Tire chains” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

∙ A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

∙ A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

∙ A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

∙ Extra washer fluid to refill thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

∙ Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick and veryhard to drive on. The vehicle will havemuch less traction or “grip” under theseconditions. Try to avoid driving on wetice until the road is salted or sanded.

∙ Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose even moretraction.

∙ Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

∙ Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

∙ Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it. Trynot to brake while on the ice, and avoidany sudden steering maneuvers.

∙ Do not use the cruise control on slipperyroads.


∙ Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear ofthe exhaust pipe and from around yourvehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist withcold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) orlower.

WARNING

∙ Do not use your engine block heater withan ungrounded electrical system or a2-pronged adapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock if you use anungrounded connection.

∙ Disconnect and properly store the engineblock heater cord before starting the en-gine. Damage to the cord could result inan electrical shock and can cause seriousinjury.

∙ Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged ex-tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plugthe extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use theproper extension cord or a grounded out-let can result in a fire or electrical shockand cause serious personal injury.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, de-pending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

Front Microphone

LSD2959

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION/ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT


ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION

This system uses microphones �1 located in-side the vehicle to detect engine boomingnoise. The system then automatically gener-ates a noise canceling sound through thespeakers and woofer (if so equipped) to re-duce engine booming noise.

NOTE:

To operate the active noise cancellation sys-tem properly:

∙ Do not cover the speakers or woofer (ifso equipped).

∙ Do not cover the microphones.

∙ Do not change or modify speakers in-cluding the woofer (if so equipped) andany audio related components such asthe amplifier.

∙ Do not make any modification includingsound deadening or modificationsaround the microphones or speakers.

ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT

Active sound enhancement enhances exist-ing engine sounds according to the enginespeed and driving modes through the speak-ers and woofer (if so equipped).

Rear Microphone

LSD2960


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . .6-3Run-flat tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8

Towing recommended by INFINITI. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . .6-11

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

∙ If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

∙ Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unless un-usual circumstances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle might become ahazard to other traffic.

∙ Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignitionswitch placed in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

In the event of a roadside emergency, road-side assistance service is available to you.Please refer to your Warranty InformationBooklet (U.S.) or the Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada) fordetails.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

6-2 In case of emergency

To shut off the engine in an emergency situ-ation while driving, perform the followingprocedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch three consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires. When the low tire pres-sure warning light is lit, and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning appears in the vehicleinformation display, one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. The systemalso displays pressure of all tires (except thespare tire) on the vehicle information displayscreen by sending a signal from a sensor thatis installed in each wheel. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, the TPMSwill activate and warn you of it by the low tirepressure warning light. This system will acti-vate only when the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional in-formation, refer to “Warning lights, indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section and “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” sections of this manual.

WARNING


EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

∙ If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, re-place it with a replacement tire as soon aspossible. If no tires are flat and all tiresare properly inflated, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without TPMSsuch as the spare tire, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for these services.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tiresealant into the tires, as this may cause amalfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

RUN-FLAT TIRES

This vehicle is equipped with run-flat tires.Run-flat tires can be used temporarily if theyare punctured. When the “Flat Tire — VisitDealer” warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display, one or more of your tires ispunctured. For additional information, referto “Run-flat tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” sec-tion of this manual.

For additional information, refer to the tiresafety information in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

WARNING

∙ Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long distanceat high speeds may damage the tires.

∙ Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph(80 km/h) and do not drive more thanapproximately 93 miles (150 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actual dis-tance the vehicle can be driven on a flattire depends on outside temperature, ve-hicle load, road conditions and otherfactors.

∙ Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.

∙ If you detect any unusual sounds or vi-brations while driving with a puncturedrun-flat tire, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. The tire may be seriously dam-aged and need to be replaced.


CAUTION

∙ Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

∙ Avoid diving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.

∙ Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

∙ Have the punctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorized re-pair shop. Replace the tire as soon as pos-sible if the tire is seriously damaged.

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING

∙ If done incorrectly, jump starting can leadto a battery explosion, resulting in severeinjury or death. It could also damage yourvehicle.

∙ Explosive hydrogen gas is always presentin the vicinity of the battery. Keep allsparks and flames away from thebattery.

∙ Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corro-sive sulfuric acid solution which can causesevere burns. If the fluid should come intocontact with anything, immediately flushthe contacted area with water.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach of children.

∙ The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly rated bat-tery can damage your vehicle.

∙ Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

∙ Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause seri-ous injury.

∙ The automatic engine cooling fan (if soequipped) may come on at any time with-out warning, even if the ignition switch isin the OFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, keep hands andother objects away from it.

JUMP STARTING


WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Fail-ure to do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle, position the 2 vehicles to bring theirbatteries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Engage the P(Park) position. Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (lights, heater, airconditioner, etc.).

3. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF po-sition.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the se-quence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ).

CAUTION

∙ Always connect positive (�) to positive(�) and negative (�) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, engine liftbracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

∙ Make sure the jumper cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compartmentand that the cable clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm and start theengine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and wait 3 to4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

LCE2223


CAUTION

∙ Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-started ortow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

∙ Do not push start this vehicle. The three-way catalyst may be damaged.

WARNING

∙ Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the coolant reservoir capwhile the engine is still hot. When thecoolant reservoir cap is removed, pres-surized hot water will spurt out, possiblycausing serious injury.

∙ Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc. take the following steps.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and engage theP (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the ra-diator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn off theengine.) Do not open the hood furtheruntil no steam or coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine,stand clear to prevent getting burned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leak-ing, the water pump belt is missing orloose, or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the engine coolant reser-voir tank with the engine running. Addcoolant to the engine coolant reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle re-paired. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictionsand local regulations for towing must be fol-lowed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from an INFINITI retailer. Local ser-vice operators are generally familiar with theapplicable laws and procedures for towing.To assure proper towing and to prevent ac-cidental damage to your vehicle, INFINITIrecommends having a service operator towyour vehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the following precau-tions:

WARNING

∙ Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

∙ Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

∙ When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system and pow-ertrain are in working condition. If any ofthese conditions apply, dollies or a flat-bed tow truck must be used.

∙ Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For additional information, refer to “Flattowing” in the “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

INFINITI recommends towing your vehiclebased upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-tional information, refer to the diagrams inthis section to ensure that your vehicle isproperly towed.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models withContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place thevehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models equipped with aContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)with any of the wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensive damage tothe transfer case and transmission.

LCE2370


Two-Wheel Drive models withContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

INFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truckas illustrated.

NOTE:

If the electronic parking brake is released,the rear wheels can be grounded while tow-ing. If the electronic parking brake is not re-leased, towing dollies should be used. Foradditional information, refer to “Electronicparking brake” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

CAUTION

∙ Never tow Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) models with the frontwheels on the ground or four wheels onthe ground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expensivedamage to the transmission. If it is neces-sary to tow the vehicle with the rearwheels raised always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

∙ When towing Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models with the rearwheels on the ground or on towingdollies:

– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neversecure the steering wheel by placingthe ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion. This may damage the steeringlock mechanism (for models with asteering lock mechanism).

LCE2371


VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personalinjury or death when recovering a stuckvehicle:

∙ Contact a professional towing service torecover the vehicle if you have any ques-tions regarding the recovery procedure.

∙ Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to main structural members of thevehicle.

∙ Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to towor free a stuck vehicle.

∙ Only use devices specifically designed forvehicle recovery and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions.

∙ Always pull the recovery device straightout from the front of the vehicle. Neverpull at an angle.

∙ Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle except theattachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device designedspecifically for vehicle recovery. Always fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions for therecovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

∙ Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

∙ Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and result inserious injury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

∙ Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

∙ Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

∙ Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

∙ Do not spin the tires above 35 mph(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing ser-vice to remove the vehicle.


MEMO


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Underbody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4Leather cleaning kit (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Cleaning the seat tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your ve-hicle as soon as you can:

∙ After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain.

∙ After driving on coastal roads.

∙ When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

∙ When dust or mud builds up on the sur-face.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using amild soap, a special vehicle soap or generalpurpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

∙ Do not concentrate water spray directlyon the sonar sensors (if so equipped) onthe bumper as this will result in damageto the sensors. Do not use pressure wash-ers capable of spraying water over1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) to wash your ve-hicle. Use of high-pressure washers over1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can result in dam-age to or removal of paint or graphics.Avoid using a high-pressure washercloser than 12 inches (30 cm) to the ve-hicle. Always use a wide-angle nozzleonly, keep the nozzle moving and do notconcentrate the water spray on any onearea.

∙ Do not use car washes that use acid in thedetergent. Some car washes, especiallybrushless ones, use some acid for clean-ing. The acid may react with some plasticvehicle components, causing them tocrack. This could affect their appearance,and also could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlightor while the vehicle body is hot, as thesurface may become water-spotted.

∙ Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Care mustbe taken when removing caked-on dirt orother foreign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

Inside edges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be cleaned regularly. Take carethat the drain holes in the lower edge of the

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

door are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the ve-hicle to avoid water spots.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-upwax residue and to avoid a weathered ap-pearance before re-applying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

∙ Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

∙ Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleaners thatmay damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish maydull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible fromthe surface of the paint to avoid lasting dam-age or staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at an INFINITI retailer or any auto-motive accessory store. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for theseproducts.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building upand causing the acceleration of corrosion onthe underbody and suspension. Before thewinter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash the wheels regularly with a spongedampened in a mild soap solution, especiallyduring winter months in areas where roadsalt is used. If not removed, road salt candiscolor the wheels.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid stain-ing or discoloring the wheels:

∙ Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acidor alkali contents to clean the wheels.

∙ Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as ambi-ent temperature.

∙ Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

Appearance and care 7-3

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSINGS

INFINITI does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coatingto the tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires,it may react with the coating and form acompound. This compound may come off thetire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

∙ Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilythan with an oil-based tire dressing.

∙ Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

∙ Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-pletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

∙ Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

This vehicle has new and unique surfaces onthe center console and door pull finishers. Ifcleaning is required use mild soap and water.However if mild soap and water won’t cleanthe center console and door pull finishers, useGenuine INFINITI Vinyl and Leather Cleaner(or equivalent).

Occasionally remove loose dust from the in-terior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution,then wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in orderto maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals that maystain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens.

Use a slightly moist (with water) microfibercloth to clean the wood trim. If necessary, usewater with natural soap or wood dedicatedcleaning products, such as furniture polish.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This can dam-age the seat or occupant classification sen-sor. This can also affect the operation of theair bag system and result in serious per-sonal injury.

CAUTION

∙ Never use benzine, thinner, or any similarmaterial on the interior surfaces or sur-face damage may occur. Such damage isnot covered under the INFINITIwarranty.

∙ Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces and shouldbe removed promptly. Do not use saddlesoap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage theleather’s natural finish.

∙ Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

∙ Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on me-ter or gauge lens covers. It may damagethe lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR


LEATHER CLEANING KIT (if soequipped)

Spray onto leather cleaning cloth, then gentlywipe the surface of the leather. Use a drytowel to absorb any excess moisture.

Clean light-colored leather more frequentlybecause soiling on such surfaces is muchmore visible.

Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions supplied with the leather cleaning kit.

You can obtain the leather cleaning kit froman INFINITI retailer or other authorized repairshop.

CAUTION

Do not leave the leather cleaning kit insidethe vehicle. The leather cleaning kit left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

∙ Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they con-tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it tohang free and not contact an interior sur-face.

∙ Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can cause im-mediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using the air fresheners.

POWER MOONROOF (if soequipped)

The sunshade is made from a tricot material.

CAUTION

To help prevent damaging the moonroofwhile cleaning:

∙ Do not rub the material with a cloth. Do-ing so can damage the surface of the ma-terial or cause a stain to spread.

∙ Never use benzine, thinner or any similarchemical to clean the sunshade. This maydiscolor the moonroof and damage thesurface.

∙ Clean water based stains by patting thesurface with a clean soft cloth dampenedin warm water. Press a clean dry clothonto the surface to remove as muchdampness as possible and then let air dry.

∙ Clean oil based stains by patting the sur-face with a clean soft cloth dampened inwarm water. Press a clean dry cloth ontothe surface to remove as much dampnessas possible and then let air dry.


FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision, injury or death:

∙ NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver front posi-tion or install them upside down orbackwards.

∙ Use only Genuine INFINITI floor mats orequivalent floor mats, specifically de-signed for use in your vehicle model andmodel year.

∙ Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioning hook.For additional information, refer to"Floor mat installation" in this section.

∙ Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation.

∙ Periodically check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

∙ After cleaning the vehicle interior, checkthe floor mats to make sure they areproperly installed.

The use of Genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessivelyworn.

Floor mat installation

Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat re-tainer clips. The number and shape of thefloor mat retainer clips for each seating posi-tion varies depending on the vehicle.

When installing Genuine INFINITI floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the mat and the following:

1. With the ignition in the OFF position, theshift lever in P (Park) position and withthe parking brake fully applied, positionthe floor mat in the floorwell so that thefloor mat grommet holes are alignedwith the retainer clips.

2. Secure the grommet holes into the clipsand ensure that the floor mat is properlypositioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation. With the igni-tion still in the OFF position, the shiftlever in the P (Park) position and with theparking brake applied, fully apply andrelease all pedals. The floor mat must notinterfere with pedal operation or preventthe pedal from returning to its normalposition.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for details about installing the floormats in your vehicle.

LAI2094


The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat retainer clips.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-tion. Allow the belts to dry completely in theshade before using them. For additional in-formation, refer to “Seat belt maintenance” inthe “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section of thismanual.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or chemi-cal solvents to clean the seat belts, sincethese materials may severely weaken theseat belt webbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTION

Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre-vent reduction of ability to move the seats.

Clean periodically with a high-poweredvacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may reducethe ability to adjust the seat. A wet cleansingagent may be used if necessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

Most vehicle corrosion is caused by:

∙ The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

∙ Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle and should be re-moved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Retainer clips

LAI2095

CORROSION PROTECTION


Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areaswhere the temperatures stay above freezingand where atmospheric pollution exists androad salt is used.

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of cor-rosion to those parts which are not well ven-tilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt useaccelerates the corrosion process. Road saltalso accelerates the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

∙ Wash and wax your vehicle often to keepthe vehicle clean.

∙ Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

∙ Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

∙ Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

∙ NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner or broom.

∙ Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fend-ers.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended that you consult anINFINITI retailer.


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Engine compartment check locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid. . 8-10Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Variable voltage control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Battery replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

INFINITI Intelligent Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to your-self or damage to the vehicle. The followingare general precautions which should beclosely observed.

WARNING

∙ Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle from mov-ing. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

∙ Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

∙ If you must work with the engine running,keep your hands, clothing, hair and toolsaway from moving fans, belts and anyother moving parts.

∙ It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

∙ Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition switch is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. To avoid injury,always disconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

∙ If you must run the engine in an enclosedspace such as a garage, be sure there isproper ventilation for exhaust gases toescape.

∙ Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is necessaryto work under the vehicle, support it withsafety stands.

∙ Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

∙ Because the fuel lines on gasoline enginemodels are under high pressure evenwhen the engine is off, it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for ser-vice of the fuel filter or fuel lines.

CAUTION

∙ Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

∙ Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engine oil,engine coolant and/or other vehicle flu-ids can damage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations for disposalof vehicle fluid.

∙ Never leave the engine or ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) relatedcomponent harnesses disconnectedwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

∙ Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

This “Do-it-yourself” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.

A Genuine INFINITI service manual is alsoavailable. For additional information, refer to“Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order in-formation” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating diffi-culties or excessive emissions, and could af-fect warranty coverage. If in doubt about anyservicing, it is recommended that you have itdone by an INFINITI retailer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

KR20DDET engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Drive belt location3. Air filter4. Brake fluid reservoir5. Battery6. Fuse/Fusible link box7. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir8. Engine oil filler cap9. Engine oil dipstick

LDI3173

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water toprovide year-round antifreeze and coolantprotection. The antifreeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional en-gine cooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

∙ Never remove the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot. Wait until theengine and radiator cool down. Seriousburns could be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator. For ad-ditional information on precautions, re-fer to “If your vehicle overheats” in the“In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

∙ The coolant reservoir is equipped with apressure type coolant reservoir cap. Toprevent engine damage, use only a Genu-ine NISSAN coolant reservoir cap.

CAUTION

∙ Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives mayclog the cooling system and cause dam-age to the engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

∙ When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-dilutedto provide antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37° C). If additional freeze protectionis needed due to weather where you op-erate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) con-centrate following the directions on thecontainer. If an equivalent coolant otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, followthe coolant manufacturer’s instructionsto maintain minimum antifreeze protec-tion to -34° F (-37° C). The use of othertypes of coolant solutions other thanGenuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine cooling system.

∙ The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type of cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (orequivalent coolant), including GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(green), or the use of non-distilled watermay reduce the life expectancy of thefactory-fill coolant. For additional infor-mation, refer to the “Maintenance andschedules” section of this manual.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level �B , add coolant to the MAXlevel �A .

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant is105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years.Mixing any other type of coolant or the use ofnon-distilled water will reduce the life expec-tancy of the factory-fill coolant. For addi-

tional information, refer to the "Maintenanceand schedules" section of this manual.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

For additional information on the location ofthe engine coolant reservoir, refer to “Enginecompartment check locations” in this section.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

An INFINITI retailer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can be foundin the INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING

∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

∙ Never remove the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressure fluid es-caping from the radiator.

∙ Avoid direct skin contact with used cool-ant. If skin contact is made, wash thor-oughly with soap or hand cleaner as soonas possible.

∙ Keep coolant out of the reach of childrenand pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

LDI3157

Do-it-yourself 8-5

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than10 minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H(High) and L (Low) marks �B . This is thenormal operating oil level range. If the oillevel is below the L (Low) mark �A , re-move the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notfill oil level above H (High) mark �C .

6. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oil main-tenance intervals or during the break-in pe-riod, depending on the severity of operatingconditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Oper-ating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OILFILTER

For additional information on engine oil andoil filter change, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for 15 min-utes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

∙ Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

∙ A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

LDI3158 LDI0371

ENGINE OIL

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and supportpoints are used to avoid vehicle damage.

�1 Oil filler cap

LDI3443

�2 Oil drain plug

LDI3376

Do-it-yourself 8-7

Removal of engine protectors

1. Remove clips�A and under-engine pro-tector.

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug and oil filter.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and com-pletely drain the oil.

�3 Oil filter

LDI3377

�4 Under engine protector

LDI3444 LDI3445

8-8 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as the en-gine oil is hot.

WARNING

∙ Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

∙ Try to avoid direct skin contact with usedoil. If skin contact is made, wash thor-oughly with soap or hand cleaner as soonas possible.

∙ Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench by turning it counterclockwise.Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasket materialremaining on the sealing surface of the en-gine. Failure to do so could lead to an oilleak and engine damage.

∙ The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstick holewhen filling the engine with oil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tighten ad-ditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.6 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench. Do not use excessiveforce.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m)

9. Refill the engine with the recommendedoil through the oil filler opening, and in-stall the oil filler cap securely.

For additional information about drain andrefill capacity, refer to “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the “Tech-nical and consumer information” section ofthis manual. The drain and refill capacity de-pends on the oil temperature and drain time.Use these specifications for reference only.Always use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required. Turn the engine offand wait more than 15 minutes. Checkthe oil level with the dipstick. Add engineoil if necessary.

After the operation

1. Reinstall engine protectors in reverse or-der of removal.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Reset the oil control system. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

∙ Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

∙ Check your local regulations.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

CAUTION

∙ INFINITI recommends using GenuineNISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)ONLY in INFINITI CVTs. Do not mix withother fluids.

∙ Do not use Automatic Transmission Fluid(ATF) or manual transmission fluid in anINFINITI CVT, as it may damage the CVT.Damage caused by the use of fluids otherthan as recommended is not covered un-der INFINITI’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

∙ Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage caused bythe use of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered under INFINITI’sNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluid isrequired, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

∙ Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluidmay damage the brake system. The use ofimproper fluids can damage the brakesystem and affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

∙ Clean the filler cap before removing.

∙ Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surface withwater.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thebrake fluid is below the MIN line �B , the brakewarning light will illuminate. Add brake fluidup to the MAX line �A . For additional infor-mation on the recommended type of brakefluid, refer to “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the “Tech-nical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

If the brake fluid must be added frequently,the brake system should be thoroughlychecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

For additional information on the location ofthe brake fluid reservoir, refer to “Enginecompartment check locations” in this section.

LDI3161

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIR

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir pe-riodically. Add windshield-washer fluid whenthe “Low Washer Fluid” warning messageshows on the vehicle information display.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindshield-washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bet-ter cleaning. In the winter season, add a

windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

∙ Do not substitute engine antifreeze cool-ant for windshield-washer fluid. Thismay result in damage to the paint.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concentratesat full strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the windshield-washer fluidreservoir.

∙ Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the windshield-washer fluid reser-voir. Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the washer fluidconcentrate and water.

∙ If the battery is labeled "do not open" it ismaintenance free and battery fluidshould not be checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retaileror a qualified specialist workshop to con-firm the battery’s performance.

∙ Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bak-ing soda and water.

∙ Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

∙ If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (-) bat-tery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

LDI3162

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID BATTERY

Do-it-yourself 8-11

WARNING

∙ Do not expose the battery to flames, anelectrical spark or a cigarette. Hydrogengas generated by the battery is explo-sive. Explosive gases can cause blindnessor injury. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics or paintedsurfaces. Sulfuric acid can cause blind-ness or injury. After touching a battery orbattery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If theacid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing,immediately flush with water for at least15 minutes and seek medical attention.

∙ When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

∙ Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach of children.

∙ Do not tip the battery.

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of the battery.

This battery is not equipped with removablevent caps.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions might present bat-tery liquid loss. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for a proper batterydiagnosis and service in case of required.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jumpstarting” in the “In case of emergency” sectionof this manual. If the engine does not start byjump starting, the battery may have to bereplaced. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LDI3229

8-12 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

∙ Do not ground accessories directly to thebattery terminal. Doing so will bypass thevariable voltage control system and thevehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

∙ Use electrical accessories with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variable volt-age control system. This system measuresthe amount of electrical discharge from thebattery and controls voltage generated bythe generator.

The current sensor �A is located near thebattery along the negative battery cable. Ifyou add electrical accessories to your vehicle,be sure to ground them to a suitable bodyground such as the frame or engine blockarea.

1. Automatic tensioner pulley2. Generator pulley3. Water pump pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley5. Crankshaft pulley

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position before servicing drive belt.The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, or fraying. If the belt isin poor condition, have it replaced. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

LDI3164 WDI0638

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

DRIVE BELT

Do-it-yourself 8-13

2. Have the belt checked regularly for con-dition.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Iridium-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped

�A spark plugs as frequently as conventionaltype spark plugs because they last much lon-ger. Follow the maintenance log shown in the"Maintenance and schedules" section of thismanual. Do not service iridium-tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

∙ Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

SDI1895

SPARK PLUGS

8-14 Do-it-yourself

WARNING

∙ Operating the engine with the air cleanerfilter off can cause you or others to beburned. The air cleaner filter not onlycleans the intake air, it also stops theflame if the engine backfires. If the aircleaner is not installed and the enginebackfires, you could be burned. Neverdrive with the air cleaner filter off. Becautious working on the engine when theair cleaner is off.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could result inserious injury.

To remove the filter from the air cleaner, pushthe tabs �A and pull the cover upward.

The viscous paper type filter element shouldnot be cleaned and reused. Replace it accord-ing to the maintenance log shown in the“Maintenance and schedules” section of thismanual.

When replacing the air filter, wipe the insideof the air cleaner housing and the cover witha damp cloth.

NOTE:

After installing a new air cleaner filter, makesure the air cleaner cover is seated in thehousing and latch the clips �A .

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry ofairborne dust and pollen particles and re-duces some objectionable outside odors. Thefilter is located behind the glove box. Foradditional information on change intervals,refer to the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

If replacement is required, it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

LDI3165

AIR CLEANER

Do-it-yourself 8-15

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield-washer or if a wiper blade chat-ters when running, wax or other material maybe on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blades with clear water.If your windshield is still not clear after clean-ing the blades and using the wiper, replacethe blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, fol-low the procedure below:

1. When the ignition switch is ON or within60 seconds after placing the ignitionswitch from the ON to OFF position,place the windshield wiper and washerlever into the OFF position.

2. Rapidly lift the windshield wiper andwasher lever �A upwards twice within0.5 seconds. This action will cause thewipers to automatically take the serviceposition.

3. Once the wipers are in the service posi-tion, push the release tab �C .

4. Move the wiper blade down �B and re-move.

5. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until it clicks into place.

6. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

LDI3250 LDI2785

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-16 Do-it-yourself

7. Finally, lift the windshield wiper andwasher lever to the mist position �D onceand release. This action will cause thewipers to resume the set position.

CAUTION

∙ After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

∙ Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, be carefulnot to let wax get into the washer nozzle �F .This may cause clogging or improperwindshield-washer operation. If wax getsinto the nozzle, remove it with a needle orsmall pin �E .

Rear window wiper blade

If checking or replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

LDI3251

LDI3189

Do-it-yourself 8-17

If the brakes do not operate properly, it isrecommended that you have the brakeschecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return to nor-mal. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, a high pitched scrapingor screeching sound will be heard when thevehicle is in motion. The noise will be heardwhether or not the brake pedal is depressed.Have the brakes checked as soon as possibleif the wear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, oc-casional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and doesnot affect the function or performance of thebrake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should befollowed. For additional information regard-ing brake inspections, refer to the appropri-ate maintenance schedule information in the"Maintenance and schedules" section of thismanual.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and enginecompartment. Spare fuses are provided andcan be found in the passenger compartmentfuse box.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

LDI2997

BRAKES FUSES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower amper-age rating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the electricalsystem or electronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushingthe tabs and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the fuseblock in the passenger compartment.

5. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with anew fuse �B .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace with only Genuine NISSANparts.

LDI3174 LDI3200

Do-it-yourself 8-19

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower amper-age rating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the electricalsystem or electronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the driver’s side ofthe instrument panel.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Remove the fuse box cover �A with asuitable tool. Use a cloth to avoid dam-aging the trim.

3. Locate the fuse that needs to be re-placed.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller �B .

5. If the fuse is open �C , replace it with anequivalent good fuse �D .

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.

If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

NOTE:

Your vehicle may not be equipped with allfuses listed on the fuse label.

LDI3167 LDI3203

8-20 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery or removed parts.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEY

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver �Ainto the slit �B of the corner and twist itto separate the upper part from thelower part. Place a cloth over the screw-driver to protect the casing.

LDI3308

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Do-it-yourself 8-21

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.

∙ Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

∙ Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact pointswill seriously deplete the storage ca-pacity.

∙ Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with

�C and �D .

5. Operate the buttons to check the opera-tion.

If you need assistance with replacement, it isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this de-vice must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.

LDI3309

8-22 Do-it-yourself

HEADLIGHTS

For additional information on headlight bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the LED headlight bulb

If LED headlight bulb replacement is re-quired, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)

For additional information on fog light bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the LED fog light bulb

If LED fog light bulb replacement is required,it is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly*High/Low — —Park/Daytime running — —Turn — —Side marker — —

Fog light (if so equipped) — —Door mirror turn signal light* — —Map light assembly*

Dome lights* — —Map lights* — —

Courtesy light (if so equipped)* — —Vanity mirror light* 2 —Footwell light* — —Welcome light* — —Personal light* — —Glove box light* 1.4 —Front step lights* 5 168Rear step lights (if so equipped)* 5 168Cargo lights* 5 —High-mounted stop light* — —Rear combination light

Tail* — —Stop* — —Turn* — —

Backup (reversing) assembly*Tail* — —Turn* — —Backup* — —

License plate light* — —

* It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest parts information.

LIGHTS

Do-it-yourself 8-23

1. Headlight assembly2 Map light assembly3 Personal light4 Door mirror turn signal light5. High-mounted stop light6. Cargo light7. License plate light8. Backup (reversing) assembly9. Rear combination light10. Rear step light (if so equipped)11. Front step light12. Welcome light13. Fog light (if so equipped)

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Whenreplacing a bulb, first remove the lens, lightand/or cover using a cloth and suitable tool.

Indicates bulb removal

Indicates bulb installationLDI3204

WDI0263

8-24 Do-it-yourself

If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” inthe “In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS).It monitors tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare. When the low tirepressure warning light is lit and the“Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated. If equipped,the system also displays pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the dis-

play screen by sending a signal from asensor that is installed in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this systemmay not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” in the“Instruments and controls” section,“Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving”section and “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including thespare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label or the Tire and Loading In-formation label under the “Cold TirePressure” heading. The Tire and Load-ing Information label is affixed to the

driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

∙ Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

∙ Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhile parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, ordriven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at mod-erate speeds.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLD tirepressure. For additional information,refer to “TPMS with tire inflation indi-cator” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Do-it-yourself 8-25

WARNING

∙ Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

∙ The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weight ca-pacity is indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do notload your vehicle beyond this ca-pacity. Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tire life, un-safe operating conditions due topremature tire failure, or unfavor-able handling characteristics andcould also lead to a serious acci-dent. Loading beyond the speci-fied capacity may also result infailure of other vehiclecomponents.

∙ Before taking a long trip, or when-ever you heavily load your vehicle,use a tire pressure gauge to ensurethat the tire pressures are at thespecified level.


8-26 Do-it-yourself

Tire and Loading Information label

�1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

�2 Original tire size: The size of thetires originally installed on the ve-hicle at the factory.

�3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tiresto this pressure when the tires arecold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parkedfor 3 or more hours, or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds. The recommended coldtire inflation is set by the manu-facturer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up tothe vehicle’s GVWR.

�4 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�5 Spare tire size.

�6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Ve-hicle loading information” in the“Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

LDI3172

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tipof the gauge stem to release pres-sure. Recheck the pressure andadd or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.



33 psi, 230 kPa


33 psi, 230 kPa

Spare Tire: none

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufactur-ers to place standardized informationon the sidewall of all tires. This infor-mation identifies and describes thefundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides the Tire Identifica-tion Number (TIN) for safety standardcertification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

LDI0393

ExampleWDI0394

8-28 Do-it-yourself

�1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (notall tires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in millime-ters of the tire from sidewall edgeto sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire’s ratio of height towidth.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire’s load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port. You may not find this infor-mation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

ExampleWDI0395

Do-it-yourself 8-29

�2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) fora new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment Of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of theTire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional).

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

�3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester and others.

�4 Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximum per-missible inflation pressure.

�5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

�6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

Example

LDI2786

8-30 Do-it-yourself

�7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

�8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand, and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetrical tirethat has a particular side that mustalways face outward when mountedon a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

∙ When changing or replacing tires, be sureall four tires are of the same type (i.e.,Summer, All Season or Snow) and con-struction. An INFINITI retailer may be ableto help you with information about tiretype, size, speed rating and availability.

∙ Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

∙ Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the low tire pressurewarning system.

∙ Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction and tread pattern onall four wheels. Failure to do so may resultin a circumference difference betweentires on the front and rear axles which cancause the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system to malfunction resulting in per-sonal injury or death, excessive tire wearand may damage the transmission, trans-fer case and differential gears.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

∙ ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checked andcorrected as necessary. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

All season tires

INFINITI specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S on the tire sidewall. Snow tireshave better snow traction than All Seasontires and may be more appropriate in someareas.

Do-it-yourself 8-31

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance is sub-stantially reduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rating“M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends the useof SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-ings than factory equipped tires and may notmatch the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating ofthe tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and tread pat-tern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. states

and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction ca-pabilities of studded snow tires on wet or drysurfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Run–flat tires

Your vehicle is equipped with run-flat tiresand is not equipped with a spare tire, or a jackand tool kit. The jack and tool kit may bepurchased at the dealer. Please consult anINFINITI retailer for additional information.You can continue driving to a safe locationeven if the run-flat tires are punctured. Al-ways use run-flat tires of the specified size onall four wheels. Mixing tire sizes or construc-tion may reduce vehicle handling stability. Ifnecessary, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Frequently check the tire pressure and adjustpressure of each tire properly. The tire pres-sure can be also checked in the vehicle infor-mation display.

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tire pres-sures as described in this section. If the tirebecomes under-inflated while driving, thelow tire pressure warning light will illuminateand the “Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” warn-

ing appears in the vehicle information display.If the tire becomes flat while driving, the lowtire pressure warning light and the “Flat Tire –Visit dealer" warning will appear.

Low tire pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate and the “Tire Pressure Low –Add Air” warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Flat tire:

If the vehicle is being driven with one or moreflat tires, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds. A “Flat-Tire – Visitdealer" warning also appears in the vehicleinformation display.

The chime will only sound at the first indica-tion of a flat tire and the warning light willilluminate continuously. When the flat tirewarning is activated, have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced if neces-sary. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. Even if thetire is inflated to the specified COLD tirepressure, the warning light will continue toilluminate until the system is reset. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

8-32 Do-it-yourself

If the low tire pressure warning light illumi-nates continuously and the “Flat Tire – Visitdealer" warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display:

∙ Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

∙ Increase your following distance to allowfor increased stopping distances.

∙ Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard corneringand hard braking.

WARNING

∙ Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long distanceat high speeds may damage the tire.

∙ Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph(80 km/h) and do not drive more thanapproximately 93 miles (150 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actual dis-tance the vehicle can be driven on a flattire depends on outside temperature, ve-hicle load, read conditions and otherfactors.

∙ Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.

∙ If you detect any unusual sounds or vi-brations while driving with a puncturedrun-flat tire, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. The tire may be seriously dam-aged and need to be replaced.

CAUTION

∙ Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

∙ Avoid driving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.

∙ Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

∙ Have the punctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorized re-pair shop. Replace the tire as soon as pos-sible if the tire is seriously damaged.

∙ Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and may dam-age the transmission, transfer case anddifferential gears (AWD models).

∙ ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

∙ If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replacedwith tires of the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment should alsobe checked and corrected as necessary. Itis recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables should not be installedon P255/45RF20 size tires. Installation ofthe tire chains/cables on P255/45RF20size tires will cause damage to the vehicle. Ifyou plan to use tire chains/cables, youshould install P235/55RF19 size tires onyour vehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE class “S” chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles with restrictedtire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can useClass “S” chains are designed to meet theminimum clearances between the tire and theclosest vehicle suspension or body compo-nent required to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains or cables).The minimum clearances are determined us-ing the factory equipped tire size. Other typesmay damage your vehicle. Use chain tension-ers when recommended by the tire chainmanufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose endlinks of the tire chain must be secured or

removed to prevent the possibility of whip-ping action damage to the fenders or under-body. If possible, avoid fully loading your ve-hicle when using tire chains. In addition, driveat a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

For additional information on tire re-placing procedures, refer to “Flat tire”in the “In case of emergency” sectionof this manual.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

WDI0258

8-34 Do-it-yourself

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times. It isrecommended that wheel nuts betightened to specification at each tirerotation interval.

WARNING

∙ After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

∙ Do not include the spare tire in thetire rotation.


Tire wear and damage

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING

∙ Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulgingor deep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

∙ The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

∙ Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician because sometire damage may not be obvious.Replace the tires as necessary toprevent tire failure and possiblepersonal injury.

∙ Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.


WDI0259

Do-it-yourself 8-35

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. For addi-tional information, refer to “Wheels and tires”in the “Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

WARNING

∙ The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires of dif-ferent brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns canadversely affect the ride, braking, han-dling, VDC system, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clear-ance, speedometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some of theseeffects may lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

∙ For 2WD models, if your vehicle wasoriginally equipped with four tires thatwere the same size and you are only re-placing two of the four tires, install thenew tires on the rear axle. Placing newtires on the front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving conditionsand cause an accident and personalinjury.

∙ If the wheels are changed for any reason,always replace with wheels which havethe same off-set dimension. Wheels of adifferent off-set could cause prematuretire wear, degrade vehicle handling char-acteristics, affect the VDC systemand/or interference with the brake discs.Such interference can lead to decreasedbraking efficiency and/or early brakepad wear. For additional information onwheel off-set dimensions, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of thismanual.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS, such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.


∙ The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it isnot handled correctly. Be careful whenhandling the TPMS sensor.

∙ When replacing the TPMS sensor, the IDregistration may be required. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for ID registration.

∙ Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by INFINITI. The valve stem capmay become stuck.

∙ Be sure that the valve stem caps are cor-rectly fitted. Otherwise the valve may beclogged up with dirt and cause a malfunc-tion or loss of pressure.

∙ Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warning.

∙ The use of retread tires is notrecommended.


Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

8-36 Do-it-yourself

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balanc-ing the wheels on the vehicle could lead tomechanical damage.


Care of wheels

∙ Wash the wheels when washing the ve-hicle to maintain their appearance.

∙ Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

∙ Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

∙ Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause lossof pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

∙ INFINITI recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

MEMO

8-38 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . .9-5Emission control system maintenance: . . . . . . . . .9-5Chassis and body maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

Maintenance schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

Additional Maintenance Items for severeoperating conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

Oil control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9

Maintenance under severe operating conditions . 9-12

Severe driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance isessential to maintain your vehicle good me-chanical condition, as well as its emissionsand engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link in themaintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your responsi-bility to perform these procedures regularlyas prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you pre-fer, an INFINITI retailer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

The maintenance items listed in this sectionare required to be serviced at regular inter-vals. However under severe driving condi-tions, additional or more frequent mainte-nance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have the sys-tems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with the lat-est service information through technical bul-letins, service tips and training programs.They are fully qualified to work on INFINITIvehicles before work begins.

If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it isrecommended that you ask your INFINITIretailer where the nearest INFINITI CertifiedCollision Center is located, or go tohttp://collision.infinitiusa.com.

You can be confident that an INFINITI retail-er’s service department can perform the ser-vice needed to meet the maintenance re-quirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in this sec-tion. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibra-tions or smells, be sure to check for the causeor have it checked promptly. In addition, it isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-cautions” in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless other-wise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that the doorsand engine hood operate properly. Also en-sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are miss-ing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km). If your vehicle isequipped with different sized tires in the frontand rear, tires cannot be rotated.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge of-ten and always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, in-cluding the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear orage.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect un-even or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at nor-mal highway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, re-fer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility. It is recommended that you havea damaged windshield repaired by an INFINITIretailer, or a INFINITI Certified Collision Cen-ter. To locate a collision center in your area,refer to http://collision.infinitiusa.com.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth op-eration. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, have your vehicle checked immediately.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) P(Park) position mechanism: On a fairly steephill check that the vehicle is held securely withthe shift lever in the P (Park) position withoutapplying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brake op-eration regularly. The vehicle should be se-curely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brakedoes not securely hold the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forservice.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to en-sure they operate smoothly and all latcheslock securely in every position. Check that thehead restraints/headrests move up anddown smoothly and the locks (if so equipped)hold securely in all latched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operating theheater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery (for maintenance free batteries)*:This vehicle is equipped with a sealed main-tenance free battery. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belt*: Make sure the drive belt isnot frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level spot and turning off theengine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately have theexhaust system inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. For additional information, refer to“Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if fuel fumesare evident, check for the cause and have itcorrected immediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make surethe hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot orloose connections.


Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, oth-erwise rust may form on the floor pan, frame,fuel lines and around the exhaust system. Atthe end of winter, the underbody should bethoroughly flushed with plain water, beingcareful to clean those areas where mud anddirt may accumulate. For additional informa-tion, refer to the “Appearance and care” sec-tion of this manual.

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of the sched-uled maintenance items that should be regu-larly checked or replaced. The maintenanceschedule indicates at which mileage/time in-tervals each item requires service.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, yourvehicle requires that some items be checkedduring normal day-to-day operation. For ad-ditional information, refer to “General main-tenance” in this section.

Items marked with “*” are recommended byINFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. Youare not required to perform maintenance onthese items in order to maintain the warran-ties which come with your INFINITI. Othermaintenance items and intervals are required.

When applicable, additional information canbe found in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

NOTE:

INFINITI does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against perform-ing these services on an INFINITI product.Many of the aftermarket flushing systemsuse non-OEM approved chemicals or sol-vents, the use of which has not been vali-dated by INFINITI.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” inthe “Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:

Drive belt*: Check engine drive belt for wear,fraying or cracking and for proper tension.Replace any damaged drive belt.

Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-vals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, check/replace the filtermore frequently.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at thespecified interval. When adding or replacingcoolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent with the proper mixture. (For ad-ditional information on the proper mixture foryour area, refer to “Engine cooling system” inthe “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.)

NOTE: Mixing any other type of coolant orthe use of non-distilled water may reducethe recommended service interval of thecoolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oiland oil filter at the specified intervals. Forrecommended oil grade and viscosity refer to“Recommended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only if valvenoise increases. Adjust valve clearance if nec-essary.

Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts as nec-essary.

Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, piping andconnections for leaks, looseness, or deterio-ration. Tighten connections or replace partsas necessary.

Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.Install new plugs of the same type as origi-nally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:

Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect forproper installation. Check for chafing, cracks,deterioration, and signs of leaking. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged parts immedi-ately.

Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear, de-terioration and fluid leaks. Replace any dete-riorated or damaged parts immediately.

Exhaust system: Visually inspect the exhaustpipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, cracks,deterioration, and damage. Tighten connec-tions or replace parts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specified in-tervals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, replace the filter more fre-quently.

Propeller shaft(s): Check for damage, loose-ness, and grease leakage. (AWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspen-sion parts, drive shaft boots: Check for dam-age, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease.Under severe driving conditions, inspect morefrequently.

Tire rotation: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km) according to theinstructions under “Explanation of generalmaintenance items” in this section. When ro-tating tires, check for damage and unevenwear. Replace if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil andtransfer case oil: Visually inspect for signs ofleakage at specified intervals.

Replace at specified intervals.


To help ensure smooth, safe and economicaldriving, INFINITI provides two maintenanceschedules that may be used, depending uponthe conditions in which you usually drive.These schedules contain both distance andtime intervals, up to 90,000 miles(144,000 km)/144 months. For mostpeople, the odometer reading will indicatewhen service is needed. However, if you drivevery little, your vehicle should be serviced atthe regular time intervals shown in the sched-ule.

After 90,000 miles (144,000 km)/144 months,continue maintenance at the same mileage/timeintervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCEITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONS

Additional maintenance items for severe op-erating conditions should be performed onvehicles that are driven under especially de-manding conditions. Additional maintenanceitems should be performed if you primarilyoperate your vehicle under the following con-ditions:

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or usinga car-top carrier.

OIL CONTROL SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with oil control sys-tem. It calculates engine oil and filter changeintervals based on driving conditions. Drivingin the following severe conditions will shortenthe engine oil and filter change interval.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES


How driving conditions affect OCS displaytiming

Conditions Driving Scene Display timing

Light

∙ Freeway driving

∙ City driving (flat/moderate hills)

∙ No towing or heavy loads

∙ No extended engine idling

Normal

Extreme

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below

freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-

door delivery use.

∙ Towing a trailer or caravan, or using a car-top carrier.

∙ Driving with frequent use of braking or in mountainous areas.

∙ Sustained high speed driving.

Early

CAUTION

∙ If the oil replacement indicator is dis-played, change the engine oil within twoweeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).

∙ Operating your vehicle with deterioratedoil can damage the engine.

∙ If your oil replacement indicator resetsprematurely or becomes inoperative,please change the oil within six months or3,750 miles (6,000 km) from your last oilchange.


The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions, varying

road surfaces, individual driving habits andvehicle usage, additional or more frequentmaintenance may be required. After

90,000 miles (144,000 km)/144 months,continue maintenance at the samemileage/time interval.

STANDARD MAINTENANCE

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL3.75(6)6

7.5(12)12

11.25(18)18

15(24)24

18.75(30)30

22.5(36)36

26.25(42)42

30(48)48

33.75(54)54

37.5(60)60

41.25(66)66

45(72)72

Air cleaner filter NOTE (1) R

Brake fluid� R R R

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors� I I I I I I

CVT fluid NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Drive belt NOTE (3) I* I* I*

Engine coolant* NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil & oil filter NOTE (6) R R R R R R

EVAP vapor lines & Fuel lines I* I* I*

Exhaust system� I I I

Fuel filter NOTE (7)

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery I R R R

Intake & exhaust valve clearance* NOTE (8)

Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots(AWD models)�

I I I I I I

Spark plugs NOTE (9) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts�

I I I

Tire rotation NOTE (10)

Transfer fluid & differential gear oil NOTE (11) I I I I I I

STANDARD MAINTENANCE


Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL48.75(78)78

52.5(84)84

56.25(90)90

60(96)96

63.75(102)102

67.5(108)108

71.25(114)114

75(120)120

78.75(126)126

82.5(138)138

86.25(138)138

90(144)144

Air cleaner filter NOTE (1) R R

Brake fluid� R R R

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors� I I I I I I

CVT fluid NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Drive belt NOTE (3) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Engine coolant* NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil & oil filter NOTE (6) R R R R R R

EVAP vapor lines & Fuel lines I* I* I*

Exhaust system� I I I

Fuel filter NOTE (7)

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

Intake & exhaust valve clearance* NOTE (8)

Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots(AWD models)�

I I I I I I

Spark plugs NOTE (9) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts�

I I I

Tire rotation NOTE (10)

Transfer fluid & differential gear oil NOTE (11) I I I I I I


NOTE:

Maintenance items with “�” should be performed more frequently according to “ Maintenance under severe driving conditions”.(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier or driving on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT fluid deterioration every60,000 miles (96,000 km), then change CVT fluid if necessary. And if the inspection is not performed, change (not just inspect) CVT fluidevery 60,000 miles (96,000 km).(3) After 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months.Replace the drive belts if found damaged.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles(120,000 km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of thefactory fill coolant.(6) If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, change the engine oil and filter within two weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).(7) Periodic maintenance is not required.(8) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increased, inspect valve clearance.(9) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.045 in (1.25 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.(10) For additional information on tire rotation, refer to “General maintenance” in the section(11) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil every 20,000 miles(32,000 km) or 24 months.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by INFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform suchmaintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.


The maintenance intervals shown on the pre-ceding pages are for normal operating condi-tions. If the vehicle is mainly operated undersevere driving conditions as shown below,more frequent maintenance must be per-formed on the following items as shown inthe table.

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months

Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD models) Inspect Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months

Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Inspect Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREOPERATING CONDITIONS


3,750 Miles (6,000 km) or 6MonthsRetailer Name:Date:Mileage:RetailerStamp:









MAINTENANCE LOG


MEMO


10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . 10-2

Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . 10-6

Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . 10-10

Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . 10-11

Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Flat towing for all–wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure describedin the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 60 L 15-7/8 gal 13-1/4 gal• For additional information, refer to “Fuel recommendation” in this

section.

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill

*1 For additional information,

refer to “Engine oil” in the “Do-it-

yourself” section of this manual.

With oil filter

change4.7 L 5 qt 4-1/8 qt

• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil Ester 5W-30 SN” (or equivalent) is

recommended.

• If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic SAE

5W-30 GF-5 SN motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused

by the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is

not covered under INFINITI’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For addi-

tional information, refer to “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations”

in this section.

Without oil filter

change4.6 L 4-7/8 qt 4 qt

Engine coolant

(with reservoir)7.7 L 2 gal 1-3/4 gal

• Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or

equivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — —

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

• INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or

equivalent) ONLY in INFINITI CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Us-

ing fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than

as recommended is not covered under INFINITI’s New Vehicle Limited

Warranty.

Differential gear oil — — — • Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID•S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent

Transfer oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or

equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil

Brake fluid — — —• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT 3

*2: Available in mainland USA through an INFINITI retailer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —

• HFC-134a (R-134a)

• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system refrigerant

and oil recommendations” in this section.

Air conditioning system oil — — —

• Genuine NISSAN A/C System oil ND-OIL8 or equivalent

• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system refrigerant

and oil recommendations” in this section.

Windshield-washer fluid — — —• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-

freeze fluid or equivalent

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded premium gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of at least 87 AKI number (Research oc-tane number 91) may be temporarily used,but only under the following precautions:

∙ Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fill upwith unleaded premium gasoline as soonas possible.

∙ Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for maxi-mum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing more than15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicleis not designed to run on a fuel containingmore than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel con-taining more than 15% ethanol in a ve-hicle not specifically designed for a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol canadversely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle. Damagecaused by such fuel is not covered by theINFINITI New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel con-taining MMT may adversely affect ve-hicle performance and vehicle emissions.Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indi-cate MMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for moredetails. Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

Gasoline specifications

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is available.Many of the automobile manufacturers de-veloped this specification to improve emis-sion control system and vehicle performance.Ask your service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulatedgasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

∙ The fuel should be unleaded and have anoctane rating no lower than that recom-mended for unleaded gasoline.

∙ If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it should containno more than 15% oxygenate.

∙ If a methanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 5% methanol (methylalcohol, wood alcohol). It should alsocontain a suitable amount of appropri-ate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors.If not properly formulated with appro-priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi-tors, such methanol blends may causefuel system damage and/or vehicle per-formance problems. At this time, suffi-cient data is not available to ensure thatall methanol blends are suitable for use inINFINITI vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, im-mediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel ora fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refuel-ing. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.


E–15 fuel

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed torun on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified with small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E–85 fuel

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Ve-hicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your vehicle.U.S. government regulations require fuelethanol dispensing pumps to be identified bya small, square, orange and black label withthe common abbreviation or the appropriatepercentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMT

MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl, is an octane boosting additive.INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuelcontaining MMT. Such fuel may adverselyaffect vehicle performance, including theemissions control system. Note that whilesome fuel pumps label MMT content, not all

do, so you may have to consult your gasolineretailer for more details.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives intendedfor gum, varnish or deposit removal may con-tain active solvents or similar ingredients thatcan be harmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rat-ing lower than recommended can cause per-sistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Spark knock”is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this canlead to engine damage. If you detect a per-sistent heavy spark knock even when usinggasoline of the stated octane rating, or if youhear steady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, it is recom-mended that you have an INFINITI retailercorrect the condition. Failure to correct thecondition is misuse of the vehicle, for whichINFINITI is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, whichmay cause excessive fuel consumption or en-gine damage. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer.

However, now and then you may notice lightspark knock for a short time while accelerat-ing or driving up hills. This is not a cause forconcern, because you get the greatest fuelbenefit when there is light spark knock for ashort time under heavy engine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONS

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure sat-isfactory engine life and performance. Foradditional information, refer to "Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities" inthis section. INFINITI recommends the use ofan energy conserving oil in order to improvefuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the Ameri-can Petroleum Institute (API) certification or

International Lubricant Standardization andApproval Committee (ILSAC) certificationand SAE viscosity standard. These oils havethe API certification mark on the front of thecontainer. Oils which do not have the speci-fied quality label should not be used as theycould cause engine damage.

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant to select the engine oil viscosity based onthe temperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choos-ing an oil viscosity other than that recom-mended could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new INFINITI vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter orits equivalent for the reason described in“Change intervals”.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil andfilters that are not of the specified quality, orexceeding recommended oil and filter changeintervals could reduce engine life.

LTI2061


CAUTION

Damage to engine caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and fil-ter quality and/or viscosity is not coveredby the INFINITI New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filter changeintervals depend upon how you use your ve-hicle.

Operation under the following conditionsmay require more frequent oil and filterchanges:

∙ repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

∙ driving in dusty conditions

∙ extensive idling

∙ towing a trailer

∙ stop and go commuting

For additional information on maintenanceschedules, refer to the “Maintenance andschedules” section of this manual.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refrigerantHFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil, GenuineNISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 orthe exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil willcause severe damage to the air condition-ing system and will require the replacementof all air conditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle does not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernment regulations require the recoveryand recycling of any refrigerant during auto-motive air conditioner system service. AnINFINITI retailer has the trained techniciansand equipment needed to recover and recycleyour air conditioner system refrigerant.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer when servicing your air conditionersystem.


ENGINE

Model KR20DDET

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, inline

Bore x Stroke

when compression ratio = 8 in (mm) 3.307 x 3.547 (84.0 x 90.1)

when compression ratio = 14 in (mm) 3.307 x 3.500 (84.0 x 88.9)

Displacement

when compression ratio = 8 cu in (cm3) 121.86 (1,997)

when compression ratio = 14 cu in (cm3) 120.22 (1,970)

Firing order 1–3–4–2

Idle speed No adjustment is necessary.

CVT in N (Neutral) position

Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)

CO % at idle

Spark plug DILKAR7N9HG

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.035 (0.9)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheel type Offset in (mm) Size

Aluminum 1.54 (39) 19 x 7.5J

1.73 (44) 20 x 8.5J

Tire size P235/55RF19

P255/45RF20

Spare tire Not equipped

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 184.8 (4,693)Overall width in (mm) 74.9 (1,903)Overall height in (mm) 66.1 (1,679)Front track

19 inch wheel in (mm) 64.0 (1,625)20 inch wheel in (mm) 63.6 (1,615)

Rear track19 inch wheel in (mm) 63.6 (1,615)20 inch wheel in (mm) 63.2 (1,605)

Wheelbase in (mm) 110.2 (2,800)

Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel” on the center pillarbetween the driver’s sidefront and rear doors.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lbs. (kg)

Rear lbs. (kg)


When planning to drive your INFINITI ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for yourvehicle's engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicleto areas where appropriate fuel is not avail-able.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into anothercountry, state, province or district and reg-istered, its modifications, transportation,and registration are the responsibility of theuser. INFINITI is not responsible for any in-convenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The VIN plate is located as shown. This num-ber is the identification for your vehicle and isused in the vehicle registration.

The VIN number is also available through thecenter display screen. For additional informa-tion, refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (chassis number)

The vehicle identification number is locatedas shown.

LTI2050 LTI2332

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This label con-tains valuable vehicle information, such as:(GVWR), (GAWR), month and year of manu-facture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood asshown.

LTI2328 WTI0172 WTI0188


TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. The label islocated as shown.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is af-fixed to the underside of the hood as shown.

1. Find the centerline of the vehicle andmeasure down 1.06 in (27 mm). Mark thelocation on the fascia.

2. Drill a 0.47 in (12 mm) hole �A in thefascia.

LTI0197 LTI2357 LTI2237

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


3. Hold the license plate bracket to the fas-cia and mark two locations �B .

4. Remove the license plate bracket anddrill two 0.39 in (10 mm) holes in thelocations marked in the previous step.

5. Hold the license plate bracket to the fas-cia and mark two locations �C .

6. Remove the license plate bracket anddrill two 0.79in (20 mm) holes in thelocations marked in the previous step.

7. Insert two screw grommets �D into thefascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket to thefascia with two screws �E .

LTI2329 LTI2340 LTI2341


WARNING

∙ It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these ar-eas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before load-ing your vehicle:

∙ Curb Weight (actual weight ofyour vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. Thisweight does not include passen-gers and cargo.

∙ GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

∙ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informationis located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label.

∙ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label.

∙ GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

∙ Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - maxi-mum total weight limit specified ofthe load (passengers and cargo)for the vehicle. This is the maxi-mum combined weight of occu-pants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the ve-hicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

∙ Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the subtractedweight of occupants from the loadlimit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” on theTire and Loading Information label. Donot exceed the number of occupantsshown as “Seating Capacity” on theTire and Loading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown in thefollowing illustration.

ExampleLTI2320


Steps for determining correct loadlimit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXlbs. or XXX kg” on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information la-bel.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX lbs. or XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1,400 lbs. and there will be five150 lbs. passengers in your ve-hicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150)= 650 lbs.) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed the GVWRor the GAWR for your vehicle. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Mea-surement of weights” in this section.

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. For additional information,refer to “Tire and Loading Informationlabel” in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

SECURING THE LOAD

There are luggage hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The hooks can be used tosecure cargo with ropes or other types ofstraps.

When securing items using luggage hookslocated on the side finisher do not apply aload over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a singlehook.

The luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.

Cargo area luggage hooks

LTI2331


WARNING


∙ The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items in thecargo area. Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the top tetherstrap is damaged.

∙ Do not load your vehicle any heavier thanthe GVWR or the maximum front andrear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your ve-hicle can break, tire damage could occur,or it can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in loss of con-trol and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPS

∙ The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label.

∙ Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

∙ Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

∙ Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur, orit can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.

∙ Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and the tire,but can also cause unsafe vehiclehandling and longer braking dis-tances. This may cause a prema-ture tire failure which could resultin a serious accident and personalinjury. Failures caused by over-loading are not covered by the ve-hicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weigh thefront and the rear wheels separatelyto determine axle loads. Individual axleloads should not exceed either of thegross axle weight ratings (GAWR). Thetotal of the axle loads should not ex-ceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR). These ratings are given onthe vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below theratings.


Tow Hitch Receiver (with Tow Package)

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a trailerand its cargo can adversely affect vehiclehandling, braking and performance andmay lead to accidents.

CAUTION

∙ Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (805 km). Yourengine, axle or other parts could bedamaged.

∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an accessory forthis vehicle. If a tow hitch is installed, theliftgate electronic control unit (ECU) needsto be replaced with an ECU programmedwith towing logic for the Motion-ActivatedLiftgate to function properly.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer places addi-tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.

An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) is avail-able on the website at www.InfinitiUSA.com.

This guide includes information on trailertowing capability and the special equipmentrequired for proper towing.

Lifestyle Receiver (without Tow Package)

WARNING

The Lifestyle Receiver cannot be used fortowing a trailer. Only use the Lifestyle Re-ceiver for receiver mounted accessoriesthat meet the below requirements.

∙ The maximum allowable load is 300 lbs.(136 kg) including the weight of the in-stalled accessory carrier.

∙ Do not exceed allowable cargo weightcapacity of your vehicle.

Failure to use the Lifestyle Receiver as in-tended can result in serious injury or death.

LTI2339 LTI2338

TOWING A TRAILER


CAUTION

If your vehicle is equipped with the LifestyleReceiver to avoid damage to your vehicledo not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle with theLifestyle Receiver (if so equipped). The Life-style Receiver should be used for receiver-mounted accessories only. The Lifestyle Re-ceiver is designed for carrying bikes, snowboards/skis, camping gear and various otherbulky items.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart found in this sec-tion. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing (GCWR) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengers andcargo) plus the total trailer load. Towingloads greater than these or using impropertowing equipment could adversely affect ve-hicle handling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailer loads,but also the places you plan to tow. Towweights appropriate for level highway drivingmay have to be reduced for low traction situ-ations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect tow-ing. For example, towing a heavy trailer inhigh outside temperatures on graded roadscan affect engine performance and causeoverheating. The engine protection mode,which helps reduce the chance of enginedamage, could activate and automaticallydecrease engine power. Vehicle speed maydecrease under high load. Plan your trip care-fully to account for trailer and vehicle load,weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reduced speedmay be lower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Be espe-cially careful when driving. If the vehicle can-not maintain a safe driving speed, pull to theside of the road in a safe area. Allow the en-gine to cool and return to normal operation.For additional information, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures is not covered byINFINITI warranties.

LTI2030


Tongue load

When using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load be-tween 10 - 15% of the total trailer load or usethe trailer tongue load specified by the trailermanufacturer. The tongue load must bewithin the maximum tongue load limitsshown in the following “TowingLoad/Specification” chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW)/maximum Gross AxleWeight (GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label. The GVW equals the com-bined weight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue loadand any other optional equipment. In addi-tion, front or rear GAW must not exceed theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) shown onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options re-quired to achieve the rating. Additional pas-sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment,such as the trailer hitch, will add weight to thevehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximumtowing capacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross CombinedWeight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be mea-sured using platform type scales commonlyfound at truck stops, highway weigh stations,building supply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacityfor tongue/king pin load, use the followingprocedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with allof the passengers and cargo that arenormally in the vehicle when towing atrailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GVWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum tongue/king pinload.

WTI0160 LTI2031


To determine the available towing capacity,use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the"Towing Load/Specification" chartfound in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GCWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when itis towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weightis not more than the Gross Trailer WeightRating shown on the trailer and is not morethan the calculated available maximum tow-ing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are notmore than Front Gross Axle Weight and RearGross Axle Weight on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Thecargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to bemoved or removed to meet the specified rat-ings.

Example:

∙ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 4,650 lbs. (2,109 kg).

∙ Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel - 4,916 lbs. (2,230 kg).

∙ Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification" chart- 7,320 lbs. (3,320 kg).

∙ Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification" chart -3,000 lbs. (1,361 kg).

4,916 lbs. (2,230 kg) GVWR

– 4,650 lbs. (2,109 kg) GVW

= 266 lbs. (121 kg) Available for tongue

weight

7,320 lbs. (3,320 kg) GCWR

– 4,650 lbs. (2,109 kg) GVW

= 2,670 lbs. (1,211 kg) Capacity available

for towing

266 lbs. (121 kg) Available tongue

weight

= 2,670 lbs. (1,211 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due tothe passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or withinthe trailer tongue load specification recom-mended by the trailer manufacturer. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrangethe cargo to obtain the proper tongue load.Do not exceed the maximum tongue weightspecification shown in the “TowingLoad/Specification” chart even if the calcu-


lated available tongue weight is greater than15%. If the calculated tongue weight is lessthan 10%, reduce the total trailer weight tomatch the available tongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNING

The towing capacities provided in thismanual are for general reference only. Thesafe towing capacity of your vehicle is af-fected by dealer and factory installed op-tions and passenger and cargo loads. Youmust weigh the vehicle and trailer as de-scribed in this manual to determine the ac-tual vehicle towing capacity. Do not exceedthe published maximum towing capacity orthe GCWR or the GVWR shown on theFMVSS/CMVSS label. Doing so can resultin an accident causing serious injury orproperty damage.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Axle type AWD 2WD/AWD

With Tow Package Without Tow Package

Maximum Towing Capacity*1 3,000 lbs. (1,361 kg) Do not tow with your vehicle

Maximum Tongue Load 300 lbs. (136 kg) Do not tow with your vehicle

Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating 7,320 lbs. (3,320 kg) Do not tow with your vehicle

*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additionalpassengers, cargo and/or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity.


TOWING SAFETYTrailer hitch

Your vehicle may be equipped with an op-tional trailer tow package. The trailer towpackage includes a receiver-type framemounted hitch. This hitch is rated for themaximum towing capacity of this vehiclewhen the proper towing equipment is used.Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ballthat is rated for the trailer to be towed. Genu-ine INFINITI ball mounts and hitch balls areavailable from an INFINITI retailer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the op-tional trailer tow package, check the towingcapacity of your bumper hitch or receiver-type frame mounted hitch. Choose a properhitch for your vehicle and trailer. A GenuineINFINITI trailer hitch is available from anINFINITI retailer. Make sure the trailer hitch issecurely attached to the vehicle to help avoidpersonal injury or property damage due tosway caused by crosswinds, rough road sur-faces or passing trucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may be capableof towing a trailer heavier than the weightrating of the hitch components. Never ex-ceed the weight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Doing so can cause serious personalinjury or property damage.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

∙ The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch ballsalso have the size printed on the top ofthe ball.

∙ Choose the proper class hitch ball basedon the trailer weight.

∙ The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to the ballmount hole diameter. The hitch ball shankshould be no more than 1/16” smallerthan the hole in the ball mount.

∙ The threaded shank of the hitch ball mustbe long enough to be properly secured tothe ball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Ball mount

The hitch ball is attached to the ball mountand the ball mount is inserted into the hitchreceiver. Choose a proper class ball mountbased on the trailer weight. Additionally, theball mount should be chosen to keep thetrailer tongue level with the ground.

Weight carrying hitches

A weight carrying or “dead weight” ball mountis one that is designed to carry the wholeamount of tongue weight and gross weightdirectly on the ball mount and on the receiver.

Weight distribution hitch

This type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling”or “equalizing” hitch. A set of bars attach to theball mount and to the trailer to distribute thetongue weight (hitch weight) of your trailer.Many vehicles can’t carry the full tongueweight of a given trailer, and need some of thetongue weight transferred through the frameand pushing down on the front wheels. Thisgives stability to the tow vehicle.

A weight-distributing hitch system (Class IV)is recommended if you plan to tow trailerswith a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs.(2,268 kg). Check with the trailer and towingequipment manufacturers to determine if


they recommend the use of a weight-distributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system may af-fect the operation of trailer surge brakes. Ifyou are considering use of a weight-distributing hitch system with a surgebrake-equipped trailer, check with the surgebrake, hitch or trailer manufacturer to de-termine if and how this can be done.

Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using theweight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.With the ignition on and the doorsclosed, allow the vehicle to stand forseveral minutes so that it can level.

2. Measure the height of a reference pointon the front and rear bumpers at thecenter of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and ad-just the hitch equalizers so that the frontbumper height is within 0 - .5 inches (0 –13 mm) of the reference height mea-

sured in step 2. The rear bumper shouldbe no higher than the reference heightmeasured in step 2.

WARNING

Properly adjust the weight distributinghitch so the rear of the bumper is no higherthan the measured reference height whenthe trailer is attached. If the rear bumper ishigher than the measured reference heightwhen loaded, the vehicle may handle unpre-dictably which could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and cause serious personal injury orproperty damage.

Sway control device

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buffet-ing caused by other vehicles can affect trailerhandling. Sway control devices may be usedto help control these affects. If you choose touse one, contact a reputable trailer hitch sup-plier to make sure the sway control device willwork with the vehicle, hitch, trailer and thetrailer’s brake system. Follow the instructionsprovided by the manufacturer for installingand using the sway control device.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lbs.(907 kg).

Class II hitch

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 3,500 lbs.(1,587 kg).

Tire pressures

∙ When towing a trailer, inflate thevehicle tires to the recommendedcold tire pressure indicated on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

∙ Trailer tire condition, size, load rat-ing and proper inflation pressureshould be in accordance with thetrailer and tire manufacturer’sspecifications.


Safety chains

Always use suitable safety chains betweenyour vehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attached tothe hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle.The safety chains can be attached to thebumper if the hitch ball is mounted to thebumper. Be sure to leave enough slack in thechains to permit turning corners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used toprovide power for all trailer lighting. Thisunit uses the vehicle battery as a directpower source for all trailer lights while us-ing the vehicle tail light, stop light and turnsignal circuits as a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no more than15 milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter that ex-ceeds these power requirements may dam-age the vehicle’s electrical system. See areputable trailer retailer to obtain theproper equipment and to have it installed.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact an INFINITIretailer or reputable trailer retailer. Vehiclesequipped with the optional trailer tow pack-age are equipped with a 7-pin trailer harnessconnector. If your trailer is equipped with aflat 4-pin connector, an adapter will beneeded to connect the trailer lights to thevehicle. Adapters are available at auto partsstores and hitch retailers.

Trailer brakes

Most states require a separate braking sys-tem on trailers with a loaded weight above aspecific amount, make sure the trailer meetsthe local regulations and the regulationswhere you plan to tow.

Several types of braking systems are avail-able.

Surge Brakes - The surge brake actuator ismounted on the trailer tongue with a hydrau-lic line running to each trailer wheel. Surgebrakes are activated by the trailer pushingagainst the hitch ball when the tow vehicle isbraking. Hydraulic surge brakes are commonon rental trailers and some boat trailers. Inthis type of system, there is no hydraulic orelectric connection for brake operation be-tween the tow vehicle and the trailer.

Electric Trailer Brakes - Electric braking sys-tems are activated by an electronic signalsent from a trailer brake controller (specialbrake-sensing module).

Have a professional supplier of towingequipment make sure the trailer brakes areproperly installed and demonstrate properbrake function testing.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system di-rectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

∙ Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicleif it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes of either condi-tion.

∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-vent load shift while driving.

∙ Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center ofgravity low.


∙ Load the trailer so approximately 60% ofthe trailer load is in the front half and40% is in the back half. Also make surethe load is balanced side to side.

∙ Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ve-hicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,and trailer wheel lug nuts every time youattach a trailer to the vehicle.

∙ Be certain your rearview mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for tow-ing before driving the vehicle.

∙ Determine the overall height of the ve-hicle and trailer so the required clearanceis known.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stabilityand braking performance will be somewhatdifferent than under normal driving condi-tions.

∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-vent load shift while driving.

∙ Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

∙ Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

∙ Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

∙ Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

∙ When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you wantthe trailer to go. Make small correctionsand back up slowly. If possible, havesomeone guide you when you are back-ing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector to the P(Park) position before blocking the wheelsand applying the parking brake, transmis-sion damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on thedownhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal until theblocks absorb the vehicle load.

4. Apply the parking brake.

5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:

1. Start the vehicle.


3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailerare clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.


∙ While going downhill, the weight of thetrailer pushing on the tow vehicle maydecrease overall stability. Therefore, tomaintain adequate control, reduce yourspeed and shift to a lower gear. Avoidlong or repeated use of the brakes whendescending a hill, as this reduces theireffectiveness and could cause overheat-ing. Shifting to a lower gear instead pro-vides “engine braking” and reduces theneed to brake as frequently.

∙ If the engine coolant temperature rises toa high temperature, refer to “If your ve-hicle overheats” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

∙ Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

∙ Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’sfirst 500 miles (805 km).

∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youdo tow, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h).

∙ Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the recom-mended maintenance schedule in the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual.

∙ When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turn thanyour vehicle wheels. To compensate forthis, make a larger than normal turningradius during the turn.

∙ Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. When be-ing passed by larger vehicles, be preparedfor possible changes in crosswinds thatcould affect vehicle handling.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditionsallow. This combination will help stabilizethe vehicle

– Do not correct trailer sway by steeringor applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently ap-ply the brakes and pull to the side of theroad in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described in this section.

∙ Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember, the length of thetrailer must also pass the other vehiclebefore you can safely change lanes.

∙ Downshift the transmission to a lowergear for engine braking when drivingdown steep or long hills. This will helpslow the vehicle without applying thebrakes.

∙ Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

∙ Increase your following distance to allowfor greater stopping distances whiletowing a trailer. Anticipate stops andbrake gradually.

∙ INFINITI recommends that the cruisecontrol not be used while towing a trailer.

∙ Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.


∙ Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nutsafter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and atevery break.

∙ When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tailpipe or rear bumper.

∙ Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights before backing the trailer into thewater or the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oilshould be replaced and transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, refer to the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used when towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can re-sult in severe transmission damage.

∙ Never flat tow your All-wheel drive(AWD) vehicle.

∙ DO NOT tow your All-wheel drive (AWD)vehicle with any wheels on the ground.Doing so may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the powertrain.

∙ For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by INFINITI” inthe “In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONTWHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE (if soequipped)

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used when towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can re-sult in severe transmission damage.

∙ Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

∙ Never tow your front wheel drive vehiclewith the front tires on the ground. Doingso may cause serious and expensive dam-age to the powertrain.

∙ DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con-tinuously variable transmission vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter-nal transmission parts due to lack oftransmission lubrication.

∙ For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by INFINITI” inthe “In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

Continuously Variable Transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with a continu-ously variable transmission, an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle’s drive wheels. Always followthe dolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.


DOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear one andone-half (1 1/2) times as well on the govern-ment course as a tire graded 100. The rela-tive performance of tires depends upon theactual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the norm dueto variations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteristicsand climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on

specified government test surfaces of as-phalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat, and its ability to dis-sipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive tempera-ture can lead to sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the laboratory testwheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination, can causeheat build-up and possible tire failure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet which comes withyour INFINITI. If you did not receive a War-ranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

∙ INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet which comes withyour INFINITI. If you did not receive a War-ranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

∙ Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in in-dividual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle safetyfrom http://www.safercar.gov.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform Transport Canadain addition to notifying INFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect ex-ists in a group of vehicles, it may re-quest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, TransportCanada cannot become involved in in-dividual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and Recalls Divi-sion toll free at 1-800-333-0510. Youmay also report safety defects onlineat: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers) or

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers)

Additional information concerning mo-tor vehicle safety may be obtained fromTransport Canada’s Road Safety Infor-mation Centre at 1-800-333-0371 oronline at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety(English speakers) orwww.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (Frenchspeakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safety con-cerns please contact our Consumer In-formation Centre toll free at 1-800-361-4792.

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dyna-mometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment. Makesure you inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWD be-fore it is placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious ve-hicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready con-dition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain driving pat-terns. Usually, the ready condition can beobtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehiclemay be reset to a “not ready” condition. Be-fore taking the I/M test, check the vehicle’sinspection/maintenance test readiness con-dition. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition without starting the engine. If the

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) comes onsteady for 20 seconds and then blinks for10 seconds , the I/M test condition is “notready”. If the MIL does not blink after 20 sec-onds, the I/M test condition is “ready”. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer to set the “ready condition” or to pre-pare the vehicle for testing.

The ProPILOT Assist is equipped with anEvent Data Recording function.

The main purpose is to record, in certain crashor near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle,data that will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The Data re-cording function is designed to record datarelated to driver operation, vehicle dynamicsand system status for a short period of time.The Data recording function in this vehicle isdesigned to record such data as:

∙ Driver operational status of accelerator,brake, handle etc.

∙ Detection status of a vehicle ahead andlane markers

∙ Vehicle information such as vehicle speed

∙ Information on the operation of the Pro-PILOT Assist

∙ ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosisinformation

∙ Images from multi-sensing front camera(Available only when SRS air bag or FEBwith Pedestrian Detection system is acti-vated)

The ProPILOT Assist does not record con-versations, sounds or images of the inside ofthe vehicle.

NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSAN may use the data recorded for thepurpose of improving NISSAN’s vehiclesafety performance.

NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-corded data to a third party except:

∙ With the consent of the vehicle owner orwith the consent of the lessee In re-sponse to an official request by the po-lice, a court of law or a government of-fice.

∙ For use as part of NISSAN’s defense oflitigation

∙ For research purposes where the data isnot tied to a specific vehicle or vehicleowner

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


Genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. AGenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at INFINITI retailers. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals can also be pur-chased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of GenuineINFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual, for thismodel year and prior, please contact yournearest INFINITI retailer. For the phone num-ber and location of an INFINITI retailer inyour area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Cen-ter at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


MEMO


11 Index2nd row bench seat adjustment . . . . . . .1-4

A

Active Engine Brake . . . . . . . . . . . .5-185Active noise cancellation

Active sound enhancement. .5-193, 5-194Active Trace Control . . . . . . . . . . . .5-184Aiming control, headlights . . . . . . . . .2-44Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact airbag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-51

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-63Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-63, 2-15Air bag warning light,supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-63, 2-15Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Air cleaner housing filter. . . . . . . . . . .8-15Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . .4-36Air conditioner specification label . .10-12Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-36Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . .4-43

Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . .2-33Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-191Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-10Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . .5-180Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Around View® Monitor . . . . . . . . . . .4-11Audible reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Automatic

Automatic drive positioner . . .3-38, 3-40Automatic power window switch . . .2-70

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . . .3-35Automatic brake hold . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Automatic drive positioner . . . . .3-38, 3-40

B

Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-191, 8-11Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21INFINITI Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . .8-21Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-17Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . . . . . . .5-54Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . .5-46Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . .5-180Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-23

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-180Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Brake wear indicators . . . . . .2-19, 8-18Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . .8-18

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-181Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-180Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-171Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

C

Camera Aiding Sonar (parking sensor) . .4-24Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67Cargo(See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-14Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . .4-44Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-184Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Child restraints . . . . .1-20, 1-20, 1-22, 1-24

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . .1-23, 1-29, 1-35, 1-40

Top tether strap anchor pointlocations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27

Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-27Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-19Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4Climate control seat switch . . . . . . . . .2-47C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .10-11Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-191Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

ControlsHeater and air conditioner controls. . .4-36

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . .8-5Engine coolant temperature gauge. . . .2-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-75, 5-76Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59

D

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) . . . . . . . .2-32Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . . .2-45Distance Control Assist (DCA) system . .5-133Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-5

Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Drive positioner, Automatic . . . . .3-38, 3-40Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . .5-191Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Dual panel moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Dual power moonroof . . . . . . . . .2-71, 2-71Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) . .2-49

E

E-call (SOS) Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-173Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . .5-16, 6-3Emission control information label . . . .10-11Emission control system warranty . . . .10-30Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-17Block heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-193Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil filter. . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine compartment check locations . .8-3Engine coolant temperature gauge. . . .2-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-11Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Engine coolant temperature gauge. . . . . .2-6Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . .5-4Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenanceitems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

F

Flashers(See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Floor mat positioning aid. . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-11

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .10-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection system . . . .2-12, 5-150

11-2

Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . . .1-51Front and rear sonar system . . . . . . . .5-187Front and rear sonar system switch . . . .2-50Front-door pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-3Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-173Fuel-filler door and cap. . . . . . . . . .3-30Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . .10-3Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-26

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . .5-172Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver. . . . . . . . . . . .2-76, 2-78, 2-79Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge. . . .2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Grocery hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62

H

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2Headlight aiming control . . . . . . . . . . .2-44Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-40Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Headlights, aiming control . . . . . . . . . .2-44Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Head Up Display (HUD). . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Heater

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35Heater and air conditioner controls. . .4-36Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37

Heater and air conditioner (automatic). . .4-35Heater and air conditioner settings . . . . .4-42Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . .5-186HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver. . . . . . . . . . . .2-76, 2-78, 2-79Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

I

Ignition switchPush-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-13

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Important vehicle information label . . . .10-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-173Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16INFINITI Drive Mode Selector . . . . . . . .5-29INFINITI Intelligent Key System. . . . .3-2, 3-7INFINITI InTouch™ Owner's Manual. . . . .4-2INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34, 3-4, 5-17Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . . .3-35Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-45Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . . .2-45Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . . .5-173Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) . . .5-77Intelligent Key system

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entry operation . . . . .3-14Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-17Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17

Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24

J

Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-12

11-3

K

Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement. . . . . . . . .8-21Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-14

L

LabelTire and Loading Information label . .10-12

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . .10-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . .10-11Emission control information label . .10-11Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . .10-11Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-63

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) . . . . .5-40Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . .5-35LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44License plate

Installing the license plate. . . . . . . .10-12Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Light

Air bag warning light. . . . . . . .1-63, 2-15

Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-23Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-23Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-40Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Passenger air bag and status light . . .1-54Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-18Trunk light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Map lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . .3-6Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-5Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6

Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . .2-14, 2-26Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-12Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . .2-62, 2-63

Luggage(See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-14

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-19Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . .9-4

Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . .9-2Maintenance schedules. . . . . . . . . .9-7, 9-7Maintenance under severe operationconditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-17Map lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75Memory Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38, 3-40Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . . .2-45Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-35Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71, 7-5Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-29

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . . .10-5

11-4

Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil filter. . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36Overhead sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . .2-58Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . .6-7Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-33Owner's manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-33

P

ParkingParking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-177

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75Power

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-70Power steering system . . . . .5-177, 5-178Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-70

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54Power steering. . . . . . . . . . . .5-177, 5-178

PrecautionsMaintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Precautions on boosterseats. . . . . . . . . .1-23, 1-29, 1-35, 1-40Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . .1-23, 1-29, 1-35, 1-40Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-11Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-160ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-101Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-44

Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-31Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . .2-15, 5-145Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-67Rear power sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3Rear window defroster, outside mirrordefroster, and wiper deicer switch . . . . .2-39Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38

Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . .10-7Registering a vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . .3-20, 5-18Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-30Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . .6-2Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62, 2-63

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . .3-6Child seat belts . . .1-23, 1-29, 1-35, 1-40Reporting safety defects (US only) . .10-30

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment . . . . . . .1-3Second row bench seats . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56Seat belt

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-20Injured Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-11Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11, 7-7Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-15

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . .1-14, 2-15

11-5

Seats2nd row bench seat adjustment . . . . .1-4Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-38, 3-40Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

Seats/floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Security system

(INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system),engine start . . . . . . . . . .2-34, 3-4, 5-17

Security systemsVehicle security system . . . . . . . . . .2-33

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Service manual order form . . . . . . . . .10-33Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-43Spark plug replacement. . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5Speedometer and odometer. . . . . . . . . .2-4SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-63Stability control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-182Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-17Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-12Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Steering

Power steering system . . . . .5-177, 5-178

Steering Assist switch(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . .2-50Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56Storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Sunglasses case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71, 7-5Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . .1-63Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-63, 2-15Supplemental front impact air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-51Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . . .1-63Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . . .1-43Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Automatic power window switch. . . .2-70Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2Headlight aiming control . . . . . . . . .2-44Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-40Instrument brightness control . . . . . .2-45Power door lock switch . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge. . . .2-6Theft

(INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system),engine start . . . . . . . . . .2-34, 3-4, 5-17

Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-29Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-5Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-27Towing

4-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-10Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28Towing load/specification . . . . . . .10-22Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8Trailer towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR). . . . . . . .5-32Transceiver

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver. . . . . . . . . .2-76, 2-78, 2-79

11-6

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5Trunk light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-29USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-43

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Variable voltage control system . . . . . . .8-13Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . .10-9Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-182Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . .5-17Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . .2-19Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-14Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33(INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system),engine start . . . . . . . . . .2-34, 3-4, 5-17

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

W

WarningAir bag warning light. . . . . . . .1-63, 2-15Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . .2-10Battery charge warning light . . . . . . .2-11Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Distance Control Assist (DCA) . . . . .5-133Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-11Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-26Low fuel warning light . . . . . .2-14, 2-26Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Passenger air bag and status light . . .1-54Seat belt warning light. . . . . . .1-14, 2-15Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-63, 2-15TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . .2-33Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-63

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16

Audible reminders . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16

Indicator lights . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16Warning lights . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10, 2-16Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Warning systems switch . . . . . . .2-49, 2-50Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38

Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68

Locking passengers' windows . . . . . .2-69Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-70Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-70

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Wiper

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-36

11-7

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

Use unleaded premium gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of at least 87 AKI number (Research oc-tane number 91) may be temporarily used,but only under the following precautions:

∙ Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fill upwith unleaded premium gasoline as soonas possible.

∙ Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt ac-celeration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for maxi-mum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing more than15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicleis not designed to run on a fuel containingmore than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel con-taining more than 15% ethanol in a ve-hicle not specifically designed for a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol canadversely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle. Damagecaused by such fuel is not covered by theINFINITI New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel con-taining MMT may adversely affect ve-hicle performance and vehicle emissions.Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indi-cate MMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for moredetails. Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” inthe “Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

ENGINE OILRECOMMENDATION:

Refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricantsand capacities” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:

Refer to the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. For addi-tional information, refer to “Wheels and tires”in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the break-in procedurerecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. For addi-tional information, refer to “Break-in sched-ule” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in vehicle damage orshortened engine life.

J55-D

Printing : July 2019Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM20E0 0J55U0

2020 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · 2019-08-30 · manual. 1....

Documents

Transcript of 2020 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · 2019-08-30 · manual. 1....